Panasonic Mobile Communications 207002A UMTS/ GSM Cellular Radio with Bluetooth® and RFID User Manual

Download:
Mirror Download [FCC.gov]
Document ID	856101
Application ID	YdmgZNGylZBKQigK0Ylp2w==
Document Description	User Manual Part 3
Short Term Confidential	No
Permanent Confidential	No
Supercede	No
Document Type	User Manual
Display Format	Adobe Acrobat PDF - pdf
Filesize	208.14kB (2601782 bits)
Date Submitted	2007-10-18 00:00:00
Date Available	2007-11-28 00:00:00
Creation Date	2007-10-11 15:22:27
Producing Software	Acrobat Distiller 6.0 (Windows)
Document Lastmod	2007-10-11 15:22:59
Document Title	Users Manual
Document Creator	FrameMaker 7.2
Document Author:	Administrator

Remove the microSD memory card.
■Icons on the display
The following icons appear when you insert the microSD
memory card:
: You can save and read data.
: The microSD memory card is write-protected. You cannot
save data, and execute “Check microSD” and “microSD
format”.
: You cannot use the microSD memory card. Remove the
microSD memory card and then insert it again.
If “ ” is still displayed, execute “Check microSD” or
“microSD format”.
< SD-PIM>
Displaying Data Items on
microSD Memory Card
You can display the Phonebook entries, schedule
events, ToDo items, mail messages, text memos, and
bookmarks (i-mode/Full Browser) stored on the
microSD memory card.
pYou can operate in the same way on the detailed Phonebook
display, detailed Mail display, and detailed Bookmarks
display as when you display data stored in your FOMA
phone.
See page 92 for detailed operations of the Phonebook.
See page 194 for detailed operations of mail.
See page 157 for detailed operations of bookmarks.
Information
pDo not insert or remove the microSD memory card with the
FOMA phone turned on. It may damage the microSD
memory card or its data.
pNote that microSD memory card may pop out when you
insert or remove it.
pCheck the direction of the microSD memory card, and then
insert or remove it straight. If you obliquely insert the
microSD memory card into the slot, the microSD memory
card may be damaged.
pIt may take long to initially read or write data after inserting
the microSD memory card.
mLifeKitSD-PIMSelect a category.
Category List
microSD File display
(For Phonebook)
pIf you select “Schedule”, ToDo items are also displayed.
Select a fileSelect a data item.
Data List
(For Phonebook)
Detailed Data display
(For Phonebook)
Data Display/Edit/Management
Function Menu of the Category List/microSD File
Display/Data List/Detailed Data Display
Function menu
Edit title
Operation/Explanation
Enter a title.
pYou can enter up to 15 full-pitch/31
half-pitch characters.
Add to phone See page 296.
Overwrite to
phone
See page 296.
Add one to
phone
See page 295.
Add all to
phone
See page 295.
Overwr. all to See page 296.
ph.
Copy to
microSD
294
See page 295.
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Delete this
YES
Delete all
You can delete all files in the currently
displayed category.
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
microSD info See page 299.
Property
You can display the detailed data display.
microSD
format
See page 299.
Check
microSD
See page 299.
Information
 
pWhen the access right is set for read only by devices such
as a personal computer, the confirmation display appears
asking whether to delete the data.
Copy Data Items in the FOMA Phone to
the microSD Memory Card
You can copy the Phonebook entries, schedule events,
ToDo items, mail messages, text memos, and
bookmarks stored in the FOMA phone to the microSD
memory card.
Copy one to microSD
You can copy a single file from the FOMA phone onto
the microSD memory card. A copied data item is saved
as a single file.
You cannot copy the secret code stored in a
Phonebook entry.
Display for a data item to be copied
i(
)Copy to microSDYES
Category List/microSD File display
i(
)Copy to microSD
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
pWhen you copy all files, the files stored as secret data are
also copied.
pWhen you copy all the Phonebook entries, the information
from the PushTalk Phonebook entry and the contents of
“Own number” are also copied.
pFor copying mail, some files attached to mail may be
deleted depending on file format.
pWhen you copy mail containing links to start an i-Îąppli
program, the information about starting the i-Îąppli program
in that mail is deleted.
pDuring copying, the FOMA phone is placed in the same
status as it is out of the service area.
Copy Data Items on the microSD
Memory Card to the FOMA Phone
You can copy the Phonebook entries, schedule events,
ToDo items, mail messages, text memos, and
bookmarks (i-mode/Full Browser) stored on the
microSD memory card to the FOMA phone.
pSee page 301 for the number of data items that can be
saved to the microSD memory card.
Add one to phone
You can copy the data item selected on the Data List or
displayed on the detailed Data display to the FOMA
phone.
Data List/Detailed Data displayi(
Add one to phone or Copy to phoneYES
Add all to phone
You can copy all data items in all files of the category
selected on the Category List or all data items in all
files displayed on the microSD File display to the FOMA
phone.
The copied data items are added to the FOMA phone.
Category Listi(
)Add all to phone
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
or
microSD File displayi(
Add all to phone
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
pTo copy scheduled events, select “Schedule”, “ToDo”,
or “All” (Schedule and ToDo).
pTo copy bookmarks, select “i-mode”, “Full Browser”, or
“All” (i-mode and Full Browser).
295
Data Display/Edit/Management
Copy all to microSD
You can copy the data items of the category selected
on the Category List or of the category displayed on the
microSD File display from the FOMA phone to the
microSD memory card. The copied data items are all
saved as a single file.
You cannot copy secret codes or voice dial entries
stored in the Phonebook entries.
Information
pWhen you copy a file stored as secret data, the file is copied
as an ordinary file.
Add to phone
You can copy all data items in a file selected on the
microSD File display or all data items displayed on the
Data List to the FOMA phone.
The copied data items are added to the FOMA phone.
microSD File displayi(
Add to phone
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
or
Data Listi(
)Add all to phone
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
Overwrite all to phone
You can copy all data items in all files of the category
selected on the Category List or all data items in all
files displayed on the microSD File display to the FOMA
phone.
Note that the data items already stored in the FOMA
phone are overwritten and deleted.
Data Display/Edit/Management
Category Listi(
)Overwr. all to ph.
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
YES
or
microSD File displayi(
Overwr. all to ph.
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
YES
Overwrite to phone
You can copy all data items in a file selected on the
microSD File display or all data items displayed on the
Data List to the FOMA phone.
Note that the data items already stored in the FOMA
phone are overwritten and deleted.
microSD File displayi(
Overwrite to phone
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
YES
or
Data Listi(
)Overwr. all to ph.
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
YES
Information
pIf the memory capacity of the FOMA phone runs short
during copying, copying is suspended midway; however,
the data already copied is stored.
Information
pWhen you perform “Add one to phone” for a Phonebook
entry, any group is not set if the group number or group
name stored in the microSD file differs from that stored on
the FOMA phone.
pThe copied Phonebook entries are also stored in the
PushTalk Phonebook. When you overwrite the Phonebook
entries, the contents of the PushTalk group are also
overwritten.
When you execute “Add one to phone”, the confirmation
display appears asking whether to store it. Select “YES”
(select a phone number when multiple phone numbers are
stored) to store the entry also to the PushTalk Phonebook.
pWhen you overwrite the Phonebook entries, the voice dial
entries are deleted.
pIf you try to overwrite the Phonebook entries, the
confirmation display appears asking whether to set the first
data as “Own number”.
pWhen you copy a mail message with the Outbox or Inbox
full, the oldest unprotected mail message is overwritten (the
read one for the Inbox).
pWhen you execute “Add all to phone”, you cannot copy the
following data:
ｼ Schedule events set for the same date and time
ｼ Bookmarks of the same URL
pIf the number of files stored on the microSD memory card
increases, it may take long to read or write data.
pDuring copying, the FOMA phone is placed in the same
status as it is out of the service area.
Copying Still Images, Moving
Images, etc.
Copy Files from the FOMA Phone to the
microSD Memory Card
File name and the destination folder are as follows:
Still image
(DCF standard)
Still image
(Non DCF
standard)
Still image
(Decomailpictograph)
Moving image
(With video)
Moving image
(With only
sound)
Melody
PDF file
The destination folder in the “Picture” folder
PXXXXXXX (X denotes a numeral.)
The destination folder in the “Image Box”
folder
STILXXXX (X denotes a numeral.)
The destination folder in the “Decomailpictograph” folder
DIMGXXXX (X denotes a numeral.)
The destination folder in the “Movie” folder
MOLXXX (X denotes an alpha-numeral.)
The destination folder in the “Other
contents” folder
MMFXXXX (X denotes a numeral.)
The destination folder
RINGXXXX (X denotes a numeral.)
The destination folder
PDFDCXXX (X denotes a numeral.)
pWhen you copy or move a file between the FOMA phone and
the microSD memory card, its file format might change.
296
1
Still Image List/Still image in play/Moving
Image List/Melody List/Melody during
playback/PDF File Listi(
Copy to microSD
pWhen you have selected “Multiple-choice” to select the
files to be copied, you can copy multiple files at a time.
Information
pYou can copy JPEG, GIF, SWF, MP4, MFi, SMF and PDF
files in the “i-mode” folder, “Camera” folder,
“Decomail-picture” folder, “Decomail-pictograph” folder and
a user folder.
pYou can copy multiple JPEG, GIF, SWF and MP4 files at a
time but not others.
pWhen the files in the destination folder are stored to the
maximum, a new folder is automatically created and files
are saved to that folder.
For the files other than still images, the message “Storage is
changed to XXXXXXX” (XXXXXXX denotes a folder name)
appears when copying is completed.
pYou cannot copy the following files:
・Files that you shot Chara-den models whose “Rec. file
restriction” is “File restricted”
ポFiles whose output from the FOMA phone is prohibited
ポPre-installed Decomail-pictures
ポFiles set with playback restrictions
ポPartially saved i-motion movies or Chaku-uta FullŽ music
files
PDF files partially downloaded page by page
pIf you copy the file to the microSD memory card, the image
quality may deteriorate or the file size becomes larger.
Copy Files from the microSD Memory
Card to the FOMA Phone
pWhen you copy moving images, the images are cut out,
converted or shrunk; therefore the image quality may
deteriorate or the file size may become larger or smaller.
However, a moving image whose video codec is H.264 is
copied without being converted or shrunk.
pWhen you copy VGA (640 x 480) size or HVGA Wide (640 x
352) size of a moving image, the image is converted into
QVGA (320 x 240) size. When you copy VGA (640 x 480)
size or HVGA Wide (640 x 352) size of a moving image,
ASF file, or the file in excess of 10 Mbytes, it might take a
longer time.
pYou cannot copy the moving image in excess of 10 Mbytes
in the following cases:
ポWhen the video codec is H.264
ポWhen the audio codec is AAC, AAC+ (HE-AAC), or
Enhanced aacPlus
ポWhen the bit rate of the moving image is in excess of the
restriction
ポWhen searching (fast forward or fast rewind) is disabled
ポWhen the moving image size is other than VGA (640 x
480), HVGA Wide (640 x 352), QVGA (320 x 240),
QCIF (176 x 144) or Sub-QCIF (128 x 96)
Some moving images cannot be copied in the conditions
other than the above.
pPlaying back a copied ASF file may take a longer time.
pThe file after copying takes the title of the one set on the
microSD memory card. When no title is set on the microSD
memory card or the default title is unknown, the file name
will be the title.
Still Image List/Still image in play/Moving
Image List/Moving image in pause/Moving
image at the end of playback/Melody List/
Melody during playback/PDF File List, which
is on the microSD memory card
i(
)Copy to phone
pWhen you have selected “Multiple-choice” to select the
files to be copied, you can copy multiple files at a time.
pSee page 162 when images/i-motion movies/Melodies/
PDF files are stored to the maximum.
Information
pDo not pull out the microSD memory card during copying.
297
Data Display/Edit/Management
You can copy files from the microSD memory card to
the i-mode folder in the FOMA phone.
(Decomail-pictographs are copied to the “お気に入り
(Favorite)” folder in the “Decomail-pictograph” folder.)
Information
pYou can copy JPEG, GIF, SWF, MP4, MFi, SMF and PDF
files. However, you cannot copy a melody and a SWF file in
excess of 100 Kbytes.
pYou can copy multiple JPEG, GIF, SWF and MP4 files only
at a time. However, you cannot copy multiple moving
images of ASF format, VGA (640 x 480) and HVGA Wide
(640 x 352) size, or in excess of 10 Mbytes.
< Movable Contents>
Moving Copyrighted Files
Move Files in the FOMA Phone to the
microSD Memory Card
You can move the copyrighted file obtained from a site
to the microSD memory card after encoding. The
moved file is then saved to the destination folder in the
“Movable contents” folder (the specified destination
folder for Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music files).
Some files you moved to the microSD memory card can
be operated only with the UIM you used when moving,
and some files can be operated with the UIM and the
phone you used when moving.
Still image List/Moving image List/Melody
List/Kisekae Tool List/Chaku-uta FullÂŽ Music
Listi(
)Move to microSDOK
Information
pYou can move a file to the microSD memory card only when
the acquired source icon is “
”.
pPartially saved i-motion movies, Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music files
and Kisekae Tool files cannot be moved to the microSD
memory card.
pThe setting is released if you move a file set for another
function.
Move Files from the microSD Memory
Card to the FOMA Phone
You can move a copyrighted file from the microSD
memory card to the “i-mode” folder in the FOMA
phone.
Data Display/Edit/Management
Still Image List/Moving Image List/Melody
List/Kisekae Tool List/Chaku-uta FullÂŽ Music
List on the microSD memory card
i(
)Move to phone
Move i-Îąppli in the FOMA Phone to the
microSD Memory Card
Some i-Îąppli programs can be moved to and saved to
the microSD memory card.
You cannot start the i-Îąppli program moved to the
microSD memory card. Move it back to your FOMA
phone to start. However, some i-Îąppli programs can be
operated only with the UIM you used when moving, and
some other programs can be operated only with the
UIM and the phone you used when moving.
Software List/IC Card Listi(
Move to microSDYES
Move i-Îąppli from the microSD Memory
Card to the FOMA Phone
You can move an i-Îąppli program from the microSD
memory card to the FOMA phone.
Software Listi(
YES
pThe setting is released if you move a file set for another
function.
pThe moved files are saved to the “i-mode” folder. However,
the Kisekae Tool files are saved to the “Kisekae Tool” folder
and Chaku-uta Full® music files are saved to the “Initial
folder” in Data Box.
298
)Move to phone
< SD Other Files>
Managing Unsupported Files
You can save a variety of files which are not supported
by the FOMA phone, or files in BMP and PNG format
obtained by Full Browser, to the microSD memory card.
(See page 185 and page 262)
You can attach the saved files to an i-mode mail
message to send, or check them on a personal
computer.
mData boxSD other files
Select a folder.
Folder List
Information
pYou can move a copyrighted file (with file restriction) to the
FOMA phone only if its property for “Moved to phone” is
“Available” or “Available (Same model)”. In addition, you
cannot move a file of “Available (Same model)” to the
FOMA phone other than P905i. See “Picture info”,
“imotion info”, “Melody info”, “File info”, or “Music info” to
check whether the file is “Available”, “Unavailable” or
“Available (Same model)”.
SD Other File List
pSee page 302 for the Function menu on the Folder List.
pYou cannot display the contents of the file using the
FOMA phone.
Function Menu of the SD Other File List
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Edit title
See page 274.
File info
You can display the name and type of files.
Attach to mail You can compose an i-mode mail message
with the file attached.
Go to step 2 on page 172.
pYou can compose it also by pressing
l(
).
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Copy
See page 275.
Move
See page 275.
Delete this
See page 275.
Delete all
See page 276.
Multiple-choice See page 276.
Memory info
You can display the used memory space
(estimate).
< microSD Format>
Formatting microSD Memory Card
When you use the microSD memory card for the first
time, you need to format (initialize) it. Be sure to use
FOMA P905i for formatting. The microSD memory card
formatted using other devices such as personal
computers may not be used properly.
Note that formatting deletes all the contents on the
microSD memory card.
mLifeKitSD-PIMi(
microSD format
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
Information
pDo not remove the microSD memory card during formatting.
Malfunction of the FOMA phone or microSD memory card
could result.
pIf you press +l(
) or -h, or receive a voice call or
videophone call while formatting the microSD memory card,
formatting is canceled. Format it again.
pFiles that have been saved to the microSD memory card
whose formatting is suspended becomes unfixed.
pYou cannot format the incompatible memory card.
< Check microSD>
Checking microSD Memory Card
You can check and recover the microSD memory card.
mLifeKitSD-PIMi(
Check microSDYES
pIf you press +l(
) or -h, or receive a voice call or
videophone call during Check microSD, Check microSD is
canceled.
pIf you cancel Check microSD midway, data not recovered
may remain. In this case, try Check microSD again.
pIt may take long to complete Check microSD depending on
the data volume stored on the microSD memory card.
< microSD Info>
Displaying Capacity of microSD
Memory Card
You can display the used and unused memory space
(estimate) on the microSD memory card.
pSee page 276 for checking the used memory space for the
still images or moving images.
mLifeKitSD-PIMi(
microSD info
Information
pAs the microSD memory card contains the system files for
the card, the memory space is smaller than that described
on the microSD memory card even if it contains no data.
Using a microSD Memory Card
with a Personal Computer
By connecting the microSD memory card to the
microSD memory card adapter, you can use the
microSD memory card on a personal computer which
supports SD memory card.
The microSD memory card adapter is available at mass
retailers for home electric appliances etc.
For installing the microSD memory card adapter, refer
to the instruction manual for the microSD memory card
adapter.
299
Data Display/Edit/Management
pRequired folders are automatically created when you save
data to the microSD memory card after formatting.
Information
pDo not remove the microSD memory card during Check
microSD. Malfunction of the FOMA phone or microSD
memory card could result.
pYou cannot execute Check microSD for the unformatted
microSD memory card or incompatible memory card.
pWhen you execute Check microSD, the microSD memory
card may not be recovered correctly, the data existed
before executing Check microSD may be deleted, or the
microSD memory card itself may be initialized depending on
the condition of the microSD memory card.
Use FOMA Phone as microSD Reader/
Writer
With a microSD memory card inserted, connect the
FOMA phone to a personal computer; then you can
read the data from or write the data onto the microSD
memory card.
The following equipment is required:
pConnector Cable:
FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01 (option)
pPersonal Computer:
Personal computer having the USB port (Universal Serial
Bus Specification Rev 1.1 compliant) that can be
connected with the FOMA USB Cable with Charge
Function 01 (option)
pCompatible Operating Systems:
Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista (Japanese
version in each)
mSettingsOther settings
USB mode settingmicroSD mode
pWhen you set to “microSD mode”, “ ” appears on the
Stand-by display.
pTo save WMA files from your personal computer to the
microSD memory card, set to “MTP mode”. When you set
to “MTP mode”, “ ” appears on the Stand-by display.
pTo use the FOMA phone for packet communication,
64K data communication, data sending/receiving
(OBEX), and for calls with USB Hands-free compatible
device, set mode to “Communication mode”.
Data Display/Edit/Management
Connect the FOMA phone to a personal
computer using the FOMA USB Cable with
Charge Function 01 (option).
The personal computer recognizes the microSD memory
card.
p“
” appears on the desktop, and “ ” appears on
the Stand-by display. Also, “ ” is displayed while the
microSD memory card is in the FOMA phone.
Information
pIf the FOMA phone and personal computer are not correctly
connected, or the remaining battery level of the FOMA
phone shows very low or goes flat, you cannot send or
receive data. In addition, you may lose data.
pWhile data is being read or written, do not pull the FOMA
USB Cable with Charge Function 01 off. Not only you cannot
send or receive data, but also you may lose the data.
pWhile data is being read or written, you cannot set this
function. Further, make sure that you do not “Reset
settings” or “Initialize” during reading/writing. Malfunction of
the microSD memory card could result.
pYou cannot read from/write to a personal computer while
reading from/writing to the FOMA phone, and vice versa.
pTo use the DoCoMo keitai datalink, set it to “Communication
mode”.
300
Folder Configuration on
microSD Memory Card
The FOMA phone creates the following folders within
the microSD memory card to save data files. To write
files in the microSD memory card from a personal
computer, you need to write the following configuration
and file names.
DCIM (Folder for DCF standard still images)
△△△_PANA
P△△△zzzz.### (Extension is JPG, or GIF.)
MISC [DPOF folder (This folder is created automatically
when “DPOF Setting” on page 311 is set.)]
SD_VIDEO (Folder for moving images)
PRL◇◇◇ (Folder for movie)
MOL◇◇◇.### (Extension is 3GP, SDV, ASF, or MP4)
MGR_INFO (Folder for video management information)
PRG◇◇◇ (Folder for video)
PRIVATE
DOCOMO
STILL (Folder for non-DCF standard still images)
SUD□□□
STILzzzz.### (Extension is JPG, GIF, or SWF.）
DOCUMENT (Folder for PDF file)
PUD□□□
PDFDC□□□.PDF
RINGER (Folder for melodies)
RUD□□□
RINGzzzz.### (Extension is MLD, or SMF）
TORUCA (Folder for ToruCa files)
TRC□□□
TORUC□□□.TRC
MMFILE [Folder for non-SD-VIDEO standard moving
images (include music data of AAC format)]
MUD□□□
MMFzzzz.### (Extension is 3GP, SDV, ASF, or MP4.）
WM_SYSTEM
WM
DECOIMG (Folder for Decomail-pictographs)
DUD□□□
DIMGzzzz.### (Extension is JPG, or GIF.)
OTHER (Folder for SD other files)
OUD□□□
OTHER□□□.### (Extension is up to three-digit
half-pitch alphabets that the FOMA phone cannot
recognize.)
MOVIE (Folder for PC movie files)
MVUD□□□
MOVIE□□□.### (Extension is WMV, WMA,
WVX, WAX, ASF, or ASX.)
TABLE (Folder for additional information)
MEIGROUP
PMC
DOCUMENT (Folder for Word, Excel, or PowerPoint files)
DOC□□□
DOCDC□□□.### (Extension is XLS, DOC, or
PPT.)
TABLE
DOCUMENT
SD_PIM (Folder for Phonebook entries, schedule events,
ToDo items, mail messages, text memos, and
bookmarks)
PIM▲▲▲▲▲.### (Extension is VCF for Phonebook
entries, VCS for schedule events and ToDo items, VMG for
mail messages, VNT for text memos, and VBM for
bookmarks)
SD_AUDIO (Folder for SD-Audio)
SD_BIND (Folder for i-Îąppli or movable contents)
SVC▲▲▲▲▲
■■■■◆◆◆◆
■The number of files and time that can be saved to the
microSD memory card
File
Folder
Still image (DCF standard)
DCIM
Still image
STILL
(Non-DCF standard)
Moving image (Movie)
SD_VIDEO
Moving image (Video)
SD_VIDEO
Moving image
MMFILE
(Non-SD-VIDEO standard)
PC movie file
MOVIE
Melody
RINGER
PDF file
DOCUMENT
Number of
savable files/time
See page 136.
Approx. 58,390
See page 138.
Approx. 99
Folder
pThe number of savable files and time for saving vary
depending on the memory capacity of the microSD memory
card. You can save more files by adding folders to save files
to.
pYou might not be able to save the maximum number of files
depending on the file size.
pYou can check used and unused space of the microSD
memory card by “microSD info”.
Information
pFolder and file names may be displayed in lowercase
characters depending on the personal computer you use.
pWhen the personal computer is set not to display
extensions and hidden folders, change the setting and then
operate. For how to change the setting, refer to the
instruction manual for your personal computer or Help.
pDo not use the personal computer to delete or move the
folders on the microSD memory card. The microSD memory
card might not be read by FOMA P905i.
pYou cannot see the files in the “SD_AUDIO”, “SD_BIND”
and “PRG◇◇◇” folders on a personal computer, as they
are encrypted.
pWhen you save data in the “PRG◇◇◇” folder by using a
personal computer, you might not be able to delete the video
using the FOMA phone.
pWhen you delete, overwrite, or write a file on a personal
computer, ensure that you do not use the same file name
you have once used. Even when you have deleted that file,
use a different file name.
pOn the FOMA phone, you might not be able to display or
play back a data item which was saved to the microSD
memory card from other devices. On other devices, you
might not be able to display or play back a data item which
was saved to the microSD memory card from the FOMA
phone.
pTo procure a microSD reader/writer or PC card read
adapter, inquire respective manufacturers for the operation
of microSD memory card beforehand.
Approx. 58,390
Approx. 58,390
Approx. 58,390
Approx. 58,390
301
Data Display/Edit/Management
△△△: A three-digit half-pitch numeral of 100 through 999
(Use the same numerals for the folder name, and for
the file name saved to that folder.)
□□□: A three-digit half-pitch numeral of 001 through 999
◇◇◇: A hexadecimal numeral※ of 001 through FFF using
half-pitch numerals of 0 through 9 and half-pitch
alphabets of A through F
▲▲▲▲▲: A five-digit half-pitch numeral of 00001 through
65535
■■■■ and ◆◆◆◆: Hexadecimal numerals※ of 0001
through FFFF using half-pitch
numerals of 0 through 9 and half-pitch
alphabets of A through F
zzzz: A four-digit half-pitch numeral of 0001 through 9999
###: Extension
※The hexadecimal numerals are carried up every 16, unlike
the way the decimal numerals are carried up every 10.
pUsing a personal computer, you can write the file name of 64
(including extension) free characters, regardless of full-pitch/
half-pitch, for a PDF file, SD other file, PC movie file, Word
file, Excel file and PowerPoint file. However, the file name
might change when the file is copied or moved in the FOMA
phone.
Number of
savable files/time
Word, Excel, PowerPoint file
PMC
Approx. 58,390
SD-Audio
SD_AUDIO
999
ToruCa file
TORUCA
Approx. 58,390
Decomail-pictograph
DECOIMG
Approx. 58,390
SD other file
OTHER
Approx. 58,390
Phonebook entry,
schedule event, ToDo
SD_PIM
Approx. 58,390
item, mail message, text
memo, bookmark
i-Îąppli
SD_BIND
Approx. 58,390
Movable contents
SD_BIND
File
Managing Folders
My picture, MUSIC, imotion, Melody, My documents,
Kisekae Tool (SD), PC Movie, Document viewer, and SD
other files in the Data Box manage files in the
respective folders.
pSee page 327 for folder operations of MUSIC.
pEven when the files in the “Movable contents” folder are
listed, the Function menu in the Folder List is displayed.
Function Menu of the Folder List
Data Display/Edit/Management
Function menu
Release
playlist
[Melody only]
Operation/Explanation
You can release all the programmed melodies
from the playlist. This is displayed while you
are selecting “Playlist”.
YES
Select storage You can set the destination folder for when
you save the shot still/moving images or the
melodies and PDF files obtained by
downloading or data communication to the
microSD memory card.
YES
Operation/Explanation
Add folder
You can create a user folder.
Enter a folder name.
pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20
half-pitch characters in the FOMA phone.
pYou can enter up to 31 full-pitch/63
half-pitch characters on the microSD
memory card. You can enter up to 10
full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters for a folder
in the “Movable contents” folder.
Edit folder
name
You can edit the name of a user folder, or a
folder in the “Decomail-pictograph” folder in
the FOMA phone.
Enter a folder name.
pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20
half-pitch characters in the FOMA phone.
pYou can enter up to 31 full-pitch/63
half-pitch characters on the microSD
memory card. You can enter up to 10
full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters for a folder
in the “Movable contents” folder.
Delete folder You can delete a user folder and all files in the
folder.
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
Delete all
image
[My picture
only]
You cannot delete the pre-installed files.
(However, Decomail-pictographs are
deleted.) The files on the microSD memory
card are not deleted, either.
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
Edit playlist
[Melody only]
You can select up to 10 melodies and
program them in order as you like. This is
displayed while you are selecting “Playlist”.
Select a playing order from <1st>
through <10th>Select a folder
Select a melody.
pTo release a programmed melody, select
“Release this”.
Repeat the operations and complete the
playlist editingl(
302
Function menu
Information

pYou can add up to 20 folders in the FOMA phone.
pYou cannot add folders on the microSD memory card in the
following cases:
・When the “Picture” folder contains 900 folders
・When the “Image Box” folder contains 999 folders
・When the “Decomail-pictograph” folder contains 999
folders
・When the “Movie” folder contains 4,095 folders
・When the “Melody” folder contains 999 folders
・When the “Other contents” folder contains 999 folders
・When the “My documents” folder contains 999 folders
・When the “Document viewer” folder contains 999 folders
・When the “Kisekae Tool” folder contains 999 folders
・When the “SD other files” folder contains 999 folders

pYou cannot edit the folder name for “SD image”, “SD Decopictograph”, “Other contents”, “SD melody”, “PC Movie”,
and “SD others” folder.
 
pEven if you delete the source still image of the attached
image, you cannot delete the image attached to mail.
pYou cannot delete the “SD image” folder in “Image Box”, the
“SD Deco-pictograph” folder in “Decomail-pictograph”,
“Other contents”, “SD melody”, “SD PC movie”, and “SD
others” folder.
pYou cannot delete the folder that contains incompatible
files.
pWhen a melody set for another function is deleted, the
setting returns to the default. (When the melody is set for an
alarm tone of “Schedule”, “ToDo” or “Book program”, or for
“Alarm”, it switches to “Clock Alarm Tone”.)

pIf you change or delete the file name, title, or contents of the
melody stored in the playlist, all the melodies are released
from the playlist.
Information

pThe following icons are displayed for the folder set as a
destination folder:
“
” . . . The folders in the “Picture” folder and “Movie”
folder
“
” . . . The folders in “My documents”, “Document
viewer”, and “SD other files”
The folders in the “Decomail-pictograph” folder,
“Image Box” folder, and “Melody” folder
“
” . . . The folders in the “Movable contents” and
“Kisekae Tool” folder
“
” . . . The folders in the “Other contents” folder
pWhen you execute Check microSD, or create or edit a folder
by using a personal computer, the destination folder on the
microSD memory card might be changed. When the setting
is changed, set the destination folder again.
About Infrared Data Exchange
Transfer terms
Transferable data
One
item
Multiple
items
All items
Phonebook (Own number)
○
×
Up to 1,000 items
Schedule※1
○
×
Up to 1,000 items
ToDo
○
×
Up to 100 items
Received mail※2
○
×
Up to 2,500 items
Sent mail
○
×
Up to 1,000 items
Draft mail
○
×
Up to 20 items
Text memo
○
×
Up to 20 items
Melody※3, ※4
○
×
×
Still image file※4, ※5, ※6
○
○
×
○
○
×
PDF file※3, ※4, ※8
○
×
×
ToruCa file※4
○
○
Up to 495 items
Bookmark (i-mode/Full
○
×
Up to 100 items
each for i-mode
and Full Browser
○
×
Up to 5 items
Moving image
file※4, ※7
Browser)※9
Location service information
○: Can be transferred ×: Cannot be transferred
※1 You cannot send/receive holidays and anniversaries.
※2 You can send/receive up to 30 Area Mail messages
separately. (2,530 messages in total)
※3 You cannot send/receive some files.
※4 The file is sent/received after being converted to the vnt
file.
※5 Includes Flash movies.
※6 You cannot send/receive original animations and still
images recorded by One Seg.
※7 You cannot send/receive ASF files and videos recorded
by One Seg.
※8 The i-mode bookmarks may be deleted.
※9 When sending/receiving bookmarks, the folder-sort setting
may not be reflected.
■Storage location and order of received files
Data
Phone
book
(Own
number)
receive one
data
The phone number is stored to the
lowest empty memory number in
“010” through “999” in the
Phonebook. If all memory numbers
“010” through “999” are occupied,
the phone number is stored to the
lowest empty memory numbers in
“000” through “009” (two-touch dial).
receive all
data
Stored in the same memory
number as that of the sender.
receive one
data
Stored with the starting date/time
of the schedule event.
receive all
data
Stored with the same date and
time as those of the sender.
Within about 20 cm
Infrared data port
Within ¹15°
from the center
Schedule
Storage location/Order
Data Display/Edit/Management
The FOMA phone conforms to IrMC version 1.1.
You can exchange data files with the devices
supporting the infrared data exchange function.
However, you cannot exchange some files depending
on the other party’s device.
pThe distance for infrared data exchange should be within
about 20 cm. Do not move the FOMA phone with the infrared
data port pointed to the receiving end until data transfer
ends.
pHold the FOMA phone with your hands securely so that it
does not move.
pIf you expose the FOMA phone to direct sunlight or put it under
fluorescent lights or near an infrared equipment, you may not
be able to transmit infrared ray normally due to their influence.
pFirst set at the receiving end and begin sending data from
the sending end within 30 seconds.
pDuring exchange, the FOMA phone is placed in the same
state as it is out of the service area, so you cannot make/
receive voice calls, videophone calls or PushTalk calls, use
packet communication such as i-mode or mail, or do data
communication.
■List of data files you can transfer
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
303
Data
ToDo
Received
mail
Sent mail
receive one
data
Stored on the top in the ToDo list.
receive all
data
Stored in the same order as that
of the sender.
receive one
data
Stored in the “Inbox” folder on the
Inbox Folder List with the same
date and time as that of the sender.
receive all
data
Stored in the same folder as that
of the sender with the same date
and time.
receive one
data
Stored in the “Outbox” folder on the
Outbox Folder List with the same
date and time as that of the sender.
receive all
data
Stored in the same folder as that
of the sender with the same date
and time.
Draft mail receive one
data
Text
Memo
Melody
Storage location/Order
Stored with the same date and
time as that of the sender.
receive all
data
Stored with the same date and
time as that of the sender.
receive one
data
Stored in the first .
receive all
data
Stored in the same order as that of
the sender from the top of the list.
receive one
data
Stored on the top in the “i-mode”
folder in “Melody” inside “Data box”.
Still
receive one Stored on the top in the “i-mode”
Image file data/receive folder in “My picture” inside “Data
multiple data box”.
Data Display/Edit/Management
Moving
receive one Stored on the top in the “i-mode”
Image file data/receive folder in “i-motion” inside “Data box”.
multiple data
PDF file
receive one
data
ToruCa
file
receive one Stored on the top in the “ToruCa”
data/receive folder.
multiple data
receive all
data
Bookmark receive one
data
receive all
data
LCS client receive one
information data
receive all
data
304
Stored on the top in the “i-mode”
folder in “My documents” inside
“Data box”.
Stored in the same folder as that
of the sender in the same order.
Stored on the top in the
“Bookmark” folder each for i-mode
and Full Browser.
Stored in the same folder as that
of the sender in the same order.
Stored in the first .
Stored in the same order as that
of the sender from the top of the
list.
Information
pYou cannot send the following files:
ｼ Files whose output from the FOMA phone is prohibited
ｼPartially saved files
ｼPre-installed Decomail-pictures
ｼPhonebook entries and SMS messages on the UIM
pYou cannot send the files on the microSD memory card.
Copy or move to the FOMA phone and then send.
pYou can send and receive up to 9 full-pitch/18 half-pitch
characters for a title of a still image, moving image, or PDF
file, or up to 31 full-pitch/63 half-pitch characters for a title of
a melody.
pWhen you send a mail message, the file attached to the
mail message is also sent. However some files cannot be
sent depending on the file type.
pDepending on the mobile phone at the receiving end,
subjects of i-mode mail messages cannot be received
completely.
pThe mail message with an attached file which has not been
obtained, or the mail message containing the link
information for starting an i-Îąppli program is sent after the
file or information is deleted.
pWhen the maximum number of storable received mail
messages (see page 444) is exceeded, the messages are
overwritten in the following order; messages in the “Trash
box” folder → the oldest received message.
pWhen the maximum number of storable sent mail messages
(see page 444) is exceeded, the oldest unprotected mail
message in the Outbox folder is overwritten.
pWhen you send a ToruCa file (details) using infrared rays,
the confirmation display appears asking whether to forward
the file including the detailed information. In this case, select
“YES” to send it with the detailed information, or select “NO”
to send the ToruCa file as a file before obtaining the
detailed information.
pThe ToruCa file (details) that contains data whose output
from the FOMA phone is prohibited is sent as a ToruCa file
before obtaining the detailed information.
pYou cannot receive Phonebook entries while Restrict Dialing
is activated. At sending, you can send only the Phonebook
entries set with Restrict Dialing and data of Own Number.
pIt may take long to forward data or you might not be able to
receive data depending on the data size.
pYou cannot store a still image in excess of 2 Mbytes,
moving image in excess of 10 Mbytes, melody in excess of
100 Kbytes, PDF file in excess of 2 Mbytes, ToruCa file in
excess of 1 Kbyte, or ToruCa file (details) in excess of 100
Kbytes.
pIf the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01 (option) is
connected to the FOMA phone, you may not be able to
perform infrared data exchange.
pYou cannot send files that are not supported by the device
at the receiving end.
Sending/Receiving One or
Multiple Data Files
You can send/receive the data files one by one using
infrared rays.
You can send/receive multiple still images, moving
images, and ToruCa files at a time.
■Notes on sending/receiving
pIn Secret Mode, you can send secret data as well. However,
in Secret Data Only, you can send only the secret data.
pIf you receive a Phonebook entry stored as secret data in
“Secret mode” or “Secret data only”, the Phonebook entry is
stored as an ordinary one.
pWhen sending a Phonebook entry, you cannot send the
stored secret code and voice dial entry.
Send One or Multiple Data Files
Display for a data item to be sent
i(
)Send Ir data
pTo send a Phonebook entry, select “Send Ir data” from
the Function menu and select “Send phonebook”.
pTo send a mail message, ToruCa file or bookmark,
select “Ir/
transmission” from the Function menu
and select “Send Ir data”.
pTo send multiple files, select the files you want to send
by “Multiple-choice”. Press i(
) to select “Send
Ir data”.
YES
pTo send multiple files, select “YES” by a factor of
selected number of files, and send them.
Receive One or Multiple Data
Files
mLifeKitReceive Ir data
ReceiveYES
You can send/receive the following data files all at once
using infrared rays: the Phonebook entries, schedule
events, ToDo items, text memos, bookmarks, mail
messages, ToruCa files, and LCS client information.
To send all data files, enter a session number (any
four-digit number). The receiving end needs to enter
the same session number.
■Notes on sending/receiving all data files
pReceiving all data files deletes all data you have stored
including the secret data and protected data, and the
received data overwrites the existing data. The data you
have stored in “Secret mode” is deleted as well. Check that
no important data is stored before receiving all data files.
pIf you send all Phonebook entries, the “Own number” data is
also sent. All the data of “Own number” at the receiving end
is overwritten except the own number. Mail address is also
overwritten by sender’s address, so change it at the
receiving end.
pIf you send all Phonebook entries, PushTalk Phonebook entries
are also sent. Information of voice dial entries are not sent.
pThe Phonebook entries stored as secret data are sent not
only during Secret Mode but also any other time.
The sent secret data is stored as secret data at the receiving
end, too.
pThe group names in the Phonebook you have received are
stored, so the data set in “Group setting” is also overwritten.
pNote that the schedule events at the receiving end are all
deleted if you send all ToDo items to the phone that does not
support ToDo.
pYou can send/receive the protected sent/received mail
messages.
+m-7-9
pYou can paste the Ir data receiving function to the
desktop. (See page 114)
pWhen you receive Phonebook entries, the confirmation
display appears asking whether to store them also in
the PushTalk Phonebook.
pThe confirmation display appears asking whether to
continue receiving after receiving one data file.
When you received multiple files, select “YES”.
Send All Data Files
Display for a data item to be sent
i(
) Send all Ir data
Enter your Terminal Security Code.
pTo send the Phonebook entries, select “Send Ir data” from
the Function menu and select “Send all phonebook”.
pTo send a mail message, a ToruCa file or a bookmark,
select “Ir/
transmission” from the Function menu
and select “Send all Ir data”.
Enter the session numberYES
pEnter any four-digit number as the session number.
Information
pWhen you receive an instruction for starting a software
program, and you have already downloaded a compatible
software program, that software program starts. If you have
not put a check mark for “Ir iαppli To” of “Set iαppli To”,
the software program does not start up automatically.
305
Data Display/Edit/Management
Sending/Receiving All Data Files
Receive All Data Files
+m-7-9
< iC Transmission>
About iC Communication
mLifeKitReceive Ir data
Receive allEnter your Terminal Security
CodeEnter the same session number as
that entered at the sending endYESYES
pYou can paste the Ir data receiving function to the
desktop. (See page 114)
The stored data is deleted, then receiving starts.
Information
pWhen you receive Phonebook entries in which still images
are stored or mail to which files are attached, and the
multiple same still images or files are found, only one image
or file is stored.
iC communication is the function that enables you to
send/receive data files to/from another FOMA phone
using the FeliCa reader/writer function.
You can send/receive data files by overlapping the FeliCa
“
” mark of your FOMA phone with that of another
FOMA phone supporting the iC communication function.
pThe type of files and conditions of forwarding are the same
as those of infrared data exchange. (See page 303)
However, you cannot send multiple files at a time.
pYou cannot execute iC communication while “IC card lock” is activated.
pYou might have difficulty in sending or receiving files
depending on the destination FOMA phone. In that case,
move a FeliCa mark “
” close to or away from the other
FeliCa mark or move each side up, down, left, or right.
Using Infrared
Remote-controller Function
You can use the FOMA phone as a TV remote-controller
by starting the i-Îąppli program.
pTo use remote-control devices, you may need to download
the software program for those devices. [The pre-installed “G
ガイド番組表リモコン (G Guide Program List Remote-controller)”
supports the infrared remote-controller function.] The key
operation for the remote-controller differs depending on the
software program.
pThis function does not work with some devices.
pCommunication might be affected by compatible devices and
the ambient light.
pYou cannot use the infrared remote-controller during Self Mode.
Data Display/Edit/Management
Infrared Remote-controller
pTurn the FOMA phone’s Infrared
data port to the front of a device Within ¹15°
to be operated. You can operate from the center
within about 4 meters away from
the device.
pThe radiation angle of the
infrared rays is within ¹15° from
the center.
< Forwarding Image>
Sending/Receiving One Data File
You can send/receive the data files one by one using iC
communication.
pSee “■Notes on sending/receiving” on page 305 as well.
Send One Data File
pYou cannot use this function during charging.
Within about
4 meters
Infrared
data port
For when you forward Phonebook entries using
infrared rays, iC communication, SD-PIM, or DoCoMo
keitai datalink, you can specify whether to forward the
stored still images together.
mPhonebookPhonebook settings
Forwarding imageON or OFF
Display of the data to be senti(
transmission
pTo send a Phonebook entry, select “
transmission”
from the Function menu and select “Send phonebook”.
pTo send a mail message, ToruCa file or bookmark,
select “Ir/
transmission” from the Function menu
and select “
transmission”.
+m-2-6
Communication Setting
Overlap one another’s
FeliCa mark “
”.
YES
Receive One Data File
Overlap the FeliCa mark “
” at the
sending end with that of your FOMA phone
while the Stand-by display is shownYES
pWhen you receive a Phonebook entry, the confirmation
display appears asking whether to store it also in the
PushTalk Phonebook.
306
Sending/Receiving All Data Files
You can send/receive the following data files all at once
using iC communication: Phonebook entries, schedule
events, ToDo items, text memos, bookmarks, mail
messages, ToruCa files, and LCS client information.
To send all data files, enter a session number (any
four-digits number). The receiving end needs to enter
the same session number.
pSee “■Notes on sending/receiving all data files” on
page 305 as well.
< PDF Viewer>
Displaying PDF Files
You can display the PDF files saved by downloading
from sites.
mData boxMy documents
Select a folderSelect a PDF file.
Send All Data Files
Folder List
pYou cannot use this function during charging.
Display of the data to be sent
i(
)All
transmission
Enter your Terminal Security Code
pTo send the Phonebook entries, select
“
transmission” from the Function menu and select
“Send all phonebook”.
pTo send a mail message, ToruCa file or bookmark,
select “Ir/
transmission” from the Function menu
and select “All
transmission”.
Receive All Data Files
pEach time you press m from the Folder List, you can
switch between the folders in the FOMA phone and the
microSD memory card.
pSee page 302 for the Function menu on the Folder List.
pIf you cannot display a preview image, any of the
following images are displayed:
Cannot be
displayed
Enter the session numberYES
pEnter any four-digits number as the session number.
Overlap the FeliCa mark “
” at the
sending end with that of your FOMA phone
while the Stand-by display is shown.
The stored data is deleted, and then receiving starts.
Information
pWhen you receive Phonebook entries in which still images
are stored, and the multiple same still images are found,
only one image is stored.
Does not support
(PDF file displayed
as “
” or “
”)
Does not support
(PDF file displayed
as “
”)
pSee page 160 when the PDF file is set with a password.
■Operations when displaying a PDF file
pSee page 308 for when you operate from the Function menu.
Operation
Key
operation
Operation
Key
operation
Upper scroll
Zo
Next page
Lower scroll
Xo
Previous page m7<
Left scroll
Co
Search
Right scroll
Vo
Search next
Bring up key
operation guide
Search previous
Zoom in
Zoom out
Bring up
bookmark list
Fit page
Add
bookmark
c9>
(for at least one
second)
Information
pWhen many files are stored in the FOMA phone or the
microSD memory card, it may take long to access them. It
may take long to display the PDF file depending on the PDF
file.
pA PDF file that contains the complicated design or in the
format not compatible with the PDF viewer might not be
correctly displayed.
Data Display/Edit/Management
YESEnter your Terminal Security Code
Enter the same session number as that
entered at the sending end.
PDF File List
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
307
Information
pWhen you try to display undownloaded pages while the
PDF file partially downloaded is displayed, downloading of
the page starts.
pWhen you download the pages which you have not
downloaded yet, if the PDF file has been updated at the
server’s end, the confirmation display appears asking
whether to download from the first page.
Function Menu while PDF File is Displayed
Function menu
Zoom in
You can zoom in the PDF file. You can zoom
in the PDF file up to 1,000%.
Zoom out
You can zoom out the PDF file. You can zoom
out the PDF file up to 8%.
Go to
You can move to another page of the PDF file.
Select the page you want to move to.
pIf you select “Specified page”, enter the
page number you want to move to in the
page number field, and select “OK”; then
you can access to the specified page.
Search
You can display the screen in which the
specified character string is contained. The
point that matches the specified character is
marked in yellow green.
SearchSelect the search string field
Enter a character string to be searched for.
pYou can enter up to 8 full-pitch/16 half-pitch
characters.
Function Menu of the PDF File List
Function menu
Edit title
Operation/Explanation
See page 274.
Document info You can display the PDF file name, saved
date/time, etc.
Attach to mail You can compose i-mode mail with the PDF
files attached.
Go to step 2 on page 172.
pYou can compose it also by pressing
l(
).
Send Ir data
See page 305.
See page 306.
transmission
Copy to
microSD
See page 296.
Copy to phone See page 297.
Copy
See page 275.
Move
See page 275.
Data Display/Edit/Management
Add desktop See page 114.
icon
Delete this
See page 275.
Delete all
See page 276.
Multiple-choice See page 276.
Memory info
You can display the used memory space
(estimate)/number of stored items.
Sort
See page 276.
Listing
You can change the displayed contents of the
PDF File List.
Title or Image
pYou can switch by pressing c(
from the PDF File List.
Information
pWhen you use “Image” to display PDF files, they might
appear different from the actual images depending on the
PDF files.
308
Operation/Explanation
Put a check mark for search conditions
to be specifiedl(
pIf you select “Search next” or “Search prev.”,
you can continue to search under the same
condition.
Bookmark/mark See page 309.
(Disp.
bookmark)
Bookmark/mark You can set a bookmark (i-mode bookmark)
(Add bookmark) for the page currently displayed and can
display the desired page easily by selecting
the bookmark. You can set up to 10
bookmarks.
Add bookmarkYES
Select the title fieldEnter a titleOK
pYou can enter up to 64 full-pitch/128
half-pitch characters.
pSee page 310 when bookmarks are stored
to the maximum.
Bookmark/mark See page 310.
(Display mark)
Bookmark/mark You can store the currently displayed page
(Add mark)
number and the position within the page as
the mark. You can use the stored mark as the
sign of the reference point. You can set up to
10 marks.
Add markYES
pSee page 310 when marks are stored to the
maximum.
Function menu
View types
(View mode)
Operation/Explanation
You can change display format of the PDF file.
View modeSelect a display format.
pIf you select “User defined”, enter the
magnification value in the magnification
specification field, and select “OK”; then you
can display the page at the specified
magnification.
pThe magnification you can specify is 8
through 1,000%.
pIf you save a file after changing the display
format, it is displayed at the saved
magnification next time.
View types
Rotate view90° to right or 90° to left
(Rotate view)
View types
You can change the layout the PDF file is
(Page layout) displayed.
At Viewer start-up Page layout
Single page
Single page, Continuous or
Continuous-facing
View types
You can display links set in the PDF file.
(Display link) Internal links (links set in the PDF file
displayed), Web To, Mail To, and Phone To/
AV Phone To are available for the links.
Display linkSelect a link.
pWhen multiple links are found in the display,
you can select a link by pressing Bo.
pWhen you select an internal link, you can
move to the linked page in the PDF file. See
page 163 for another link.
View types
See page 308.
(Document info)
Save
See page 310.
Download
remain
You can download all pages of the PDF file
which you have not completely downloaded
yet such as partially downloaded page by
page or failed to be downloaded owing to
disconnection of communication midway.
YES
Capture
screen
You can cut out a part of the display and save
it as JPEG image.
Oo(
)YESSelect a folder.
pSee page 162 when images are stored to
the maximum.
Attach to mail You can compose i-mode mail with the PDF
files attached.
Go to step 2 on page 172.

pIf you do not enter the title, this is stored with “無題 (No title)”.

pAt Viewer start-up, the page is displayed in the size set for
“Doc. display settings”.

pYou cannot change the layout of the partial PDF file.

pYou might not be able to cut out the display depending on
the security setting of the PDF file.
Display Bookmark
You can list the bookmarks set for the PDF file and the
i-mode bookmarks additionally set.
By selecting a bookmark, you can display the page for
which the bookmark is set.
While a PDF file is displayedi(
Bookmark/markDisp. bookmark
Bookmark or i-mode bookmark
Select a bookmark.
pSome bookmarks that have been set beforehand are
) to display the
categorized into tier-levels. Press i(
bookmarks at the lower level. However, all the bookmarks at
the third-tier level or lower are displayed at the third-tier level.
Function Menu while i-mode Bookmark is Displayed
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Edit title
Enter a title.
pYou can enter up to 64 full-pitch/128
half-pitch characters.
Delete
(Delete)
DeleteYES
Delete
(Delete
selected)
Delete selected
Put a check mark for bookmarks to be
deletedl(
)YES
Delete
(Delete all)
Delete all
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
309
Data Display/Edit/Management
View types
You can set whether to display the zoom
(Page info ON/ magnification, page number, and scroll bar for
OFF)
displaying the PDF file.
At Viewer start-up Page info ON/OFF
Display
Select an itemDisplay or Not display
Information

pThe search conditions work as shown below:
Match case:
Identifies between uppercase and lowercase for search.
Whole words only:
Searches for character strings that completely match by
unit of a word.
Search upward:
When you do “Search next”, you can search backwards
to the first page from the start page.
Search ‘?’ as wildcard:
“?” mark (half-pitch) entered in the search string field is
set for a search condition as a random character.
Search in this page:
Searches in the currently displayed page only.
Display Mark
You can list the marked pages and positions stored in
the PDF file.
When you select a mark, you can display the page in
which the mark is stored.
While a PDF file is displayedi(
Bookmark/markDisplay mark
Select a mark.
Function Menu while the Mark List is Displayed
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Delete
YES
Delete
selected
Put a check mark for marks to be deleted
l(
)YES
Delete all
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
Save
You can save the PDF files. You can save the newly
downloaded pages and added bookmarks/marks.
You can save up to 3,500 files in total including other
data files, however, the number of files you can save
decreases depending on the data volume.
(See page 444)
Data Display/Edit/Management
While a PDF file is displayedi(
SaveYES
The PDF file once saved to the FOMA phone or microSD
memory card is overwritten each time you save it. (The
operation in step 2 is not required.)
The PDF file that is not saved to the FOMA phone or
microSD memory card is newly saved.
pWith the PDF file that was re-downloaded from the first
page owing to updating at the server’s end, the
confirmation display appears asking whether to
overwrite the current data. Select “YES” to overwrite it.
Select “NO” to newly save.
Select a destination folder.
pSee page 162 when PDF files in the FOMA phone are
stored to the maximum.
310
■When bookmarks or marks are set to the maximum
If you try to add a bookmark or mark to the PDF file for which
10 bookmarks or marks have been set, or if you try to save
the PDF file for which 11 or more bookmarks or marks have
been set, the confirmation display appears asking whether to
add/save the bookmark or mark after unnecessary ones are
deleted.
1. YES
2. Select bookmarks/marks to be deletedYES
or
Put a check mark for bookmarks/marks to be deleted
l(
)YES
pContinue putting a check mark until “
” appears.
Document Display Settings
You can set a display format for when the PDF files are
displayed from sites.
ii-mode settings
Doc. display settings
Select a display format.
< Document Viewer>
Displaying Word, Excel, and
PowerPoint Files
You can display the Microsoft Word, Microsoft Excel
and Microsoft PowerPoint files saved to the microSD
memory card.
mData boxDocument viewer
Select a folderSelect a file.
Folder List
Document List
pSee page 302 for the Function menu on the Folder List.
■Operations when displaying a document file
pSee page 311 for when you operate from the Function menu.
Operation
Key operation
Operation
Key operation
Upper scroll
Zo
Full display
Lower scroll
Xo
Next page
c9>
Left scroll
Co
Previous page
m7<
Right scroll
Vo
Search
Bring up key
operation guide
Search next
Search previous
Zoom in
Zoom out
Function Menu of the Document List
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Scroll bar
You can set whether to display the scroll bar
for displaying the files.
Display or Not display
Rotate view
90°to right or 90°to left
Attach to mail You can compose an i-mode mail message
with the document file attached.
Go to step 2 on page 172.
Document
info
You can display the name and type of files.
Copy
See page 275.
Move
See page 275.
Delete this
See page 275.
Delete all
See page 276.
Information

pThe search conditions work as shown below:
Whole words only:
Searches for character strings that completely match by
unit of a word.
Match case:
Identifies between uppercase and lowercase for search.
Search in this page (Excel file only):
Searches in the currently displayed page only.
Search in this file (Excel file only):
Searches in the whole file.
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Edit title
See page 274.
File info
You can display the name and type of files.
Multiple-choice See page 276.
Memory info
You can display the used memory space (estimate).
Function Menu while Document File is Displayed
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
You can zoom in the file.
You can zoom in the file up to 1,000%.
Zoom out
You can zoom out the file.
You can zoom out the file up to 8%.
View types
You can change display format of the file.
Select a display format.
pIf you select “User defined”, enter the
magnification value in the magnification
specification field, and select “OK”; then you can
display the page at the specified magnification.
pThe magnification you can specify by “User
defined” is 8 through 1,000%.
Go to
You can move to another page or sheet of the file.
Select the page or the sheet you want to
move to.
pIf you select “Specified page” for the
Microsoft Word file or Microsoft PowerPoint
file, enter the page number you want to move
to in the page number field, and select “OK”;
then you can move to the specified page.
Search
You can display the screen in which the specified
character string is contained. The point that matches
the specified character string is highlighted.
SearchSelect the search string field
Enter a character string to be searched for.
pYou can enter up to 8 full-pitch/16 half-pitch characters.
Put a check mark for search conditions
to be specifiedl(
pIf you select “Search prev.” or “Search next”, you
can continue to search under the same condition.
Select a Method to Print the Images
Saved in the microSD Memory Card
DPOF is the format for recording the print information
about the still image you shot with a digital camera.
You can input the information into the still image on the
microSD memory card about whether to print it out and
how many copies you print out. You can take the card
to DPE service shops or use a DPOF compatible printer
to print photos as you specify.
Still image in play/Still image List
i(
)DPOF settingPrint
Enter the number of copies to be printed
out.
pEnter “01” through “99” in two digits.
pTo cancel printing the selected still image, select “Print
OFF”. To cancel printing all still images, select “All print
OFF”.
Information
pThe classification icon of the images set DPOF Setting is
“
”.
pYou can set DPOF Setting for up to 999 image files.
pYou cannot set DPOF Setting for the image in excess of 2
Mbytes or 5M (2592 x 1944) size.
pDPOF Setting by other devices such as personal computers
is disabled except the information about the number of
copies to be printed out.
pIf unused space on the microSD memory card is not
enough, DPOF Setting might not be set. (The icon and
Picture Information, however, indicate DPOF is set.) Delete
unnecessary files, make memory space, and then try again.
311
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
Zoom & page You can set whether to display the zoom
magnification and page number for displaying the file.
Display or Not display
Printing Saved Images
Data Display/Edit/Management
Zoom in
Information
pStill images shot by P905i also support PRINT Image
MatchingⅢ. You can accurately reproduce the conditions at
shooting and your intention when you print the still image
out from a PRINT Image Matching compatible printer, or
when you process it by using a compatible software
program. Some functions are not reproduced by the
compatible printer of earlier version than PRINT Image
MatchingⅢ.
< AV Output>
Displaying Still Images, Moving
Images/i-motion Movies on TV
When you connect the FOMA phone to a TV using the
Flat-plug AV Output Cable P01 (option), you can
display still images, moving images/i-motion movies,
and images during a videophone call, video from One
Seg and from i-Îąppli on the TV. You cannot display any
other images.
Connect FOMA Phone to TV
Open the cover of the Earphone microphone/AV output
terminal on the FOMA phone and connect the Flat-plug
AV Output Cable to it. Then connect the Flat-plug AV
Output Cable to the video/audio input terminal on the
TV.
Video/Audio input terminal
Data Display/Edit/Management
Video Audio L Audio R
(yellow) (white) (red)
(yellow) (white)
(red)
Flat-plug AV
Output Cable
Earphone microphone/AV output terminal
Information
pYou can connect to the devices other than TV sets for
output.
pWhen connecting the Flat-plug AV Output Cable, make sure
that you firmly insert it. Do not pull the cable forcibly, twist it
by the plug, or apply an excessive force.
pBefore connecting or disconnecting the Flat-plug AV Output
Cable to and from the device such as a TV, turn off the
sound volume of the connected device.
pTo pull the plug out, take hold of the plug and then pull it out
softly.
312
Display Still Images on TV
Play back a still image while the Flat-plug AV
Output Cable is connected
or
connect the Flat-plug AV Output Cable while
a still image is being played back.
pPress m(
) to switch the
display size.
pYou can press Oo(
) to
start a slide show. You can press
Oo(
) again to stop it.
pYou can press No to display a
previous or next still image.
pEach time you press
l(
), you can rotate the
still image clockwise by 90
degrees.
pSee page 274 for how to display still images.
pTo cancel AV output, pull the Flat-plug AV Output Cable
off of the FOMA phone. When the playback ends, or
when another function starts up, AV output is canceled
as well.
Information
pAV output is not available in the following cases:
ｼ When the still image is played back from any other than
the Still Image List or icon pasted to the desktop
ｼ When the still image is played back from any other than
the “i-mode” folder, “Camera” folder, user folders, “Picture”
folder (microSD), and “Image Box” folder (microSD)
ｼ When displaying a still image whose acquired source icon
is “
” or “
”, and whose “File restriction” is “File
restricted”
ｼ When playing back a Chara-den picture you shot a
Chara-den model whose “Rec. file restriction” is “File
restricted”
ｼ While the still image is played back in an actual size or by
slide show
ｼWhile playing back a Flash image.
pWhen a still image is larger than the VGA (640 x 480) size, it
is reduced to VGA (640 x 480) or smaller with its
proportional ratio retained for displaying on the TV.
pOn some TVs, still images may not be displayed correctly
when the display size is switched.
Display Moving Images/i-motion
Movies on TV
Play back a moving image/i-motion movie while
the Flat-plug AV Output Cable is connected
or
connect the Flat-plug AV Output Cable while a
moving image/i-motion movie is being played back.
pPress m(
) to switch the
display size.
pSee page 280 for how to play
back moving images/i-motion
movies and how to operate
during playback.
pTo cancel AV output, pull the
Flat-plug AV Output Cable off of
the FOMA phone. When another
function starts up, AV output is
canceled as well.
Information
pAV output is not available in the following cases:
ｼ When the image is played back from any other than the
Moving Image List or icon pasted to the desktop
ｼ When playing back a moving image/i-motion movie whose
acquired source icon is “
” or “
”, and whose “File
restriction” is “File restricted”
ｼ When playing back a Chara-den movie you shot a Chara-den
model whose “Rec. file restriction” is “File restricted”
･ When a moving image/i-motion movie in the “Pre-installed”
folder, or “Movable contents” folder (microSD) is played back
pOn some TVs, moving images may not be displayed
correctly when the display size is switched.
Display Images during a Videophone
Call on TV
Make a videophone call while the Flat-plug
AV Output Cable is connected
or
connect the Flat-plug AV Output Cable
during a videophone call.
p“ ” appears during AV output.
pTo cancel AV output, pull the
Flat-plug AV Output Cable off of
the FOMA phone. When the
videophone call ends, or another
function starts up, AV output is
canceled as well.
Information
pYou cannot execute AV output for the images of Remote
Monitoring.
Display Video from One Seg
At One Seg start-up
Released
Watch a One Seg program while the
Flat-plug AV Output Cable is connected
or
connect the Flat-plug AV Output Cable
during watching a One Seg program.
i(
)AV outputYES
pTo cancel AV output, perform
the same operation or pull the
Flat-plug AV Output Cable off of
the FOMA phone. When
watching One Seg programs
ends, or when another function
starts up, AV output is
canceled.
Information
pWhen “TV sound while closed” is set to “ON”, AV output still
continues even if you close the FOMA phone.
pThe caption and data broadcasting are not displayed on TV.
pAV output is unavailable during recording or in ECO Mode.
pAV output is unavailable for video or still images recorded
by One Seg.
pThe sound during AV output is output from a connected
device, so adjusting the sound volume of the FOMA phone
cannot change the output sound volume.
Display video from i-Îąppli
Start an i-Îąppli program while the Flat-plug
AV Output Cable is connected
or
connect the Flat-plug AV Output Cable while
an i-Îąppli program is activated.
pTo cancel AV output, pull the Flat-plug AV Output Cable
off of the FOMA phone. When an i-Îąppli ends, or when
another function starts up, AV output is canceled.
Information
pAV output still continues even if you close the FOMA phone.
However, AV output is not available during pause in Power
Saver Mode.
pThe sensitivity of the microphone is improved during AV
output.
313
Data Display/Edit/Management
Information
p“ ” (Hands-free icon) does not appear during AV output.
However, the voice is output from the connected device.
You cannot switch to Hands-free.
314
Music&Video Channel/Music Playback
Music&Video Channel
What is Music&Video Channel?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
316
Setting Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
316
Playing Back/Operating Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
317
MUSIC Player
Playing Back Music. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
320
Saving Music Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
321
Using MUSIC Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‹MUSIC Player›
323
Using Playlist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
329
■Handling Music Files
You can use music files saved on the microSD memory card for personal use only. Before using, give enough
consideration not to infringe on the third party’s intellectual property rights or other rights such as copyright.
315
What is Music&Video Channel?
Music&Video Channel is a service which automatically
delivers up to about one-hour programs at night by just
setting your favorite music programs in advance.
Further, you can enjoy high-quality moving image
program of up to about 30 minutes. Programs are
updated periodically and you can enjoy the delivered
programs at your convenient time such as on
commuting.
■ Before using Music&Video Channel
p Music&Video Channel is a pay service which is available on
a subscription basis. (You need to subscribe to i-mode and
Pake-Houdai/Pake-Houdai Full to apply for it.)
p Other than the service fee for using Music&Video Channel,
you might be separately charged an information fee
depending on the program.
p For the details on Music&Video Channel, refer to “Mobile
Phone User's Guide [i-mode]”.
p If you insert the UIM to the Music&Video Channel
incompatible FOMA phone after you subscribe to
Music&Video Channel, you cannot use Music&Video
Channel Service. Note that the service fee applies unless
you cancel the Music&Video Channel subscription.
pYou cannot obtain or set programs during international
roaming, as Pake-Houdai/Pake-Houdai Full is not applied.
When you try to obtain or set programs, note that you are
charged a packet communication fee for the i-mode
communication. Take procedures to halt the distribution of
programs before departure to overseas. Then, after
homecoming, resume receiving distribution.
Setting Programs
Music&Video Channel/Music Playback
If you previously set a program that you want to watch,
the FOMA phone automatically downloads the program
data at night.
mMUSICMusic&Video Channel
■When a program is set
“ ” appears on the Stand-by
display 12 hours before the time the
program obtaining starts. However, it
does not appear if you have inserted
a UIM which is different from the one you used to set the
program.
Programs are automatically obtained
at night. The display for obtaining
programs does not appear but “
”
appears on the desktop when they
are successfully obtained.
Press Oo, highlight “
”, and press Oo(
) to
display the Music&Video Channel display. When obtaining
fails, “
” appears.
Information
pWhen the communication is disconnected during obtaining
a program, re-obtaining is automatically tried up to five
times by an interval of about three minutes. When a display
for obtaining a program is shown, however, the confirmation
display appears asking whether to re-obtain the program.
pThe ring tone does not sound and the vibrator does not
work to notify that obtaining programs starts or is
completed. When you set “Music&Video ch illum.” of
“Illumination” to “ON”, the Call/Charging indicator flickers
when obtaining programs is completed. (See page 111)
pYou can set up to two programs at once.
pNote that a newly obtained program overwrites a saved
program and you can no longer play back that saved
program afterward. To avoid overwriting, perform “Move
program” to move the program to the “Saved program”
folder.
pYou cannot save the obtained program to the microSD
memory card.
pTo set programs, you need to register the site which offers
Music&Video Channel programs to your My Menu. (See
page 156)
pIf you have not subscribed to Music&Video Channel, select
“About this service” to see the Music&Video Channel
introduction page.
pWhen the programs could not be obtained due to “power
off” or “low battery” at the start time of program obtaining,
re-obtaining is performed at night of the following day.
Music&Video Channel
display
Set programFollow the instructions on the
display to set a program.
For details, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [i-mode]”.
pSee page 162 when data files are stored to the
maximum.
316
pIt may take a time to obtain programs, so fully charge the
battery and operate in the good radio wave conditions.
pYou cannot perform the setting operation and automatic
obtaining of the program selected on the Music&Video
Channel display or the program in use.
pWhen you cancel Music&Video Channel, the programs
other than those moved by “Move program” are deleted.
pIf you insert a UIM which is different from the one you used
to set programs, programs cannot be automatically
obtained. Set the programs again from the Music&Video
Channel display.
Information
pWhen you select a service menu for Music&Video Channel
and the message “Confirm set up information?” appears,
select “YES” to delete the programs that have already been
distributed. However, they are not deleted while the
distribution of programs is halted.
pIf you insert the UIM of the FOMA phone that you have
already set programs into another Music&Video Channel
compatible FOMA phone, the programs cannot be obtained
automatically. Select “Set program” again from the
Music&Video Channel display to automatically update the
program setting on the FOMA phone, then the programs
can be obtained automatically.
Playing Back/Operating Programs
pYou can enjoy playing back programs in stereo sound by
connecting the Flat-plug Stereo Earphone Set (option). Also,
you can enjoy playing back programs wirelessly by using a
commercial Bluetooth device. (See page 352)
“
” is displayed during using
Music&Video Channel, “
” is
displayed when it becomes pause
state during Play Background.
pWhen information of the
previously played program exists,
playback starts from the position
and/or in the mode accordingly.
p Highlight a program and press
l(
); then the Chapter
Music&Video Channel
List is displayed.
display
pHighlight a program and press
m(
); then connects to
the URL of the program URL information.
p Any of the following images are displayed when you
cannot display the preview images:
Check/Cancel the Set Program
mMUSICMusic&Video Channel
Select a program.
Music&Video Channel displaySet program
Follow the instructions on the display.
You can check or cancel the set program. For details,
refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [i-mode]”.
Information
pEven if the setting of a program is canceled, My Menu is not
deleted.
Obtain a Program Manually
“
” appears on the Stand-by display when the
automatic program obtaining fails or the program is not
updated even after the program distribution date. When
the automatic obtaining fails, you can manually obtain
the program.
Cannot be
played back
Operate Music&Video Channel from Data Box
You can play back programs also from Data Box. From
Data Box, you can play back currently distributed
programs as well as the programs that have been
distributed in the past and moved to the “Saved program”.
mData boxMusic&Video Channel
Downloaded program or Saved program
Select a program.
pYou cannot re-obtain the program whose playable deadline
has expired. Such a program cannot be updated until the
next distribution date.
pYou may not be able to manually obtain programs
depending on the time zone.
Program List
pYou can switch display format each time you press
c(
) from the Program List.
317
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
Program Folder List
Music&Video Channel/Music Playback
Information
pWhen obtaining of a program is suspended, the part of the
program obtained up to that point is saved. To obtain
remaining part, you can manually obtain it except in some
time zones. When a program has been updated or switched
to another program, obtaining starts not from the suspended
point but from the beginning.
Updating
program
pWhen you press and hold p for at least one second or
press h during playback or pause, playing back
program ends.
pYou can use mail functions, display sites, and so on,
while listening to music using Music&Video Channel
(Play Background). (See page 419）
Music&Video Channel display
Select a programYES
pFor a partially obtained program, select “Play” to play it
back.
pFor a program which has not been updated, select
“Play” to play it back.
No preview Playback restrictions
images
have expired, and
the like.
■About Music&Video Channel Playback display
■Operation while playing back a Music&Video Channel
program
Operation
Key operation
Halt
l(
Pause
Oo(
) or p
) or p to play back
p Oo(
Sound volume
adjustment
or 
pPress and hold Bo to adjust the
sound volume sequentially.
pYou can set the sound volume
from Level 0 (Silent) through 25.
…Program image※ or program video
Replay next chapter
Vo or >(for at least one second)
…Chapter number/The number of chapters
（Chapter number only on the Private window）
Replay previous
Co or <(for at least one second)
pWhen playback time is over three
seconds, this operation returns
the position to the beginning of
the file.
 
 
When the FOMA phone is closed
chapter※1
…Chapter name/Artist name
…Program name
…Playback state
…Playback time/Total playback time
Search (fast forward)※2 Press and hold Vo.
…Play mode (No indication for “Normal”)
: Repeat
Search (fast rewind)※2 Press and hold Co.
…Equalizer
: Normal
: S-XBS2
…Stereo/Monaural
: Stereo
…Listening (No indication for “OFF”)
: Surround
: Natur2
: S-XBS1
: Train
Connect to site
m(
Play background
c(
Display next image
Display previous image 1
: Monaural
Remaster
pEach time of pressing switches
between “ON” and “OFF”.
Listening
pEach time of pressing switches in
order of “OFF” → “Surround” →
“Natur1” → “Natur2”.
Equalizer
pEach time of pressing switches in
order of “Normal” → “S-XBS1” →
“S-XBS2” → “Train”.
: Natur1
…Remaster
: ON
…Icon of Bluetooth connection
: Being connected
…Sound volume
※ When no images are stored, an animation appears.
Music&Video Channel/Music Playback
※1 This operation returns the position to the beginning of the
music file when no previous chapter is found.
※2 You cannot operate during pause.
From the Music&Video Channel Playback display, you
can do the following operations by using the switch of
the Flat-plug Stereo Earphone Set (option) or the
Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch (option):
pYou can operate them when the FOMA phone is closed as well.
Operation
Switch operation
Pause
Press once.
pTo play back, press again.
Replay next chapter Press twice in succession.
Press three times in succession.
Replay previous
pWhen playback time is over three
chapter※
seconds, this operation returns the
position to the beginning of the file.
※ This operation returns the position to the beginning of the
music file when no previous chapter is found.
318
■Icons on the Music&Video Channel display/the Program List
The icons on the Music&Video Channel display indicate the
download status.
Icon
Description
Successfully obtained program
Function Menu of Music&Video Channel display/
Program Folder List/Program List
Function menu
Chapter list
You can display the list of chapters set for the
program. Select a chapter to play back the
selected chapter and afterward.
pPress i(
) and select “Chapter
info” to display the information about the
chapter title, playback time, etc.
Play mode
setting
Normal or Repeat
Normal . . . Plays back the program once in
the order of the chapters.
Repeat . . . Plays back the program
repeatedly in the order of the
chapters.
Broken program
Partially obtained program or unsuccessfully
obtained program
p“
” is added to the newly obtained program.
pSome programs have restrictions on the number of
playbacks, playable deadline, or playback period. “ ” is
added to the icon of the program with playback restrictions
and “ ” is added to the icon of the program with restrictions
expired. You can check the playback restrictions for the
program by “Program info”.
pSome programs have restrictions on operation. “ ” is
added to the icon of the program with operation restrictions.
pDepending on the program, its playable time zone is fixed.
“ ” is added to the icon of the program with time zone
restrictions. The time follows the time information obtained
from the network, which has automatically been corrected.
pWhen obtaining a periodically-updated program fails, “ ”
appears to tell the program has not been updated. “ ”
disappears when obtaining the program starts.
pThe file restriction is set to all the Music&Video Channel
programs. See page 146 for the file restrictions.
Information
pThe information of the previously played program is erased
if you do the following operations:
ｼ When you turn on/off the FOMA phone
ｼ When you update the program
ｼ When you delete or move the previously played program
Program info You can display the program title, distribution
source, playback restrictions, etc.
Move program Programs currently distributed are updated to
new programs on the next distribution date.
You can save the current programs by moving
them to the “Saved program” folder before the
distributed program is updated. You can
check “Memory info” for unused memory
space you can save to. You can save up to 10
programs sharing the memory space with
other data files, however, the number of
programs you can save decreases depending
on the data volume. (See page 444)
YES
pSee page 162 when programs are stored to
the maximum.
Add desktop See page 114.
icon
Edit title
Enter a title.
pYou can enter up to 31 full-pitch/63
half-pitch characters.
Reset title
You can reset the title to the default.
YES
Multiplechoice
You can select and delete multiple programs
stored in “Saved program” folder.
Put a check mark for programs to be
)Delete
deletedi(
Connect to
URL
You can access the URL when the program
has the URL information.
YES
Display image You can display the program images stored in
the program.
pPress r to return to the List.
You can display the used memory space
(estimate).
319
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
Memory info
Music&Video Channel/Music Playback
pIf you try to play back a program with a low battery, the
confirmation display appears asking whether to play it back.
When the battery becomes low during playback, the
playback pauses, and the confirmation display appears
asking whether to finish the playback.
pIn the following cases, playback pauses and resumes after
you finish each operation:
ｼ When you make/receive a voice call, videophone call, or
PushTalk call
ｼ When you receive a mail message or Message R/F while
“Receiving display” is set to “Alarm preferred” or the
Stand-by display is shown
･ When an alarm tone of “Alarm”, “Schedule”, “ToDo”, “Book
program” or “Timer recording” sounds
Depending on the function which occurred, the confirmation
display might appear asking whether to end the
Music&Video Channel program.
pIf you play the program having the time zone restriction, and
that can be played repeatedly, a black screen continues to
appear until the next play time.
Operation/Explanation
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Delete/Delete You can delete the program.
this
YES
pWhen you delete the currently distributed
program, “Setting program” is displayed
until the next program distribution.
“No program” is displayed when no program
is set.
Delete all
You can delete all the programs stored in the
“Saved program” folder.
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Sound effect You can change the quality of sound from an
(Equalizer)
earphone or Bluetooth device.
EqualizerSelect an item.
Normal . . . . . Reproduces normal sound
quality.
S-XBS1 . . . . Enhances bass sound.
S-XBS2 . . . . Enhances bass sound more
deeply than S-XBS1.
Train. . . . . . . Minimizes abnormal sound that
causes sound leakage.
Program info See page 319.
Information

pEven if you set to “Repeat”, the playback is not repeated if
the program has restrictions on the number of playbacks.
pEven if you set to “Normal”, the playback may repeated it
depending on the program if the program has time zone
restrictions.

pYou cannot move the program when its obtaining is not
completed, or the move restriction or time zone restriction is
set for the program.

pWhen the next program is delivered, the edited title is
overwritten by the new title.
  
pEven when you delete the program, the program setting is
not released.
Function Menu during Playback/Pause
Music&Video Channel/Music Playback
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Chapter list
See page 319.
Play mode
setting
See page 319.
Sound effect You can bring the sound from an earphone or
(Remaster)
Bluetooth device to the original sound by
complementing high-pitch range lost at data
compression.
RemasterON or OFF
Sound effect You can set sound effect for listening.
ListeningSelect an item.
(Listening)
Surround . . . Makes the sound natural and
stereophonic.
Natur 1/2 . . . Complements the cooped-up
feeling specific to earphones and
plays back natural sound. Select
1 or 2 according to your taste.
OFF . . . . . . . Sets Listening to “OFF”.
p“Natur 1/2” is effective for the sound from an
earphone or Bluetooth device.
320
Chapter info
You can display the title, play time, etc. of the
chapter currently played back.
Connect to
URL
See page 319.
Previous
image
You can display a previous image.
Next image
You can display a next image.
Change to full The image is played back in the horizontal
screen by rotating it 90 degrees to the right.
pWhen it is already played horizontally, the
vertical display returns.
Information

pEven if an earphone or Bluetooth device is not connected,
the respective setting contents are displayed on the display.
 
pYou can display up to three images, however, you may not
be able to display them depending on the program.
Playing Back Music
You can play back music files on your FOMA phone by
using MUSIC Player or i-motion player.
■MUSIC Player (See page 323)
By “MUSIC Player” of “MUSIC”, you can play back Chaku-uta
FullÂŽ music files or music files saved from music CDs to the
microSD memory card via a personal computer.
■i-motion Player (See page 280)
From the “imotion” folder in “Data box”, you can play back
the voice-only i-motion movie (including music data of AAC
format) or AAC format files stored on the microSD memory
card.
pYou can use mail functions, display sites, and so on, while
listening to music using MUSIC Player (Play Background).
(See page 419）
Saving Music Files
Download Chaku-uta FullÂŽ Music Files
You can download Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music files from
sites. You can save up to 101.6 Mbytes of files
including other data files. (See page 443)
Bring up a Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file
downloadable siteSelect a Chaku-uta
FullÂŽ music fileSaveYES
pSelect “Play” to play back the
Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file. See
page 325 for operations while a
Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file is
being played back.
pSelect “Property” to display the
Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file
Obtaining Completion
information. (See page 327)
display
pSee page 162 when Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music files are
stored to the maximum.
Select a destination folder.
pPress l(
) to display folders at the second-tier
level or lower, if they exist.
Press r to return to the upper level.
Information
pYou can save up to 5 Mbytes per Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file.
pWhen the Uta-hodai music file set for the ring tone or alarm
tone needs to be updated because the playable deadline
has expired, the default tone sounds when a call comes in,
or an alarm sounds/vibrates.
pFor a Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file that has restrictions on the
number of playbacks, playable period, or playable deadline,
“
” is displayed at the head of the title. If you remove the
battery and keep it aside for a long time, the date/time
information in the FOMA phone might be reset. In that case,
you cannot play back the Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file that
has restrictions on the playable period or playable deadline.
See “Music info” for checking the playback restrictions.
pPartially saved Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music files cannot be
played back from Data Box.
321
Music&Video Channel/Music Playback
■When downloading Chaku-uta Full® music file is suspended
When you press l(
) to suspend downloading or
when the downloading is suspended by an incoming call, the
confirmation display appears asking whether to resume
downloading. Select “YES” to resume downloading the
remaining part. Select “NO” to show the Obtaining
Completion display. Select “Save pt.” to save it to a folder in
“i-mode” folder in “MUSIC” in “Data box”. You can
re-download the rest of the partially saved file from “Data
box”.
pThe title name of the partially saved Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music
file takes the date and time when it is downloaded.
pWhen the playable period or playable deadline of the
partially saved Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file has expired, you
cannot download the remaining segments of the file.
Further, the partially saved file is deleted when you
perform obtaining operation.
■About Uta-hodai
Uta-hodai files are the Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music files you can
play back just for a period of the contract with a content
provider. The playable deadline is specified in the license
information that is downloaded together with the music file.
Even when the playable deadline has expired, you can play
back the music file by updating the license.
pWhen a music file (Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file downloaded
on the membership service basis) whose playable
deadline has expired is found at the start of MUSIC Player,
the confirmation display appears asking whether to update
the playable deadline. Select “YES” to update the file
(Packet communication fee is charged). Select “NO” not to
use the music file. See page 323 for starting MUSIC
Player.
pSome Uta-hodai music files are applied with surplus
playable days even after the playable deadline has passed.
During this period, you can play back files without updating
the playable deadline information. When the surplus
playable days are over, you cannot play back the files. Also
if you download the music file with no playable period
updated, you cannot play back the file before saving.
pWhen the upper limit of the (membership) music services
you can register is exceeded, the confirmation display
appears asking whether to overwrite them. Select “YES” to
overwrite a music service whose playable deadline is the
oldest. You can no longer play back the music files
downloaded from the overwritten service.
pThe Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music information and deadline
information on the display that notifies you of a playable
deadline are shown by the date/time of Japan.
pPacket communication fee charged for updating a playable
deadline during international roaming is not supported by
Pake-Houdai and Pake-Houdai Full.
pIf you insert the UIM with a phone number different from
the one you used to download Uta-hodai music files, you
cannot download/play back the files. When you use
Uta-hodai with a new UIM, execute “Initialize” (see
page 354).
Save WMA Files
You can use Windows Media Player 10/11 to save
Windows MediaÂŽ Audio (WMA) files from a personal
computer to the microSD memory card.
You can save up to 600 WMA files.
pAs well as music files, you can save playlists, jacket images,
and license keys.
Prepare devices required for saving WMA files
First, prepare the devices required for saving WMA files.
pFOMA P905i
pmicroSD memory card
pFOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01 (option)
pPersonal computer with Windows Media Player 10
(10.00.00.3802 or later)/11 installed
ｼWhen you use Windows Media Player 10/11 in Windows
XP, use Windows XP Service Pack 2 or later. When you
use Windows Vista, use Windows Media Player 11.
pBefore connecting the FOMA phone to a personal computer,
you need to check the version of Windows Media Player.
Use the FOMA phone as reader/writer
Set “USB mode setting” to “MTP mode”. (See page 300)
Save music files to the microSD memory card
Music&Video Channel/Music Playback
Start Windows Media Player 10/11 and save WMA files
to the microSD memory card.
pYou cannot save WMA files to the FOMA phone.
pFor how to operate Windows Media Player 10/11, refer to
Help for Windows Media Player 10/11.
pWhen you finish saving, remove the FOMA USB Cable with
Charge Function 01 from the FOMA phone.
When you remove the FOMA USB Cable with Charge
Function 01, remove it after finishing the software in use.
■About the Napster® Application
You have the ability to save music files using the NapsterÂŽ
application.
pPlease download the NapsterÂŽ application from the
following web page:
http://www.napster.jp/ (Japanese only)
pIf you have any questions about the NapsterÂŽ application,
refer to the following web page:
http://www.napster.jp/support/ (Japanese only)
Information
pDo not remove the microSD memory card during saving a
file. You may lose the file.
pMusic files and jacket images are saved to PRIVATE/
DOCOMO/MMFILE/WM/ on the microSD memory card.
Information
pYou cannot play back the saved files on other FOMA
phones. (You might be able to play them back depending on
your license key.)
pWhen you insert the microSD memory card which contains
WMA files, the WMA files saved by other than P905i is not
displayed.
pIf you save WMA data files by another FOMA phone, you
need to delete “WM” folder and “WM_SYSTEM” folder in
the microSD memory card by a personal computer and
others before using.
pWhen you add or delete the WMA files on the microSD
memory card repeatedly, the size of license files might
become large, and memory space on the microSD memory
card might become low. In this case, you can delete the
license files. After you perform “DEL all licenses” for WMA
files, connect your FOMA phone to your personal computer
and update the license files. You cannot play back the WMA
files unless you update the license files.
pWhen unused memory space in the microSD memory card
becomes 200 Kbytes or less, the card might not be recognized
by a personal computer. Check the unused memory space in
the microSD memory card, and delete unnecessary data files if
it is less than 200 Kbytes, then connect to the personal
computer after setting “USB mode setting” to “MTP mode”.
Save Music Files by Using SD-Audio
By using SD-Jukebox (commercial item), you can save
the music files on the music CDs to the microSD
memory card as AAC format data.
pBy using the microSD memory card adapter (option), you
can save music files to the microSD memory card directly
from a personal computer as well.
※The following steps are an example for when the FOMA phone
is used as a microSD reader/writer for saving music files.
■About SD-Jukebox
You can purchase SD-Jukebox from the web page below:
http://www.sense.panasonic.co.jp/PanaSense/special/soft/
sd_jukebox/
(Japanese only)
pFor details about operating environments, refer to the web
page below:
http://panasonic.jp/support/software/sdjb/
(Japanese only)
Prepare devices required for saving music files
First, prepare the devices required for saving music files.
pFOMA P905i
pmicroSD memory card
pFOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01 (option)
pPersonal computer (Windows XP, Windows 2000, or
Windows Vista)
pSD-Jukebox (commercial item)
pMusic CD you want to save
Install SD-Jukebox
Install SD-Jukebox on the personal computer.
322
3
Use the FOMA phone as reader/writer
Set “USB mode setting” to “microSD mode”.
(See page 300)
Save music files to the microSD memory card
Start SD-Jukebox and set a music CD on the personal
computer. Then use SD-Jukebox to save music files to
the microSD memory card.
pFor how to operate SD-Jukebox, refer to Help for
SD-Jukebox.
pWhen you finish saving, remove the FOMA USB Cable with
Charge Function 01 from the FOMA phone.
< MUSIC Player>
Using MUSIC Player
You can play back Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music files obtained
from sites or music files saved to the microSD memory
card.
To play back music files, select “MUSIC Player” from
“MUSIC” on Main Menu. Play Background is available
so that you can use mail functions, display sites, and
so on, while listening to music.
To manage folders or data files, select “MUSIC” from
“Data box” on Main Menu.
pNote that battery consumption will be faster when you use
MUSIC Player.
pYou can enjoy playing back music in stereo sound by
connecting the Flat-plug Stereo Earphone Set (option). Also,
you can enjoy listening to music wirelessly by using a
commercial Bluetooth device. (See page 352)
pIf the number of stored files increases, it may take long to
start MUSIC Player.
Play Back Music Files
Press and hold p for at least one second.
The Player Menu display appears.
pYou can play back the top of the
All tracks list by pressing and
holding p for at least one
Player Menu display
second with the FOMA phone
closed.
pThe playback display (in pause state) of the previously
played music file appears when the information about it
remains.
pThe “★” mark is added to the playlist which is currently
played back or was previously played back.
Select an item.
All tracks
. . . . . . . . . Displays all the music files saved on the
FOMA phone and microSD memory card.
Artist . . . . Displays all the artist names.
Highlight the name of the artist you want to
), then all the
listen to and press Oo(
album names of the selected artist are
displayed. (Go to Album)
Album . . . Displays all the albums.
Highlight the name of the album you want to
).
listen to and press Oo(
Genre . . . . Displays all the genres.
Highlight the genre you want to listen to and
).
press Oo(
Playlist/SD-Audio
. . . . . . . . . Displays all the playlists created by the
FOMA phone and personal computer.
See page 330 for the playback of playlists.
Type List
(For Artist)
Music List
pWhen you select “Artist”, “Album”, or “Genre”, and press
l(
) from the Type List, all the music files
stored in the selected item are played back.
pYou can switch display format each time you press
c(
) from the Music List.
pWhen “
” is displayed on the Type List or the
Music List, you can display the playback display of
previously played back music file or music file in-play by
).
pressing m(
pYou might not be able to display all the stored music
files depending on their file size.
pAny of the following images are displayed when you
cannot display the preview image:
Incomplete
download
Cannot be
displayed
No image, etc.
Music&Video Channel/Music Playback
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
323
3
Select a music file.
Playback starts from the selected music file in the order
listed on the Type List or playlist. “
” is displayed
during using Music&Video Channel, and “
” is
displayed when it becomes pause state during Play
Background.
pThe “★” mark is added to the music file which is
currently played back or was previously played back.
pPlayback continues even if you close the FOMA phone
during playback.
pWhen you press and hold p for at least one second
during playback, pause, or halt, or press h, MUSIC
Player ends.
pWhen you press m(
) during playback, the
former Music List is displayed.
Select a Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file or WMA
file.
Only the selected music file is played back as a demo.
pWhen you close the FOMA phone during playback, the
playback stops.
pTo terminate playback, press and hold p for at least
one second or press h during playback or pause.
pYou might be able to play back a Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music
file by pressing l(
) or selecting “Play” from the
Function menu while selecting it on another function.
pChaku-uta FullÂŽ music files are shown by titles
(Title - Artist name) for control when you display them
from the “i-mode” folder. When you operate them from
MUSIC Player, titles are shown.
■About playback display during using MUSIC Player
Manage Folders or Music Files
mData boxMUSIC
Music Folder List
Music&Video Channel/Music Playback
Select an item.
MUSIC Player . . MUSIC Player starts. (See page 323)
i-mode . . . . . . . . Displays the i-mode (Chaku-uta FullÂŽ)
Folder List. Select a folder.
WMA. . . . . . . . . . Displays the WMA List.
i-mode (Chaku-uta FullÂŽ)
Folder List
Chaku-uta FullÂŽ Music
List
pSome WMA files have playable
license (number/period/
deadline).
WMA List
pEach time you press m from
ÂŽ
the i-mode (Chaku-uta Full ) Folder List, you can
switch between the folders in the FOMA phone and the
microSD memory card.
pYou can switch display format each time you press
c(
) from the Chaku-uta FullÂŽ Music List and
WMA List.
pSee page 323 when you cannot display a preview
image.
pSee page 162 when you select “Search by i-mode”.
324
 
 
When the FOMA phone is closed
 The image※1 which is stored in the music file
 Track number
 Title
Artist name
Playback state
Playback time/Total playback time
Play mode (No indication for “Normal”)
: Play only one
: Repeat one
: Repeat all
: Random
: Random play & repeat
: Demo※2
Equalizer
: Normal
: S-XBS1
: S-XBS2
: Train
 Stereo/Monaural
: Stereo
: Monaural
 Listening (No indication for “OFF”)
: Surround
: Natur1
: Natur2
 Remaster
: ON
 Icon of Bluetooth connection
: Being connected
 Sound volume
※1 When no images are stored, an animation appears.
※2 Displayed only in demo playbacks.
■Operations of MUSIC Player in use
Operation
Halt
Key operation
l(
pOo(
Pause
Oo(
) or p to play back
) or p
) or p to play back
pOo(
Sound volume
adjustment
Replay next file
or 
pPress and hold the key to adjust the
sound volume sequentially.
pYou can set the sound volume from
Level 0 (Silent) through 25.
Vo or > (for at least one second)
Replay previous file※1 Co or < (for at least one second)
pWhen playback time is over three
seconds, this operation returns the
position to the beginning of the file.
Search
(fast forward)※2
Press and hold Vo.
Search
(fast rewind)※2
Press and hold Co.
Display list
m(
Play background
c(
Display image/
Display lyric
pEach time of pressing switches
between jacket image and lyric
image.
Display next image
Display previous image 1
pEach time of pressing switches
between “ON” and “OFF”.
Listening
pEach time of pressing switches in
order of “OFF” → “Surround” →
“Natur1” → “Natur2”.
Equalizer
pEach time of pressing switches in
order of “Normal” → “S-XBS1” →
“S-XBS2” → “Train”.
Operation
Pause
Replay next file
Replay previous file※
Switch operation
Press once.
pTo play back, press again.
Press twice in succession.
Press three times in succession.
pWhen playback time is over three
seconds, this operation returns the
position to the beginning of the file.
※This operation returns the position to the beginning of the
music file when “Random” or “Random play&repeat” is set
or no previous music file is found.
■Playback specifications of Chaku-uta Full® music files
File format
Codec
Bit rate
Extension
MP4
MPEG-4 AAC
MPEG-4 AAC+ (HE-AAC)
Enhanced aacPlus
8 to 128 kbps
3gp
■Playback specifications of SD-Audio files and number
of storable files
File format
Bit rate
Maximum number
of storable files
Maximum number
of playlist
MPEG-2 AAC, MPEG-2 AAC+SBR
32 to 128 kbps
999 files
99 files (Up to 99 files can be stored in a
single playlist.※)
※Except “All tracks”.
■Playback specifications of WMA files and number of
storable files
File format
Bit rate
Maximum number
of storable files
Maximum number
of playlist
WMA (Windows Media Audio 9
standard)
32 to 192 kbps
Maximum 600 files
100 files (Up to 250 files can be stored
in a single playlist.)
※1 This operation returns the position to the beginning of the
music file when “Random” or “Random play&repeat” is set
or no previous music file is found.
※2 You cannot operate during halt or pause.
pYou cannot use some operations during playback of a demo.
Music&Video Channel/Music Playback
Remaster
From the playback display during using MUSIC Player,
you can operate the following by using the switch of
the Flat-plug Stereo Earphone Set (option) or the
Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch (option):
pYou can operate them when the FOMA phone is closed as well.
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
325
■Icons on the Music List
When you select a music file from “MUSIC→MUSIC Player”,
the following icons are displayed:
Icon
Description
Stored in the FOMA phone
Stored on the microSD memory card
SD-Audio file type
Chaku-uta FullÂŽ file type
WMA file type
UIM restrictions function
Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file with playback
restrictions
Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file with playback
restrictions expired
Playable Uta-hodai music file
Uta-hodai music file which needs to be updated
because the playable deadline has expired
Uta-hodai music file not permitted to play back
File with file restrictions
■Icons on the Chaku-uta Full® Music List
When you select a Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file from
“Data box→MUSIC”, the following icons are displayed:
Icon
Audio format
AAC, AAC+(HE-AAC),
Enhanced aacPlus
Type
MP4 file
Partially saved
Chaku-uta FullÂŽ
music files
Music&Video Channel/Music Playback
−
pSome Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music files and Uta-hodai music files
have restrictions on the number of playbacks, playable
deadline, or playable period. The following icons are added.
･File with playback restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . “ ”
･File with playback restrictions expired . . . . . . . “ ”
･Playable Uta-hodai music file. . . . . . . . . . . . . . “
”
ｼUta-hodai music file which needs to be updated because
the playable deadline has expired . . . . . . . . . . “
”
ÂŽ
ｼChaku-uta Full music file or
Uta-hodai music file not permitted . . . . . . . . . . “ ”
You can check the playback restrictions for the file by “Music
info”.
pAll Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music files are set with file restrictions.
See page 146 for file restrictions.
Icon
※
Acquired source
Sites
※For the copyrighted file movable to the microSD memory
card, “
” is displayed.
326
Information
pEven when the file format is supported, you might not be
able to play back some files.
pThe information of the previously played music file is erased
if you do the following operations:
ｼWhen you remove/insert the microSD memory card
ｼWhen you turn on/off the FOMA phone
･When you execute “Reset settings” or “Initialize”
ｼWhen you delete the previously played music file
ｼWhen you delete the previously played playlist
ｼWhen you do not insert the microSD memory card on
which the previously played music file is stored
･When you set “USB mode setting” to “microSD mode” or
“MTP mode” and connect to a personal computer
ｼWhen you played back a music file from other than a
playlist last time, and then when you perform “Edit music
info” or “Reset music info”, or when you newly download,
save or delete a Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file
ｼWhen the music file previously played is an Uta-hodai
music file which needs to be updated because the
playable deadline has expired
ｼWhen the previously played music file is a WMA file and
when you delete all the WMA licenses
ｼWhen the WMA license becomes invalid
pPartially saved Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music files are not
displayed when you operate from MUSIC Player.
pNote that the battery is consumed sooner if you perform the
fast-forward and other similar operations frequently.
pIn the following cases, the playback pauses and resumes after
you finish each operation:
ｼ When you make/receive a voice call, videophone call, or
PushTalk call
ｼ When you receive a mail message or Message R/F while
“Receiving display” is set to “Alarm preferred” or the
Stand-by display is shown
･ When an alarm tone of “Alarm”, “Schedule”, “ToDo”,
“Book program” or “Timer recording” sounds
Depending on the event which occurred, the confirmation
display might appear asking whether to end MUSIC Player.
pWhen a music file is switched to the previous or next one, the
music file whose playable deadline or playable period has
expired, or WMA file whose WMA license is deleted is
skipped. When the Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file has restrictions
on the number of playbacks, the confirmation display
appears asking whether to play it back regardless of the
remaining number of playbacks. However, the music file
whose number of playbacks has finished is skipped.
Function Menu of the Music Folder List/i-mode
(Chaku-uta FullÂŽ) Folder List/Player Menu Display
Function menu
Play mode
setting
Add folder
Edit folder
name
Operation/Explanation
Select a play mode.
Normal
. . . Plays back the music files sorted by type
or in the playlist in order as listed.
Finishes after the last music file is played
back.
Play only one
. . . Plays back the selected music file once.
Repeat one
. . . Plays back the selected music file
repeatedly.
Repeat all
. . . Plays back the music files sorted by type
or in the playlist in order as listed
repeatedly.
Random
. . . Plays back the music files sorted by type
or in the playlist at random.
Finishes after all the music files are played
back.
Random play&repeat
. . . Plays back the music files sorted by type
or in the playlist at random repeatedly.
Enter a folder name.
pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20
half-pitch characters.
pYou can create a total of 25 folders at each level
up to the second-tier level in the FOMA phone.
You can create folders at each level up to the
seventh-tier level on the microSD memory card.
Enter a folder name.
pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20
half-pitch characters.
Select storage You can set the destination folder for when
you move the Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file to
the microSD memory card. You can set it for
up to seventh-tier-level folders.
YES
Memory info
You can display the used memory space
(estimate)/number of stored items.
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Player menu
You can show the Player Menu display from
the Type List or Music List.
Play mode
setting
See page 327.
Set as ring
tone
(Fullsong ring
tone)
You can set a full piece of Chaku-uta FullÂŽ file
as a ring tone.
Fullsong ring toneSelect an item.
pFor the Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music files on the
microSD memory card, the confirmation
display appears asking whether to move it
to the FOMA phone.
Set as ring
tone
(Point ring
tone)
You can set a part of Chaku-uta FullÂŽ as ring
tone.
Point ring toneSelect a range to be set
Select an item.
pYou can check the range to be set by
).
pressing l(
pFor the Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music files on the
microSD memory card, the confirmation
display appears asking whether to move it
to the FOMA phone.
Music info
You can display the title, artist name,
playback time, etc.
pPress i(
) with the music
information of Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file
displayed and select “Edit music info”; then
you can edit the information contents. Select
a desired item and then edit it. To return the
edited information to the unedited one,
select “Reset music info”. Select a desired
item and select “YES”.
Add to playlist Select a storing method.
Add one to P-list
. . . . .You can store the music file.
Add some to P-list
. . . . .Select the music files to be stored, and
).
press l(
pThe music files are stored in the displayed
order.
Select a playlist you store music files to.
pIf you create a new playlist and store music
files to, select “New playlist”, then enter a
playlist name.
327
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
Information

pYou cannot create a user folder in the WMA folder.

pIf you delete the Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file set for another
function, the setting returns to the default.
Function Menu of the Chaku-uta FullÂŽ Music List/
Type List/Music List/WMA List
Music&Video Channel/Music Playback
Delete folder You can delete a user folder and all
Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music files in the folder.
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
Information

p“
” is displayed for the folder set as a destination.
pWhen you execute Check microSD, or create or edit a folder
by using a personal computer, the destination folder on the
microSD memory card might be changed. When the setting
is changed, set the destination folder again.
Function menu
Move
Move to
microSD
Operation/Explanation
Function menu
You can move the Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file in
the FOMA phone to another folder inside it, or
can move the Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file on the
microSD memory card to another folder inside it.
Select a destination folder.
pPress l(
) to display folders at the
second-tier level or lower, if they exist.
Press r to return to the upper level.
Select storage See page 327.
You can move the Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file
to the microSD memory card. (See page 298)
Memory info
You can display the used memory space
(estimate)/number of stored items.
DEL all
licenses
You can delete the WMA license files.
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
Delete this
YES
Delete all
You can delete all Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music files
or WMA files in the folder.
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
pIf there is a user folder in a folder, you
cannot delete the user folder or Chaku-uta
FullÂŽ music files in the user folder.
Move to phone You can move the Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file
on the microSD memory card to the FOMA
phone. (See page 298)
Edit title
You can edit the title of Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file.
Enter a title.
pFor a Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file in the
FOMA phone, you can enter up to 9
full-pitch/18 half-pitch characters.
pFor a Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file on the
microSD memory card, you can enter up to
18 full-pitch/36 half-pitch characters.
Reset title
You can reset the title of Chaku-uta FullÂŽ
music file to “Title - Artist name”.
YES
Add folder
See page 327.
Edit folder
name
See page 327.
Delete folder See page 327.
Music&Video Channel/Music Playback
Multiple-choice You can select multiple Chaku-uta FullÂŽ
music files and operate them.
Put a check mark for Chaku-uta FullÂŽ
music files to be operatedi(
Select an item.
Delete . . . . . See “Delete this” on page 328.
Move . . . . . . .See page 328.
Connect to URL You can access the URL when the Chaku-uta
FullÂŽ music file has the URL information.
YES
Display image You can display jacket images stored in the
music file.
pWhen multiple jacket images are stored,
press No to display a previous or next
jacket image.
pWhen the image is storable, press
Oo(
) and select “YES”, then select
any destination folder to save it.
Display lyric
328
Operation/Explanation
You can display lyric images stored in the
Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file.
pWhen multiple lyric images are stored, press
No to display a previous or next lyric
image. You can display up to seven lyric
images.
pWhen the image is storable, press
Oo(
) and select “YES”, then select
any destination folder to save it.
Information

pWhen an Uta-hodai music file set for a ring tone cannot be
played back, needs to be updated because the playable
deadline has expired, or is set with UIM restrictions, the
default ring tone returns.
pSee “Music info” for checking whether to be set as ring tone.

pYou cannot add music files to the playlist created using a
personal computer.

pIf there is no title or artist name, it is displayed as “Unknown”
in each.

pYou can select up to 1,800 Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music files.

pSome images may not be displayed correctly.
 
pIf you delete the Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file set for another
function, the setting returns to the default.
pIf you delete the WMA file stored in the WMA playlist, it is
released from WMA playlist.
Function Menu during Playback/Pause/Halt
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Player menu
You can show the Player Menu display from
the playback display during using MUSIC
Player.
pPlayback state continues even when you
show the Player Menu display.
Play mode
setting
See page 327.
Sound effect You can bring the sound from an earphone or
(Remaster)
Bluetooth device to the original sound by
complementing high-pitch range lost at data
compression.
RemasterON or OFF
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Sound effect You can set sound effect for listening.
(Listening)
ListeningSelect an item.
Surround. . . Makes the sound natural and
stereophonic.
Natur 1/2 . . . Complements the cooped-up
feeling specific to earphones
and plays back natural sound.
Select 1 or 2 according to your
taste.
OFF . . . . . . . Sets Listening to “OFF”.
p“Natur 1/2” is effective for the sound from an
earphone or Bluetooth device.
Sound effect You can change the quality of sound from an
(Equalizer)
earphone or Bluetooth device.
EqualizerSelect an item.
Normal . . . . . Reproduces normal sound
quality.
S-XBS1 . . . . . Enhances bass sound.
S-XBS2 . . . . . Enhances bass sound more
deeply than S-XBS1.
Train . . . . . . . Minimizes abnormal sound
that causes sound leakage.
Music info
See page 327.
Connect to URL See page 328.
Display image/ You can display jacket images or lyric images
Display lyric stored in the music file.
Using Playlist
You can create the list of music files you want to listen
to, and play them back in the order you like. You can
play back using the playlists created by the FOMA
phone or Windows Media Player, or the SD-Audio
playlists created by SD-Jukebox.
pThe maximum number of playlists that can be created and
the number of music files that can be stored per playlist are
as follows:
Number of music files
Creating source Number of playlist that can be stored per
playlist
Playlists created
Maximum 30
by FOMA phone (Except “All tracks”)
100
Playlists created
by Windows
Media Player
250
SD-Audio
Maximum 99
Playlists created
(Except “All tracks”)
by SD-Jukebox
■Icons on the Playlist List
Icon
Type
All tracks
You can display a next jacket image or lyric
image.
All tracks for SD-Audio
FOMA playlist
Information

pEven if an earphone or Bluetooth device is not connected,
the respective setting contents are displayed on the display.
SD-Audio playlist
WMA playlist
Create Playlist
Player Menu displayPlaylist/SD-Audio
Playlist List
i(
)Create playlist
Select a type and display the Music List
Put a check mark for music files to be
storedl(
pThe music files are stored in the displayed order.
Music&Video Channel/Music Playback
  
pFor Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music files, you can display up to 3
jacket images and up to 7 lyric images.
For SD-Audio files saved by SD-Jukebox, you can display
up to 20 jacket images, and for WMA file, you can display
up to 2 image buried in a file. When you use the NapsterÂŽ
application program, you can display 1 image stored as a
jacket image. There are no lyric images for them.
99
pWhen you create a playlist on the FOMA phone, you can
store the Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music files saved on the FOMA
phone or microSD memory card and the WMA files saved by
Windows Media Player, or the SD-Audio files saved by SDJukebox to the same playlist.
Previous image/ You can display a previous jacket image or
Previous lyric lyric image.
Next image/
Next lyric
Maximum 100
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
329
3
Enter a playlist name.
Function menu
pYou can enter up to 18 full-pitch/36 half-pitch
characters.
Delete playlist You can delete the FOMA playlist.
[From MUSIC Select a deleting method.
Player only]
Delete this
. . . . You can delete the playlist.
Delete selected
. . . . Select the playlists to be deleted, and
press l(
).
Delete all
. . . . Enter your Terminal Security Code.
Information
pIn a playlist, you cannot store partially saved Chaku-uta
FullÂŽ music files or files with playback restrictions expired.
Play Back Playlist
Playlist ListSelect a playlist
Select a music file.
pPress l(
) from the
Playlist List to play back the
music files from the top one in
the selected playlist.
pYou cannot play back a playlist
from “MUSIC” of Data Box.
Operation/Explanation
YES
Information

pYou cannot copy the WMA playlist with no music files stored.
Function Menu of the Music List of a Playlist
Function menu
Player menu
You can display the Player menu display.
pPlayback state continues even when you
show the Player Menu display.
Play mode
setting
See page 327.
Music info
See page 327.
Add
See page 330.
DEL from
playlist
You can release the music files from the
FOMA playlist.
Select a deleting method.
DEL one from list
. . . . You can release the music file.
DEL some from list
. . . . Select the music files to be released,
and press l(
).
DEL all from list
. . . . You can delete the whole playlist.
Music List of a Playlist
Function Menu of the Playlist List
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Player menu
You can show the Player Menu display.
Play mode
setting
See page 327.
Create playlist See page 329.
Music&Video Channel/Music Playback
Copy playlist Enter a playlist name.
pYou can enter up to 18 full-pitch/36
half-pitch characters.
pWhen you copy the SD-Audio playlist or
WMA playlist, it is copied to the FOMA
phone as the FOMA playlist.
Edit playlist
name
You can edit the name of the FOMA playlist.
Edit the playlist name.
pYou can enter up to 18 full-pitch/36
half-pitch characters.
Add
You can add the music files to the FOMA playlist.
Select a type and display the Music List
Put a check mark for the music files to
be addedl(
pThe music files are stored at the end of the
list in the displayed order.
Operation/Explanation
YES
Order to play You can change the order of playlist created
on the FOMA phone.
Select a file whose position is to be
changedUse Bo to change the position
of the music fileOo(
Repeat the above procedure to change the
order of the music files.
l(
Add to playlist See page 327
Display image See page 328.
Display lyric
See page 328.
Information

pYou cannot release music files from the playlists created on
a personal computer.
330
Other Convenient Functions
Multiaccess . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Multiaccess›
332
Multitask. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Multitask›
332
Informing You of an Incoming Call/Mail Message by Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‹Reading Aloud›
333
Turning Power On/Off Automatically at a Specified Time. . . . . . . . . . . ‹Auto Power ON/OFF›
335
Using Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Alarm›
335
Using Calendar to Manage Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Schedule›
337
Using ToDo to Manage Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‹ToDo›
340
Setting Operating Conditions of Alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‹Alarm Setting›
341
Using Your Original Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Private Menu Setting›
341
Storing Your Name, Mail Address and Other Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Own Number›
342
Recording Voice during a Call or Standby as Voice Memo
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Voice Memo during a Call› ‹Voice Memo›
343
Recording Images during a Videophone Call as a Movie Memo . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Movie Memo›
343
Checking Call Duration and Cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‹Call Data›
343
Resetting Total Duration/Total Cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Reset Total Cost&Duration›
344
Setting Call Cost Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Notice Call Cost›
344
Using Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Calculator›
345
Making Text Memos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Text Memo›
345
Copying/Deleting Data Items in FOMA Phone or UIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹UIM Operation›
345
Making/Receiving Calls Using Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . .
346
Selecting a Call Destination when Earphone is Connected . . . . . . . ‹Headset Switch to Call›
347
Answering a Call Automatically when Earphone is Connected . . . . . .‹Auto Answer Setting›
347
Using Bluetooth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Bluetooth›
348
Resetting Function Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Reset Settings›
354
Deleting Stored Data All at Once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Initialize›
354
331
< Multiaccess>
Multiaccess
Multiaccess enables you to simultaneously connect to
three lines; a voice call, packet communication, and SMS.
To switch the displays, press and hold x for at least
one second; or press x to switch from TASK
MENU. (See page 333)
See page 418 for details of combination of Multiaccess.
Voice call
i-mode, i-Îąppli, i-mode mail, packet
communication via PC
SMS
Single line
Single line
Make a Voice Call during i-mode or
during Packet Communication
You can make a voice call without disconnecting
i-mode or packet communication.
During i-mode or packet communication
xStand-by display
The Stand-by display appears.
pWhen you perform packet communication via a personal
computer, make a call-out operation from the personal
computer during a voice call.
Single line
Information
pYou are charged a fee for each line during Multiaccess.
Information
pA ring tone sounds and the Receiving Result display
appears when “Receiving display” is set to “Alarm preferred”
except for the following cases:
ｼDuring a call
ｼWhile a camera is activated
ｼWhen an i-ιppli program set for the Stand-by display is
running as an ordinary i-Îąppli program
Make a call.
pIf you make a videophone call during i-mode, i-mode is
disconnected and the videophone call is made. After you
finish the videophone call, the i-mode display returns.
< Multitask>
Multitask
The FOMA phone supports “Multitask” that enables
you to use up to three functions such as menu
functions (see page 31) at the same time.
By combining Multiaccess and Multitask, you can use
following functions simultaneously (see page 419 for
the combination patterns of Multitask):
■Mail group
i-mode mail and SMS functions
■i-mode group
Menu functions inside “i-mode group” on Main Menu
■Setting group
Menu functions inside “Setting group” on Main Menu
■Tool group
Menu functions inside “Tool group” on Main Menu
■Other functions which do not belong to the groups
Voice call, videophone call, 64K data communication, etc.
Receive a Voice Call during i-mode or
during Packet Communication
Mail group
You can receive a voice call without disconnecting
i-mode or packet communication.
i-mode group
Setting group
Tool group
Other Convenient Functions
The Call Receiving display appears when a
call comes inPress d to answer the call.
pTo return to the display for i-mode or packet
communication without answering the call, press and
hold x for at least one second. Press and hold
x for at least one second again to return to the Call
Receiving display.
The caller hears not a message but a ringing tone.
Use Communication during Voice Call
You can use i-mode, send/receive i-mode mail, etc,
without disconnecting a voice call.
During a voice callxm(
Start Another Function
When a function is runningx
m(
)Start another function.
For the icon of the group in use,
“ ” or another mark is added.
When a single function is used,
“
” is displayed. When multiple
functions are used, “
” is
displayed.
Select an icon to operate each function.
Information
pWhen a mail message or Message R/F comes in during a
call, the ring tone does not sound and illumination does not
flicker regardless of the “Receiving display” setting.
332
When a function in the
Tool group is running
■If another menu function in the same group has
already been called up
The confirmation display appears asking whether to switch
the functions. Select “YES” to close the current menu
function and the new menu function will be called up.
Information
pYou are charged a call fee even when you are running other
functions during a call.
pIf a call comes in while another function is working, the call
might not be received correctly. In that case, “Record
message” or “Call Forwarding Service” may start in a
shorter time than the ring time specified for them.
pIf you use Multitask to switch functions while executing
another function whose load of processing is high, delay
may occur in displaying operation, and so on.
< Reading Aloud>
Informing You of an Incoming
Call/Mail Message by Voice
You can set to be notified of incoming calls by voice instead
of a ring tone, or to have the mail contents automatically
read aloud. Further, the voice guidance instructs you
through the operations of Voice Dial or Search by Voice.
This function is available in Japanese Mode only.
Read Aloud Settings
mSettingsOther settings
Voice settingsRead aloud settings
ON or OFFPut a check mark for items to
be read aloudl(
When multiple menu functions are working, you can
switch the displays by pressing and holding x for
at least one second. The display switches from the
latest one in chronological order.
■To display the menu list for functions in use
Press x.
You can switch functions by selecting
a function from the list. Select “Open
Menu” to show Main Menu, and
select “Stand-by display” to show the
Stand-by display.
Information
pEven if you press x
to switch the displays, neither menu
function in use is closed nor the call is disconnected. Also,
even when you switch the Character Entry display (see
page 356) to another menu and use that menu for editing
text, you can continue editing the previous text if you switch
tasks.
pIf you press and hold -x for at least one second from the
Stand-by display while another function is not working, the
setting display for “Switch 3G/GSM” appears.
Exit a Function
To close a menu function, press h with the menu
function displayed.
pPress i(
) from TASK MENU, and select “YES” to
close all menu functions and to return to the Stand-by
display.
pWhen you press h from the Stand-by display during Play
Background, the confirmation display appears asking
whether to end the menu function.
Read Aloud Volume
mSettingsOther settings
Voice settingsRead aloud volume
Use Boto adjust the volume.
333
Other Convenient Functions
Voice dial
. . . Instructs you through the Voice Dial operation by
voice guidance.
Search by voice
. . . Instructs you through the Voice Search operation by
voice guidance.
Incoming call
. . . Notifies you of the caller information by voice while a
voice call is coming in.
Videophone incoming
. . . Notifies you of the caller information by voice while a
videophone call is coming in.
Number of mails/msgs.
. . . Notifies you of the number of mail messages/
Messages R/F by voice at reception. The setting of
“Mail/Msg. ring time” is invalid.
Mail list
. . . Reads aloud the sender/destination address and
subject on the Inbox/Outbox List.
Displaying mail
. . . Reads aloud the sender/destination address, subject,
and text on the detailed mail display. However, the
voice guidance is not provided when a melody is
automatically played back while “Auto melody play” is
set to “ON”.
Send mail preview
. . . Reads aloud the destination address and text when
previewed.
pYou can stop the voice guidance for a mail message
midway by pressing any key. However, it continues if
you scroll the display.
pThe voice guidance for a mail message is not provided
while the audio from a One Seg program is played back
or when you display a mail message stored on the
microSD memory card.
Switch Displays
Read Aloud Speed
mSettingsOther settings
Voice settingsRead aloud speed
Select a speed.
Read Aloud Output
You can set whether to play back the voice guidance
from the speaker or hear it from the earpiece.
mSettingsOther settings
Voice settingsRead aloud output
Speaker or Earpiece
Information
pThe voice guidance of “Incoming call”, “Videophone
incoming” and “Number of mails/msgs.” is output from the
speaker even when this function is set to “Earpiece”.
pWhen the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch (option)
is connected, the voice guidance is output according to the
setting of “Headset usage setting”. However, when “Read
aloud output” is set to “Earpiece” and “Headset usage setting”
is set to “Headset + speaker”, the voice guidance is output
from the earphone except for “Incoming call”, “Videophone
incoming” and “Number of mails/msgs.”.
pFrom a Hands-free device, the voice guidance for “Incoming
call” and “Videophone incoming” only might be provided.
pYou might not be able to stop the voice guidance even by
pressing the switch of the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone
with Switch (option).
Read Aloud Valid Setting
You can set the voice guidance to be provided only
when the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch
(option) is connected.
Other Convenient Functions
mSettingsOther settings
Voice settingsRead aloud valid set.
Normal or Earphone
Normal . . . . .Always provides the voice guidance.
Earphone . . .Provides the voice guidance only when the
Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with
Switch is connected.
Information
pWhen you set to “Earphone”, the voice guidance continues
even if you remove the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with
Switch during the voice guidance. When a call comes in while
the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch is removed,
the voice guidance does not start even if you connect it.
334
■Rules of Voice Guidance
The contents of Phonebook entries and mail messages are
read aloud generally according to the rules as described below:
pThey may not be read aloud as specified in the following
rules depending on the function you use:

pA numeric string up to 16 digits is read aloud as a number.
When a numeric string begins with “0” or it is identified as a
URL or mail address, it is read aloud digit by digit.
pWhen numerals are separated by “/” or “.”, they are read
aloud as dates.
p“1日” is differently read aloud for the meaning of the date (1st
date of a month) and for others. The kanji characters of dates
other than “1日” are always read aloud as for the dates.
pWhen numerals are separated by “:”, they are read aloud
as time.
p“-”, “(” and “)” contained in a phone number or zip code are
not read aloud, and numbers only are read aloud.
pWhen a numeric string begins with “￥”, “＄”, “￠”, or “￡”, it
is read aloud as the meaning of money amount. When “,” is
used, the numeric string before “,” is identified as money
amount and that after “,” is identified as a number, unless it
is separated by every three digits.
p“(Numeral) 分の (numeral)” is read as a fraction.

pAlphabetical letters are read aloud according to the voice
guidance dictionary pre-installed in the FOMA phone.
pWhen a word consists of four or more letters and can be
read in romaji-reading, it is read aloud in romaji-reading.
pThe alphabetical letters after a numeral might be read
aloud as a unit.
p“M”, “T”, “S”, and “H” before a date are converted to the
Japanese era name and then read aloud.
pAlphabetical letters other than above are read aloud in
alphabetical reading.

pSymbols are read aloud according to the Symbol List.
When the same symbol continues three times or more, that
symbol is not read aloud.
p“ヘンシン” is read aloud for the following character strings:
“Re:”, “Re>”, “Re2:”, “Re2>” and “Re2*”
p“テンソー ” is read aloud for the following character strings:
“Fw:”, “Fw>”, “Fw2:”, “Fw2>”, “Fw2*”, “Fwd:”, “Fwd>”,
“Fwd2:”, “Fwd2>” and “Fwd2*”
pWhen symbols for “Reply” or “Forward” are consecutively
repeated, they are read aloud only once.

pPictographs are read aloud according to the Pictograph List.

pSmileys are read aloud according to the voice guidance
dictionary pre-installed in the FOMA phone. When they are
identified as a URL or mail address, however, they are
read aloud as symbols.

pTexts are read aloud separated by punctuation marks and
symbols such as “!”, or “?”.
pWhen the kanji character that expresses the day of the
week is put between “(” and “)”, it is read aloud as the day
of the week.
pWords might not be correctly read aloud depending on the
context of the text (especially place names and proper nouns).
+m-4-4
< Auto Power ON/OFF>
< Alarm>
Turning Power On/Off
Automatically at a Specified Time
Using Alarm
mSettingsClockAuto power ON/OFF
Auto power ON or Auto power OFF
Select an item.
OFF . . . .Does not set Auto Power ON/OFF. The setting
is completed.
1 time. . .Sets to turn on/off the power automatically at
the specified time only once.
Daily. . . .Sets to turn on/off the power automatically at a
specified time everyday repeatedly.
You can set Alarm to alert you at the specified time with
an alarm tone, animation and illumination. You can
store up to five alarms.
mStationeryAlarm
Highlight an alarm and press l(
Do the following operations.
Enter a time.
Item
(Alarm)
You can set whether to validate or invalidate
the alarm.
ON or OFF
(Time)
Enter the time for sounding the alarm.
pYou cannot set the same time as the time
set for the stored alarm.
Information
pWhen you set “Auto power ON” and “Auto power OFF” to
the same time, and the specified time arrives, the FOMA
phone will turn on if it is turned off, and the FOMA phone will
turn off, if it is turned on.
pWhen you set “Auto power OFF” to the same time of an
alarm or schedule alarm and others, the alarm or schedule
alarm preferentially works.
pEven when you set “Auto power OFF”, the power does not
turn off at the specified time if other than the Stand-by
display is displayed. The power turns off after the function in
working is finished. When you set a Flash movie as the
Stand-by display, the power might not be turned off while
the Flash movie is moving.
pTurn off the FOMA phone after setting “Auto power ON” to
“OFF” when you are near electronic devices using
high-precision control or weak signals, or where the use is
prohibited such as in airplanes and hospitals.
Operation/Explanation
(Repeat)
(Alarm)
(Volume)
(Snooze)
Select a type of alarm tone
Select a folderSelect an alarm tone.
Use Bo to adjust the volume.
pIf you set “Step”, the alarm tone is silent for
about three seconds, and then the volume
steps up every about three seconds, from
Level 1 through Level 6.
You can set whether to activate Snooze. If
you set to “OFF”, set the duration that the
alarm tone is to continue sounding.
ON or OFFEnter a ring time (minutes).
pYou can enter from “01” through “10” in two
digits.
pSee page 336 for how Snooze works.
You can set whether to turn on the power
automatically to make an alarm sound when
the alarm time arrives during power off.
ON or OFF
You can set the alarm tone which sounds at
the specified time during Manner Mode.
(Prefer
manner mode) ON or OFF
ON . . . . Sounds at the same volume as set
for “Alarm volume” on page 103.
OFF . . . Sounds at the volume set for this
function.
335
Other Convenient Functions ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
(Auto power
ON)
Select a type of repeat.
pIf you select “1 time”, the alarm is not repeated.
pIf you select “Select day”, put a check mark
for days of the week to be set and press
l(
).
2
Press l(
).
The following icon appears on the display depending on
the setting:
: Repeats daily.
: Repeats on the specified day of the week.
Function Menu while Alarm is displayed
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Edit
Go to step 1 of “Using Alarm” on page 335.
Detail
You can display the stored alarm contents.
Set this
You can validate the stored alarm.
YES
pYou can validate also by pressing
Oo(
).
Set all
You can validate all the stored alarm.
YES
Release this
You can invalidate the stored alarm.
YES
pYou can invalidate also by pressing
Oo(
).
Release all
You can invalidate all the stored alarm.
YES
Information
pIf the alarm tone sounds during a call, press any key to stop
it. Once again press any key to end the alarm including
Snooze. If the other party on the phone hangs up, an alarm
including Snooze ends.
Other Convenient Functions
pDuring a call, the alarm tone sounds at the level set for
“Volume” (earpiece volume).
pIf any of the following events occurs in Snooze state,
Snooze is released:
ｼWhen you receive a voice call, videophone call, or
PushTalk call
ｼWhen you receive a mail message or Message R/F while
“Receiving display” is set to “Alarm preferred”
ｼWhen you receive a location provision request while
“Location request menu” or the setting by service is set to
other than “OFF”
･When an alarm tone of “Schedule”, “ToDo”, “Book
program” or “Timer recording” sounds.
pWhen you set the power to automatically turn on and an
alarm to sound, the default alarm tone sounds if the alarm
which is set with the UIM restrictions has been selected.
pTurn off the FOMA phone after setting “Auto power ON” to
“OFF” when you are near electronic devices using highprecision control or weak signals, or where the use is
prohibited such as in airplanes and hospitals.
336
■When you set an alarm for “Alarm”, “Schedule”, and
“ToDo”
The icon appears on the desktop.
“ ” . . . Displayed when an alarm is set for today (except
the setting for past time).
“ ” . . . Displayed when an alarm is set for tomorrow or
onward only.
pIf you set “Display setting”→“Clock”→“Clock display” to
“OFF”, or set “Alarm” of the stored schedule event/ToDo
item to “OFF”, the icons are not displayed.
■When the time specified for “Alarm”, “Schedule” or
“ToDo” comes
The alarm sounds for about five minutes (in the case of
“Alarm”, the alarm sounds for specified time), and
illumination lights. The vibrator works as you set for “Phone”
of “Vibrator”. The set alarm message and an animation or
i-motion movie linking to the selected icon appear on the
display.
pIf you set “Snooze” of “Alarm” to “ON”
The alarm sounds for about one minute at an interval of
five minutes, up to six times, until Snooze is released by
pressing h.
pDuring a call
The alarm sounds from the earpiece three times
repeatedly.
pDuring operations
The FOMA phone works according to the setting of “Alarm
setting”. (See page 341)
pWhen you set an alarm to the time of another alarm
The alarm sounds in the following priority order of “Alarm”
→“Book program”→“ToDo”→“Schedule”→“Timer
recording”. A missed schedule event or ToDo is notified by
the “Missed alarm” icon.
pWhen the power is turned off

When “Auto power ON” is set to “ON”, the power
automatically turns on to make an alarm notification sound.
When the auto-power setting is set to “OFF”, an alarm
does not sound with the power stayed off. Even after
turning the power on, the “Missed alarm” icon is not
displayed.

The alarm does not sound.
The “Missed alarm” icon is not displayed even after turning
the power on.
pIn Manner Mode
The vibrator works and illumination light notify you. For
Schedule/ToDo, a message is also displayed. The alarm
sounds at the volume set for Manner Mode. (See
page 103)
pDuring Lock All, Personal Data Lock or Omakase Lock
The alarm does not sound.
After releasing each lock, the “Missed alarm” icon is
displayed to inform you of the missed alarm. Further, if the
power is turned off, the power does not turn on and the
“Missed alarm” icon does not appear even after releasing
each lock.
pWhile SD-PIM is activated, during infrared data exchange,
or during iC transmission
The alarm tone does not sound.
After each function is finished, the “Missed alarm” icon is
displayed.
pWhile updating a software program
The alarm does not sound.
When the specified time comes during rewriting the
software program, the “Missed alarm” icon is not displayed
even after updating is completed.
Information
pIf you set “Alarm setting” to “Alarm preferred” and the
alarm time has come when you are dialing, the alarm
sounds after calling up the other party. If the alarm time
has come when receiving a call, the alarm sounds after
starting communication.
pYou might not be able to set some i-motion movies or
Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music files for the alarm.
pSome i-motion movies set for the alarm might be played
back only with sound at the specified time.
pThe Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file set for the alarm is played
back only with sound at the specified time.
The illumination for when you play back a demo to select
an alarm tone might differ from for when you are notified
by an alarm.
■When “Alarm” did not work
“Missed alarm” icon is displayed on the desktop. You can
check that icon for the contents of the missed alarm (Missed
alarm information).
The latest missed alarm information that could not be
notified is displayed.
Using Calendar to Manage
Schedule
You can display the calendar by month or week to
check the stored schedule events.
You can display or store from January 1, 2000 through
December 31, 2037.
pSee page 336 for how alarm works.
Store Schedule Events
When the specified date and time come, an alarm tone,
an illumination, alarm message (summary or contents
of the schedule event) and an animation corresponding
to the set icon notify you of the schedule event.
You can store up to 1,000 schedule events.
mStationerySchedulel(
ScheduleDo the following operations.
Item
(Edit
summary)
Operation/Explanation
Select an icon.
pWhen the alarm tone alerts you, the
animation corresponding to the selected
icon is displayed.
Enter the summary of the schedule
event.
pYou can enter up to 20 full-pitch/40
half-pitch characters.
pA summary corresponding to the selected
icon is entered in advance.
(Whole day)
You can set whole day schedule without
entering starting and ending date/time.
OFF or ON
pIf you set to “ON”, the alarm sounds at 12
a.m.
[Date (from)]
Enter the date and time for starting the
schedule.
[Date (to)]
Enter the date and time for ending the
schedule.
(Repeat)
Select a type of repeat.
pIf you select “1 time”, the alarm is not
repeated.
pIf you select “Select day”, put a check mark
for days of the week to be set and press
l(
).
pThe schedule event set with repetition is
counted as one event.
337
Other Convenient Functions ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
■To clear alarm tone/alarm message, and animation/
i-motion movie from the display
Press any key to stop the alarm tone but the animation/
i-motion movie changes to a still image and the alarm
message remains displayed. Press any key again (press
h if you set “Snooze” of “Alarm” to “ON”) to clear the
display. However, you cannot clear the alarm message for
the schedule event or ToDo item by pressing a side key, with
the FOMA phone closed. When a call comes in, the alarm
stops sounding.
+m-4-5
< Schedule>
Item
(Alarm)
(Alarm)
(Contents)
Operation/Explanation
Select an alarm method.
ON . . . . Alerts you at the time of the starting
date/time you set. The setting for
alarm notification is completed.
ON/Set time
. . . . . . . Alerts you at the time set as the
prenotification.
OFF . . . Does not alert. The setting for alarm
notification is completed.
Enter how many minutes before the
specified time to be alerted.
pYou can enter from “01” through “99” in two
digits.
Enter schedule contents.
pYou can enter up to 256 full-pitch/512
half-pitch characters.
).
pThe following icons appear on the display depending on
the setting:
: Alarm sounds.
: Repeats daily.
: Repeats on the specified day of the week.
: Repeats monthly.
: Repeats yearly.
■When you attempt to set two schedule events to the
same date and time
You can set the schedule events to the same setting time
only by a combination of “1 time” and “Daily/Select day/
Monthly/Yearly” for “Repeat”. When both two events are set
to “1 time” or “Daily/Select day/Monthly/Yearly”, the
confirmation display appears asking whether to overwrite on
each.
When one event is set to “1 time” and the other is set to
“Daily/Select day/Monthly/Yearly”, the confirmation display
appears telling that “1 time” has priority.
Other Convenient Functions
You can store up to 100 holidays and anniversaries;
one each per day.
Information
pIf you enter a date on or after 29th in “Date (from)” and set
“Repeat” to “Monthly”, the schedule event is set on the last
day of the month when the month does not have the
specified date.
pIf you enter February 29 of the leap year in “Date (from)”
and set “Repeat” to “Yearly”, the schedule event is set on
February 28 when the year is not the leap year.
pFor the schedule event stored as secret data, an animation
for secret data appears when the alarm sounds in ordinary
mode (not in “Secret mode” or “Secret data only”). An alarm
message is not displayed.
pDuring standby, the alarm tone sounds at the level set for
“Phone” of “Ring volume”. During a call, the alarm tone
sounds at the level set for “Volume” (earpiece volume).
mStationerySchedulel(
Holiday or Anniversary
Do the following operations.
Item
Operation/Explanation
Enter the date.
(Date setting)
(Repeat)
Select a type of alarm tone
Select a folderSelect an alarm tone.
Press l(
338
Store Holidays/Anniversaries
Select a type of repeat.
pIf you select “1 time”, the holiday/
anniversary is not repeated.
pThe holiday or anniversary set with
repetition is counted as one event.
Enter the contents of the holiday or
(Edit holiday) anniversary.
pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20
(Edit
half-pitch characters.
anniversary)
Press l(
).
pThe holiday (
) or anniversary (
: Repeats yearly.
) you set is stored.
Check Schedule Events
You can check the details of schedule events, holidays,
or anniversaries.
mStationerySchedule
Calendar display
(Monthly display)
Calendar display
(Weekly display)
The Calendar display appears.
pToday and the selected date are highlighted and the
number of stored schedule events and the contents of the
day are displayed at the bottom of the display.
pDisplay on the calendar
(blue): Schedule set for a.m.
(orange): Schedule set for p.m.
ďźż: Schedule continues two days or more
pHolidays are displayed in red, and anniversaries are
marked with a red circle.
pIf you press m(
) or c(
) from the
monthly display, the calendar for the pervious or next
month is displayed.
pIf you press m(
) or c(
) from the
weekly display, the calendar for the pervious or next
week is displayed.
2
Select a date.
Function menu
The Schedule List for the selected
date is displayed.
Delete past
You can delete the schedule events, holidays
or anniversaries stored for up to a preceding
day of the selected day.
Select an item to be deletedYES
Delete all
You can delete all the schedule events,
holidays or anniversaries.
Enter your Terminal Security Code
Select an item to be deletedYES
pWhen you delete all holidays, the setting for
national holidays will be reset.
Schedule List
Select a schedule event, holiday, or anniversary.
Operation/Explanation
Reset holiday You can restore the national holidays you
deleted to its default. You cannot reset the
holidays you have set.
YES
Detailed Schedule display
Information
pNational holidays on the calendar are conformance with
“Law on National Holidays and the partially amended
version of the Elder Law” (up to 2005, No.43). Spring
Equinox Day and Autumn Equinox Day are announced on
the official gazette of February 1 in the previous year,
therefore, they may differ from the days on the calendar.
(As of October 2007)
Information

pOn the Icon display, the schedule set with repetition is
displayed as a single event. For the date, the nearest date
of the schedule event is displayed.
Function Menu of the Schedule List/Detailed
Schedule Display
Function menu
Select an item.
Schedule . . . . . . Go to step 1 on page 337.
Holiday . . . . . . . . Go to step 1 of “Store Holidays/
Anniversaries” on page 338.
Anniversary. . . . Go to step 1 of “Store Holidays/
Anniversaries” on page 338.
pYou can store also by pressing l(
from the Schedule List.
New
Edit
Go to step 1 on page 337 for the schedule event.
Go to step 1 of “Store Holidays/Anniversaries” on
page 338 for the holiday and anniversary.
pYou can edit also by pressing Oo(
from the detailed Schedule display.
pYou cannot edit national holidays.
Copy
You can copy the schedule event, holiday or
anniversary and store it for another date.
Enter the date and time you are pasting to.
Go to step 1 on page 337 for the schedule event.
Go to step 1 of “Store Holidays/Anniversaries” on
page 338 for the holiday and anniversary.
pEven if “Repeat” of the copy source is set to
“Daily/Select day/Monthly/Yearly”, the
pasted one is set to “1 time”.
pYou cannot copy national holidays.
Calendar
display
You can return to the Calendar display from
the Icon display. You can operate this only
when the Icon display is displayed.
Icon display
See page 339.
Operation/Explanation
Select an item.
Schedule. . . . . . Go to step 1 on page 337.
Holiday . . . . . . . Go to step 1 of “Store
Holidays/Anniversaries” on
page 338.
Anniversary . . . Go to step 1 of “Store
Holidays/Anniversaries” on
page 338.
Monthly display/ You can switch the Calendar displays.
Weekly display Monthly display or Weekly display
Icon display
No. of
schedules
Select an icon to be displayed.
The Schedule Event List for the selected icon
is displayed.
pSelect a schedule event to display the details.
You can display the number of schedule
events, holidays, and anniversaries. You can
display the number of the schedule events
stored as secret data during Secret Mode or
Secret Data Only.
Add desktop See page 114.
icon
Send all Ir data See page 305.
All
See page 307.
transmission
339
Other Convenient Functions ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
New
Function Menu of the Calendar Display
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Function menu
Item
Operation/Explanation
Set secret/
You can have the schedule event set to or
Release secret release from secret.
YES
pWhen you select “Set secret” in ordinary
mode (not in “Secret mode” or “Secret data
only”), enter your Terminal Security Code.
Compose
message
You can compose an i-mode mail whose text
contains the date and contents of the
schedule event.
Go to step 2 on page 172.
Attach to mail You can attach the schedule event to
i-mode mail to send.
Go to step 2 on page 172.
pYou can attach it to i-mode mail also by
) from the detailed
pressing l(
Schedule display.
Send Ir data
(Due date)
(Priority)
See page 306.
transmission
All
See page 307.
transmission
See page 295.
Delete this
YES
pIf you delete a schedule event, holiday or
anniversary set for repeat, the all data items
set for repeat will be deleted.
pYou can delete national holidays only by
“Delete this”.
Delete past
See page 339.
Other Convenient Functions
Delete select Put a check mark for schedule events to
be deletedl(
)YES
Delete all
You can delete all schedule events, holidays or
anniversaries. You can operate this only when
the Icon display is displayed. (See page 339)
< ToDo>
+m-9-5
Using ToDo to Manage Schedule
You can manage your schedule events in the list and make
an alarm tone sound when the specified time comes. You
can store up to 100 ToDo items to manage your schedule.
pSee page 336 for how alarm works.
mStationeryToDol(
Do the following operations.
pYou can check the stored contents by selecting a stored
ToDo item, and you can edit it by pressing
Oo(
).
Item
(Edit ToDo)
340
Operation/Explanation
Enter ToDo contents.
pYou can enter up to 100 full-pitch/200
half-pitch characters.
Select a priority.
pIf you sort the items in due date order, the
items for the same date are displayed from
the higher priority.
Select a category.
(Alarm)
Copy to
microSD
Select an item.
Enter date
. . . . . . . . . . Enter the date (due date) directly.
Choose date
. . . . . . . . . . Select a date (due date) from the
calendar. Check the date and
press Oo(
).
No date . . . Does not set the date (due date).
The alarm does not work.
(Category)
See page 305.
Send all Ir data See page 305.
Operation/Explanation
Select an alarm method.
ON . . . Alerts you at the set time. The setting
for alarm notification is completed.
ON/Set time
. . . . . . Alerts you at the time set as the
prenotification.
OFF . . Does not alert you. The setting for
alarm notification is completed.
Enter how many minutes before the
specified time to be alerted.
pYou can enter from “01” through “99” in two
digits.
(Alarm tone)
Select a type of alarm tone
Select a folderSelect an alarm tone.
Press l(
).
: Priority high
: Priority low
pIf you do not enter the contents, “
” is not
displayed, and you cannot store the ToDo item.
Function Menu while ToDo Item is Displayed
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
New
Go to step 1 on page 340.
Edit
Go to step 1 on page 340.
pTo edit “Completion date” of the ToDo item
set with “Completion”, select “
”, and
perform the same operation as in “Due date”
of step 1 on page 340.
Change status The set status icons are displayed on the
ToDo List.
Select a status.
pThe status icons switch from blue to red
after the due date.
pIf you select “Completion”, perform the
same operation as in “Due date” of step 1
on page 340.
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Category
display
Select a category.
pSelect a ToDo item to display the details of
it.
Sort/Filter
You can sort ToDo items for display. You can
also list them up by the specified status.
Select the order or state you want to
display.
Add desktop See page 114.
icon
Attach to mail You can attach the ToDo item to i-mode mail
to send.
Go to step 2 on page 172.
pYou can attach it to i-mode mail also by
) while checking the
pressing l(
stored contents of the ToDo item.
Send Ir data
< Private Menu Setting>
Using Your Original Menu
You can store frequently used functions in the Private
menu.
You can store a total of 12 items from respective
functions in Main Menu (see page 394).
Select a Function from the Private Menu
mm(
Private menu is displayed.
pPress i(
) to display
the Private Menu List.
pIf you have not touched any keys
for at least 15 seconds, the
Stand-by display returns.
See page 305.
Send all Ir data See page 305.
See page 306.
transmission
Private menu
All
See page 307.
transmission
Copy to
microSD
See page 295.
Delete this
YES
Delete select Put a check mark for ToDo items to be
)YES
deletedl(
Delete
completed
You can delete the “Completion” ToDo items.
YES
Delete all
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
Select an icon.
The display for the selected function is displayed.
Display the Private Menu List
+m-5-2
mSettingsDisplay
Private menu setting
Information
pDuring standby, the alarm tone sounds at the level set for
“Phone” of “Ring volume”. During a call, the alarm tone
sounds at the level set for “Volume” (earpiece volume).
Private Menu List
< Alarm Setting>
You can set whether to make an alarm notification of
“Alarm”, “Schedule”, “ToDo” and “Book program”, for
when operating another function.
mSettingsClockAlarm setting
Operation preferred or Alarm preferred
Operation preferred
. . . Alerts you only during the Stand-by display.
Alarm preferred
. . . Alerts you even when you are operating the FOMA
phone or during a call.
Function Menu of the Private Menu List
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Add to menu You can store the frequently used function in
the Private menu.
Select a function to be stored.
pPress No to display the storable functions
by main menu item or sub-menu item. Press
Bo to highlight the function you store.
Change BG
image
Select a folderSelect an image.
Information
pWhen you could not be alerted, the “Missed alarm” icon
appears on the desktop.
341
Other Convenient Functions ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
Setting Operating Conditions of
Alarm
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Add desktop See page 114.
icon
Reset menu
You can reset the Private menu to the default.
YES
Release this
YES
Release all
YES
Information
pThe items other than own number are displayed even if you
use another UIM, because they are stored in the FOMA
phone.
pThe mail address you can change using this function is
limited to the mail address displayed by “Own number”. You
cannot change the actual mail address.
Function Menu of the Own Number Display
Information

pFor “i-mode”, “iαppli”, and “Mail”, you can store only the
main menu items of the menu function. Functions in the
main menu items cannot be stored.

pThe image you can set is a JPEG or GIF image whose size
is Stand-by display (480 x 854) or smaller and up to 300
Kbytes. Perform “Change size” or “Trim away” for other
images to set. However, when you set a GIF animation, the
first frame is displayed.
+m-0
< Own Number>
Storing Your Name, Mail
Address and Other Information
In addition to the phone number (own number) you
have signed up, you can store your personal
information such as your name, reading of your name,
phone numbers (up to three), mail addresses (up to
three), a postal address, a birthday, memorandums,
and a still image.
If you change the mail address or register a secret
code, change the mail address in this function as well.
mPhonebookOwn number
l(
Other Convenient Functions
Enter your Terminal Security Code.
Own Number display
Perform the operation in step 2 on page 84 to store
personal information.
pYou cannot change or delete own number.
pIf you have already entered your Terminal Security
Code by operating another function such as “Display all
data”, the display for entering your Terminal Security
Code does not appear.
Press l(
342
).
Function menu
Edit
Operation/Explanation
Go to step 1 on page 342.
Character size See page 92.
Display all
data
You can display all the stored phone numbers
and mail addresses.
Enter your Terminal Security Code.
Use No to display each item.
Copy name
You can copy a name.
Copy phone You can copy each item.
pThe items in the Function menu differ
number/
Copy mail add./ depending on the displayed item.
Copy address/
Copy birthday/
Copy
memorandums
Send Ir data
See page 305.
pYou can send data via infrared data
exchange also by pressing c(
).
See page 306.
transmission pYou can send data via iC transmission also
).
by pressing m(
Copy to
microSD
See page 295.
Erase phone You can delete each item.
number/
YES
Erase mail
pWhen the display for entering your Terminal
add./
Security Code appears, enter the code.
Erase address/ pThe items in the Function menu differ
Erase birthday/ depending on the displayed item.
Erase
memorandums/
Delete image
Reset
You can reset (delete) all the stored personal
data such as phone numbers or mail
addresses except own number.
YES
pWhen the display for entering your Terminal
Security Code appears, enter the code.
Auto acquire You can check if the 2in1 service is
No. B
contracted. When it has been contracted,
Number B is stored.
< Voice Memo during a Call> /< Voice Memo>
< Movie Memo>
Recording Voice during a Call
or Standby as Voice Memo
Recording Images during a
Videophone Call as a Movie Memo
Two types of Voice Memo are available; one is “Voice
memo” (during a call) for recording the other party’s
voice during a call and the other is “Record voice
memo” for recording your own voice during standby.
You can record either one of “Voice memo” (during a
call) or “Voice memo” for about three minutes.
pSee page 68 for playing back/erasing “Voice memo” (during
a call) or “Voice memo”.
Record Other Party’s Voice during a Call
During a voice call
>(for at least one second) or l(
).
A beep sounds and recording starts.
pTo suspend the recording midway, press Oo(
or r, or press and hold >(for at least one second).
pPress h to end the recording and the call.
pA beep sounds about five seconds before the recording
time (for about three minutes) ends.
The beep sounds twice when the recording ends and
the “Talking” display returns.
Information
pIf you record a voice memo when either “Voice memo”
(during a call) or “Voice memo” has already been saved, the
old one is overwritten regardless of whether you have
played back or not.
pYou cannot record a voice memo while operating each item
in the Function menu.
Record Your Voice during Standby
+m-5-5
mLifeKitRec. msg/voice memo
Voice memoYES
Information
pThe recording is suspended when a call comes in, when an
alarm for “Alarm”, “Schedule”, “ToDo”, “Book program”, or
“Timer recording” sounds, or when you switch the displays
by Multitask.
During a videophone call
>(for at least one second)
A beep sounds and recording starts. “
” is displayed
during recording.
pA still image specified by “Movie memo” of “Select
image” is shown on the other party’s display.
pTo suspend the recording midway, press Oo(
or press and hold >(for at least one second).
pPress h to end the recording and the call.
pA beep sounds about 5 seconds before the recording
time (for about 20 seconds) ends.
The beep sounds twice when the recording ends and
the “Talking” display returns.
Information
pIf you record a movie memo when five movie memos have
already been recorded, the oldest movie memo is overwritten
regardless of whether you have played it back or not.
pYou cannot record a movie memo while operating each item
in the Function menu.
< Call Data>
+m-6-1
Checking Call Duration and Cost
You can confirm the last and accumulated call duration
and cost for voice calls and videophone calls.
pDisplayed call duration and cost are for reference and might
differ from the actual ones. In addition, the consumption tax
is not included in the call cost.
pBoth the voice call duration and digital communications
duration (videophone call duration + 64K data
communication duration) are displayed and both incoming
and outgoing calls are included in the duration.
pThe call cost is for the outgoing calls only. However, “¥0” or
“¥__” is displayed for toll free calls such as Free Dial or for
Directory Assistance Service (104), etc.
pThe call cost is accumulated on the UIM. Therefore, when
you replace the UIM, the charge accumulated on the UIM in
use is displayed. (accumulation from December 2004)
※You cannot display the accumulated cost on the UIM
using the FOMA phones that were released before the
901i series. (The cost is accumulated on the UIM.)
pYou can reset the displayed call duration and call cost.
343
Other Convenient Functions ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
A beep sounds and recording starts. Speak into the
microphone.
pTo suspend the recording midway, press Oo(
),
r or h.
pA beep sounds about five seconds before the recording
time (for about three minutes) ends.
The beep sounds twice when the recording ends and
the former display returns.
During a videophone call, you can record the receiving
images along with voice.
You can record up to five items for about 20 seconds
per item.
pSee page 69 for playing back/erasing “Movie memo”.
1
mSettingsCall time/costCall data
Last call duration
Talk: Displays the call duration of the latest voice call.
Videophone: Displays the call duration of the latest
videophone call.
Non-limiting digital: Displays the call duration of the
latest 64K data communication.
Last call cost
Talk: Displays the call cost for the latest voice call.
Videophone: Displays the call cost for the latest
videophone call.
Non-limiting digital: Displays the call cost for the latest
64K data communication.
Total calls duration
Talk: Displays the call duration of voice calls from the
time Reset Total Duration was executed to the
current time.
Digital: Displays the call duration of videophone calls
and 64K data communication from the time
Reset Total Duration was executed to the
current time.
Total calls
Displays the call cost from the time Reset Total Cost
was executed to the current call.
Calls reset
Displays the date and time when Reset Total Duration
was executed last time.
Cost reset
Displays the date and time when Reset Total Cost was
executed last time.
< Reset Total Cost&Duration>
+m-6-0
Resetting Total Duration/Total Cost
mSettingsCall time/cost
Reset total cost&dura.
Enter your Terminal Security Code
Do the following operations.
Item
Operation/Explanation
Reset total
duration
You can reset Last Call Duration and Total
Calls Duration to “0 s”.
YES
Reset total
cost
You can reset Last Call Cost and Total Calls
to “¥0”.
YESEnter the PIN2 code.
pSee page 118 for PIN2 code.
< Notice Call Cost>
Setting Call Cost Limit
You can set the call cost limit for Total Calls and can be
notified when it is exceeded. If you set “Auto reset
setting” to “ON”, the call cost is reset at midnight on
the 1st of the month and “ ” is deleted.
mSettingsCall time/cost
Notice call cost
Enter your Terminal Security Code
ON or OFFEnter a max cost.
pYou can set from ÂĽ10 through ÂĽ100,000 in unit of ÂĽ10.
Other Convenient Functions
Information
pWhen Last Call Duration exceeds “19 hours 59 minutes 59
seconds”, or Total Calls Duration exceeds “199 hours 59
minutes 59 seconds”, “0 s” returns to re-count the time.
pIf you switch between the voice call and videophone call
during a call, the call duration and call cost are counted
respectively for the calls. You are not charged while
“Changing” (see page 52) is displayed.
pThe duration/charge for PushTalk, i-mode communication
and packet communication are not counted. For how to
check the i-mode fee, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide
[i-mode]” which is supplied on your i-mode contract.
pThe charge for Chaku-moji is not counted.
pThe international call fee for using WORLD CALL is
counted. The fees for using other international call services
are not counted.
pThe duration for ringing and calling is not counted as call
duration.
pIf you turn off the power or remove the UIM, Last Call
Duration is reset to “0 s”; and Last Call Cost is reset to
“¥__”.
Select a method to alertON or OFF
Enter the PIN2 code.
pSee page 118 for PIN2 code.
■When Total Calls has exceeded the max cost
“ ” appears. When “Icon + alarm” is set as a notice method
and the Stand-by display returns, the message to the effect
that the call cost has exceeded the maximum cost is
displayed, and a warning tone sounds from the speakers.
Clear Max Cost Icon
You can clear “
” displayed by Notice Call Cost.
mSettingsCall time/cost
CLR max cost icon
Enter your Terminal Security Code.
Information
p“ ” is cleared also by executing Reset Total Cost, Reset
Settings, or Initialize.
pTo be re-notified of the set limit after the maximum cost is
exceeded, reset Total Calls.
344
+m-8-5
< Calculator>
You can display Calculator to make the four rules of
calculation (＋, −, ×, ÷). You can display up to 10 digits.
mStationeryCalculatorFollow the
operation below to make a calculation.
See page 306.
transmission
All
See page 307.
transmission
Copy to
microSD
See page 295.
+Vo
＋
+Zo
×
+Co
−
+Xo
á
Text memo
info
+Oo
＝
+l
Decimal
point
You can display the date and time when the
text memo was created, the date and time of
the latest update, and the category.
Category
C (Clear): Clears the numeral
you have entered last.
You can classify text memos by category.
Select a category.
pIf you do not set, the category is set to “None”.
Delete this
YES
AC (All clear): Clears all the
calculations you entered.
Delete
selected
Put a check mark for text memos to be
)YES
deletedl(
Delete all
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
+i
-r
Information
pYou cannot enter a minus sign while you are performing
calculation.
pWhen the calculated result exceeds 10 digits or invalid
calculation like “divided by 0” is performed, “.E” is displayed.
+m-4-2
< Text Memo>
Making Text Memos
You can store up to 20 text memos.
Operation/Explanation
Send all Ir data See page 305.
Using Calculator
Function menu
mStationeryText memo
Select Enter a text memo.
pYou can enter up to 256 full-pitch/512 half-pitch characters.
pYou can check the stored contents by selecting a stored
text memo, and you can edit it by pressing Oo(
).
< UIM Operation>
Copying/Deleting Data Items in
FOMA Phone or UIM
You can exchange the Phonebook entries or SMS
messages between the FOMA phone and the UIM. You
can also delete the Phonebook entries or SMS
messages stored in the FOMA phone or the UIM.
You can save a total of 20 received and sent SMS
messages to the UIM.
Copy/Delete Data Items
When you enter your Terminal Security Code, “
”
appears, and you cannot use phone and mail functions.
pWhen a call comes in just before entering your Terminal
Security Code, UIM Operation ends.
Function Menu while Text Memo is Displayed
Function menu
Compose
message
Operation/Explanation
Go to step 1 of “Making Text Memos” on
page 345.
You can compose an i-mode mail containing
the contents of the text memo.
Go to step 2 on page 172.
pYou can compose an i-mode mail also by
pressing l(
).
Edit schedule You can create a schedule event containing
the contents of the text memo.
Schedule
Go to step 1 on page 337.
Add desktop See page 114.
icon
Send Ir data
Copy or DeleteSelect a copy end or delete
sourcePhonebook or SMS
Phonebook
Search the Phonebook to list the entries.
SMS
Inbox . . . . Copies or deletes the data in the Inbox.
Outbox. . . Copies or deletes the data in the Outbox.
Select a folder and show the list.
pWhen copying or moving data items to the UIM, the
confirmation display appears telling that 2in1 management
information will be deleted if 2in1 is activated.
See page 305.
345
Other Convenient Functions ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
Edit
mPhonebookUIM operation
Enter your Terminal Security Code.
3
Put a check mark for data items to be copied
or deletedl(
)YES
Function Menu while the Phonebook List or SMS
List is Displayed
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Start copy/
You can start copy or deletion.
Start deletion
Select this
You can select the data item.
Select all in
tab
You can select all the Phonebook entries in
the displayed tab.
Select all
You can select all data items.
Release this
You can release the selection.
Release all in You can release all the selected Phonebook
tab
entries in the displayed tab.
Release all
You can release all selections.
Detail
You can display the detailed Phonebook
display or the detailed SMS display.
Copy from Function Menu of Phonebook
Detailed Phonebook displayi(
Copy to UIM or Copy from UIMYES
Move or Copy from Function Menu of Mail
Outbox List/Detailed Sent Mail display/Inbox
List/Detailed Received Mail display
i(
)Move/copyUIM operation
Select a move method or copy method
YES
Other Convenient Functions
“
(blue)” indicates an SMS message in the FOMA
phone.
“
” indicates an SMS message on the UIM.
Information
pThe number of phone numbers/mail addresses you can
store in a single Phonebook entry differs between the
FOMA phone and the UIM. Therefore, you cannot copy the
second or later phone numbers/mail addresses stored in the
FOMA phone to the UIM. You cannot copy the data that
cannot be stored on the UIM such as a postal address,
either.
pThe types of character fonts you can use differ between the
FOMA phone and the UIM; therefore a pictograph is
converted into a space.
pWhen you copy Phonebook entries from the FOMA phone
to the UIM, the name of up to 10 full-pitch/21 half-pitch
characters and the reading of up to 12 half-pitch characters
are converted to full-pitch katakana characters and copied.
The rest characters are not copied.
Information
pPhonebook entries stored as secret data cannot be copied
to the UIM even in Secret Mode or Secret Data Only.
pIf you set the same group name in the FOMA phone and the
UIM, the group settings for the Phonebook are retained. If
you set different group names in the FOMA phone and the
UIM, the group settings are not retained.
pYou can neither move nor copy SMS reports.
pYou cannot protect SMS messages you have moved or
copied to the UIM. If you copy or move protected SMS
messages to the UIM, SMS messages on the UIM are
unprotected. Also, the reply and forward icons become the
read icons.
pIf SMS messages are moved or copied from the FOMA
phone to the UIM, you can check them in the “Inbox” or
“Outbox” folder.
While you use 2in1, all the SMS messages are saved as the
ones for Number A, regardless of the current mode.
pWhen you move or copy SMS messages from the UIM to
the FOMA phone, they are moved or copied to the “Inbox”
or “Outbox” folder.
Making/Receiving Calls Using Flat-plug
Earphone/Microphone with Switch
Open the cover of the Earphone/Microphone/AV output
terminal (see page 25) and insert the connecting plug
of the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch
(option).
Make Calls Using Flat-plug Earphone/
Microphone with Switch
Enter a phone number
or
bring up a Phonebook entry, redial item,
dialed call record, or received call record.
Press and hold the switch of the Flat-plug
Earphone/Microphone with Switch for at
least one secondStart talking when the
other party answers.
A beep sounds and you are connected.
pYou can use this function even in Horizontal Open
Style. However, you cannot make a videophone call by
pressing the switch of Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone
with Switch.
pYou can make a call also by operating the FOMA
phone.
After talking, press and hold the switch of
the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with
Switch for at least one second to end the
call.
A beep sounds twice and you are disconnected.
346
Receive Calls Using Flat-plug
Earphone/Microphone with Switch
During ringingPress the switch of the
Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch.
A beep sounds and you are connected.
With a videophone call, a camera image is sent to the
other party. You can switch between the camera image
and the substitute image by pressing m during the
videophone call. (See page 70)
pYou can use it also with the FOMA phone closed or in
Horizontal Open Style. If you receive a videophone call
in Horizontal Open Style, substitute image is sent to the
other party.
pYou can answer calls also by operating the FOMA
phone.
pWhen “Auto answer setting” is set to “ON”, a call is
answered automatically after the ring time elapsed.
After talking, press and hold the switch of
the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with
Switch for at least one second to end the
call.
A beep sounds twice and you are disconnected.
Information
pRegardless of the setting for “Keypad sound”, a tone for
connecting and disconnecting the line sounds.
Selecting a Call Destination
when Earphone is Connected
When “Headset switch to call” is set to “Voice call” and
the Stand-by display is shown, you can press the
switch on the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with
Switch (option) to make voice calls.
mSettingsOther settings
Headset switch to callVoice call or OFF
pYou can check the currently set phonebook entry by
).
pressing l(
Search the PhonebookSelect an entry.
Information
pWhen the Phonebook entry contains multiple phone
numbers, the first phone number will be set.
pIf you delete the set Phonebook entry, the Phonebook entry
stored in the memory number 999 is automatically set to
Headset Switch to Call.
< Auto Answer Setting>
+m-9-4
Answering a Call Automatically
when Earphone is Connected
If a call comes in while the Flat-plug Earphone/
Microphone with Switch (option) is connected, the
FOMA phone automatically answers the call after the
specified ring time elapses.
mSettingsIncoming call
Auto answer settingON or OFF
Enter a ring time (seconds).
pEnter from “001” through “120” in three digits.
pYou cannot set the same ring time for Remote
Monitoring, Auto Answer Setting and Record Message
Setting. Set a different time for each.
Information
pWhen the FOMA phone automatically answers a videophone
call, a substitute image is sent to the other party. You can
switch between the substitute image and the camera image
by pressing +m during the videophone call. (See page 70)
pIf you activate Voice Mail Service or Call Forwarding Service
together with Auto Answer Setting and want to give priority to
Auto Answer Setting over the service, set its ring time shorter
than that for Voice Mail Service or Call Forwarding Service.
pEven if you connect the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with
Switch while ringing, Auto Answer Setting does not work.
However, if you disconnect it while ringing, Auto Answer
Setting works.
pDuring 64K data communication or connecting Flat-plug AV
Output Cable (option), Auto Answer Setting does not work.
347
Other Convenient Functions
pNote that you might be connected if you try to connect the
Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch after the ring
tone sounds.
pTo release hold, press the switch of the Flat-plug Earphone/
Microphone with Switch during answer-hold (On Hold) and
while a call is on hold (Holding). (When a videophone call is
put on hold, the camera image is sent and the videophone
call starts.)
pDo not press or release the switch of the Flat-plug
Earphone/Microphone with Switch in succession. You might
be automatically connected.
pIf you have signed up for Call Waiting Service and “Multi
calling” is displayed during a call, you can switch two calls
by pressing and holding the switch of the Flat-plug
Earphone/Microphone with Switch for at least one second.
However, you cannot use the switch to end the call.
pYou can adjust the earpiece volume by pressing .< (raise)
or .> (lower) during a call.
< Headset Switch to Call>
< Bluetooth>
Using Bluetooth
You can connect between Bluetooth devices
wirelessly. When you connect, for an example, your
FOMA phone to a Bluetooth headset (commercial item)
using Bluetooth, you can talk on the phone or listen to
music with your FOMA phone carried in a bag.
pNote that battery consumption will be faster when you use
Bluetooth connection.
pWireless communications with all the Bluetooth devices are
not necessarily guaranteed.
What You can Do with Bluetooth
With your FOMA phone, the following six services are
available:
Headset, Hands-free, Audio, Dial-up Communication,
Object Push and Serial Port services. Also, the Audio/
Video remote control service might be available when
you use the Audio service. (Only with compatible
Bluetooth devices)
Supported version
Bluetooth Specification Ver. 2.0 + EDR compliant
Supported profiles (Supported services)
HSP: Headset Profile
HFP: Hands-Free Profile
A2DP: Advanced Audio Distribution Profile
AVRCP: Audio Video Remote Control Profile
DUNP: Dial-up Networking Profile
OPP: Object Push Profile
SPP: Serial Port Profile
Other Convenient Functions
■Talk through Headset
When you connect Bluetooth Headset F01 (option) or a
Bluetooth headset (commercial item) to the FOMA phone
using Bluetooth, you can talk wirelessly.
ポUse the Headset service.
■Talk Hands-free
When you connect a Bluetooth device such as a car
navigation system (commercial) to the FOMA phone using
Bluetooth, you can communicate hands-free using the
microphone and speaker on the car navigation system.
ポUse the Hands-free service.
■Play back on Audio Equipment
When you connect Wireless Earphone Set P01 (option) or
Bluetooth audio equipment (commercial item) to the FOMA
phone using Bluetooth, you can play back a stereophonic
high-quality sound wirelessly.
However, the devices that support audio of One Seg
programs or video files are limited. (For details, see
“Information” of “Play Back Audio of One Seg Programs
Using Bluetooth Device”.
ポUse the Audio service.
■Communicate wirelessly
When you connect a Bluetooth compatible personal
computer to the FOMA phone using Bluetooth, you can
perform packet communication or 64K data communication
using the FOMA phone as a modem.
ポUse the Dial-up Communication service.
・For details, refer to the PDF version of “Manual for PC
connection setting”.
■Send Phonebook via Bluetooth
You can send the Phonebook entries by connecting the
Bluetooth device to the FOMA phone using Bluetooth. You
can send them from the Function menu of the Phonebook.
ポUse the Object Push service.
■Use Bluetooth from i-αppli
By connecting the FOMA phone with another mobile phone
or Bluetooth compatible device using Bluetooth, you can
play a match game with your friends or manage data files on
an i-Îąppli program.
ポUse the Serial Port service.
■Tone from Bluetooth devices
Connected service
HSP
HFP
A2DP
Voice call dial tone
○
○
Voice/Videophone call ring tone
○※1, ※2
○※2
Calling tone at voice/
videophone call
○
○
The other party’s voice at
voice/videophone call
○
○
Caller’s voice from Record
Message at voice call
○
○
One Seg audio
○
i-motion playback tone
○※3
Video playback tone
○
PC movie playback tone
○
MUSIC Player playback tone
○
Music&Video Channel playback tone
○
Alarm preferred
○※4
○※4
○※6
Operation preferred
L※5
L※5
L※5
○※6
L※5
L※5
L※5
Alarm tone
Mail ring tone
348
Alarm preferred
Operation preferred
Connected service
PushTalk ring tone
HSP
HFP
A2DP
○※6
○: Output from the Bluetooth device.
L: Not output from the Bluetooth device, instead it is played
back from the FOMA phone.
※1 The ring tone sounds from both the Bluetooth device and
FOMA phone when “Headset usage setting” is set to
“Headset + speaker”.
※2 The ring tone sounds from the FOMA phone when
“Forward ring tone” is set to “OFF”.
※3 The i-motion playback tone does not sound during
obtaining from sites.
※4 The alarm tone sounds from the Bluetooth device only
during a call. The alarm tone that sounds from the
Bluetooth device is not the one set for Alarm. It beeps.
※5 The alarm tone/mail ring tone does not sound when a
display other than the Stand-by display is shown.
※6 The tone sounds only during music playback.
pSome Bluetooth devices might not work as specified in the
table above.
Information
pRefer to the instruction manual for a Bluetooth device as well.
Notes on using Bluetooth devices
■Radio waves generated from the Bluetooth device
may possibly give an adverse effect on electronic
medical appliances.
As an accident could result in some cases, make sure that
you turn off the power to the FOMA phone and Bluetooth
devices in places as shown below:
ポOn trains ポIn airplanes
ポIn hospitals
ポNearby automatic doors or fire alarms
ポIn places such as gas stations where flammable gas is
generated
Bluetooth Usage Flow
For a Bluetooth device to be available, you need to register
the Bluetooth device to your FOMA phone beforehand and
connect them using a service that supports each function.
 For connecting Wireless Earphone Set P01 (option)
Register Wireless Earphone Set P01 to the FOMA phone.
(See page 350)
Connect using the compatible service for the desired
function. (See page 350)
To talk on the phone using
Bluetooth
To play back the audio of
One Seg, audio of moving
images or video files, or
music files using Bluetooth
Connect using the
Hands-free service.
Connect using the Audio
service.
Make a call using
Wireless Earphone Set
P01. (See page 351)
Play back the audio of
One Seg using Wireless
Earphone Set P01.
(See page 352)
Play back the audio of
moving images or video
files, or music files using
Wireless Earphone Set P01.
(See page 352)
349
Other Convenient Functions
■Observe the following to make a good connection:
pThe distance between your mobile phone and another
Bluetooth device must be within 10 meters under line-of-sight
conditions. The allowable connection distance may be shorter,
depending on the ambient environment (such as walls or
furniture) and the structure of a building. When there are any
obstructions between the FOMA phone and Bluetooth device,
the allowable connection distance may also be shorter.
Particularly, if there is a wall or floor of reinforced concrete
between them, they may be unable to connect with each other.
Above mentioned connection distance is not guaranteed.
pDuring connection, keep Bluetooth devices as possible as
away from other electric devices (such as home electric
appliances, AV devices, OA devices). (The Bluetooth
device is liable to be adversely affected by a microwave
oven so keep as possible as away from the microwave
oven.) Otherwise, normal connection cannot be performed
when electric devices are powered on or Bluetooth devices
may cause noises or a reception failure on a television or
radio set (television images may degrade for particular
channels of UHF or satellite broadcasting).
pIf there is a broadcast station or radio near a Bluetooth
device to which you want to connect, your FOMA phone
may be unable to connect with the Bluetooth device. In
such a case, move the Bluetooth device to a place where
connection is possible. Strong radio waves may prevent
connection between Bluetooth devices.
pWith a Bluetooth device put in your bag or pocket, you can
make a wireless connection. However, if the Bluetooth device
and FOMA phone is separated by your body, communication
speed might be lowered or noise could result.
■Radio interference with wireless LANs
Bluetooth devices use the same frequency band (2.4GHz) as
wireless LANs (IEEE802.11b/g). Therefore, if a Bluetooth
device is used near a wireless LAN device, radio interference
may cause lowering of the communication speed, noise or
connection fail. In this case, take the following measures:
pKeep your FOMA phone and the wireless
connection-target Bluetooth device away from the wireless
LAN device 10 meters or more.
pWhen you use them within a distance of 10 meters, turn off
the power to the wireless LAN device.
Register Bluetooth Device
You can register a Bluetooth device to the FOMA
phone. You can register up to 10 Bluetooth devices.
mLifeKitBluetoothDevice listYES
The Bluetooth devices around the
FOMA phone are searched.
You need to place the Bluetooth
device to be registered on standby
for registration beforehand.
Up to 20 searched devices are
listed on the Device List.
pYou can search for Bluetooth
devices also by pressing l(
) from the Device
List.
pWhen any Bluetooth devices have already been
registered, Device List is displayed and those registered
ones are displayed.
Select a Bluetooth device to be registered
YESEnter your Terminal Security Code.
Select the text box for entering the
Bluetooth passkey
Enter the Bluetooth passkeySet
pYou can enter up to 16 half-pitch
alphanumeric characters.
pFor the Bluetooth passkey, refer
to the instruction manual for the
Bluetooth device.
Other Convenient Functions
Select a service to be connected.
The Bluetooth device is connected
and “ (blue)” blinks. When no
communication with the Bluetooth
device is made for a certain period Service Selection display
of time, your FOMA phone is
placed in low power consumption mode, and “ (black)”
stays on.
pWhen you use the Bluetooth device which is able to
connect multiple services, the confirmation display
appears asking whether to connect another service in
succession.
p“
(blue)“ is displayed during connection,
(gray)”
is displayed on standby for connection next to the
service name.
pIf you select “Dial-up”, the FOMA phone is placed on
standby for connection.
pTo disconnect, select the connected service and select
“YES”.
pSee “Place the Bluetooth Devices on Standby for
Connection” on page 351 for how to cancel the service
on standby.
350
Information
pWhen 10 Bluetooth devices have already been registered,
the confirmation display appears asking whether to
overwrite them. When you select “YES”, the Bluetooth
device that is not protected, or not set for “Preferred device”
and with the oldest communication data/time, except in
communicating or in standby state, is overwritten.
pYou cannot activate Bluetooth during Self Mode.
Connect to Bluetooth Device
You can connect the registered Bluetooth device to the
FOMA phone.
mLifeKitBluetoothDevice list
Select a Bluetooth device to be connected
Select a service to be connected.
Device List
Service Selection display
pFor details, see step 4 on page 350.
■Device List
Device class
Following icons are
displayed according to the
type of Bluetooth device:
“
”, “
”, “
”, “
”,
Device List
“
”, “
”, “
”
Device name
The name of Bluetooth device is displayed.
When no name is detected by search, the Bluetooth
address is displayed.
Connecting status
：Being connected
：Not connected
：Not detected
：Not registered
Protect
Displayed when the registered contents are protected.
Profile state
The state of each profile is displayed in color.
Mark Character Background Frame
color
color
color
Blue
Gray
Blue
Gray
White
Green
Green
White
Gray
Status
connected
None Not
(unregistered)
connected
Blue Not
(registered)
None Being connected
for
Green Standby
connection
Light green None Preferred device
White
Gray
None Not supported
Information
pWhen the Bluetooth device is turned off or when the
Bluetooth device does not respond while a connection is
being established or being disconnected, it takes maximum
about 110 seconds for processing.
Information
pWhen your FOMA phone is connected using the Headset
service, Hands-free service, Audio service, or Dial-up
Communication service, and is disconnected from the
Bluetooth device, the FOMA phone is placed on standby for
connection. Also, your FOMA phone is placed on standby
for connection the next time the power is turned on after the
FOMA phone is turned off while it is connected or is on
standby for connection.
Place the Bluetooth Devices on
Standby for Connection
You can place the connecting state of all the registered
Bluetooth devices on standby for connection.
pTo release, remove the check mark and press l(
pDuring standby, “ (blue)” lights.
Function Menu of the Device List
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Register
devices
Enter your Terminal Security Code.
Go to step 3 on page 350.
Preferred
device
You can set a Bluetooth device to be connected
taking priority over other devices when a call
comes in. You can set this for the Headset
service compatible Bluetooth device only.
pWhen you already set another Bluetooth
device for “Preferred device”, that setting is
canceled, and the selected Bluetooth device
is set for the priority device.
pTo release it, perform the same operation.
Protect/
release
You can protect the registered Bluetooth
device so that it is not deleted or overwritten.
You can protect up to five devices.
pTo release it, perform the same operation.
Change
device name
You can change the name of the registered
Bluetooth device.
Enter a device name.
pYou can enter up to 16 full-pitch/32
half-pitch characters.
Delete
You can delete the registered Bluetooth device.
YES
Description
You can display the device name, Bluetooth
address, device class, and supported profile.
Add desktop See page 114.
icon

pEven when Preferred Device is set, you cannot connect that
device unless the Headset service is placed on standby for
connection. When other Bluetooth device is connected with
the Headset service, the Bluetooth device that is being
connected has priority.

pYou cannot delete when the status of Bluetooth device is
during connection or on standby for connection.
).
Suspend the Bluetooth Function of the
FOMA Phone
You can suspend services that are connecting, or are
on standby for connection, and can turn off the
Bluetooth function of the FOMA phone.
mLifeKitBluetooth
Bluetooth power OFFYES
pYou can activate the previously-used standby for
Bluetooth connection by mLifeKitBluetooth
Activate Bluetooth.
Accept Dialup Devices
You can talk or communicate by connecting the FOMA
phone with a Bluetooth compatible personal computer
or car navigation system and others. For details, refer
to “Preparing Bluetooth Communication” on PDF
version of “Manual for PC Connection Setting”.
Make a Call Using Bluetooth Device
You can make a call wirelessly when the FOMA phone
is connected to a Bluetooth device using Headset
service or Hands-free service.
Connect a Bluetooth device using Headset
service or Hands-free service.
pSee page 350 for connecting a Bluetooth device.
Make/Receive a call via the Bluetooth device.
“ ” is displayed during a call via the Bluetooth device.
pRefer to the instruction manual for the Bluetooth device
you use.
■When using Wireless Earphone Set P01 (option)
Press the key during ringing to
answer a call. Press and hold
it for at least one second from
the Stand-by display, a call is
made to the party stored in
the Phonebook with memory
number 000.
You cannot answer a call by pressing it while the answer
message is played back or a voice/video message is
being recorded.
Press the key to adjust the earpiece volume during a call.
You can adjust the volume consecutively by pressing and
holding it.
pFor detailed operations, refer to the instruction manual for
Wireless Earphone Set P01.
351
Other Convenient Functions ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
Information

pWhen you select a registered Bluetooth device, the
registered profile is updated. (When the device name has
been changed, the profile is retained as it is.) When you
select a profile that is different from the registered one, the
profile is added and then registered.
mLifeKitBluetoothAccept registered
Put a check mark for the services to be
placed on standbyl(
■Selecting whether to talk over the FOMA phone or a
Bluetooth device
Press and hold h for at least one second during a call.
pDuring a call with the FOMA phone while connecting using
Headset service, you can switch only from the Bluetooth
device.
pFor operations from the Bluetooth device, refer to the
instruction manual for the Bluetooth device you use.
pYou cannot talk over a Bluetooth device while USB
Hands-free compatible device or Flat-plug Earphone/
Microphone with Switch (option) or Flat-plug AV Output
Cable (option) is connected even if you switch to the
Bluetooth device.
pYou cannot switch to a Bluetooth device while Remote
Monitoring is activated.
Information
pWhen a call comes in while the Bluetooth device is
connected using Headset service or Hands-free service, the
ring tone sounds from the Bluetooth device even if Manner
Mode is activated or “Ring volume” is set to “Silent” on the
FOMA phone.
Select the next channel.
Select the previous

channel.
Adjust the sound volume.
You can adjust the volume
consecutively by pressing
and holding it.
pFor detailed operations, refer to the instruction manual for
Wireless Earphone Set P01.
Information
pYou can play back the audio of One Seg programs only on
an A2DP compatible Bluetooth device that supports
copyrighting by the SCMS-T. Open first the One Seg Viewer
display, and then operate Wireless Earphone Set P01. If
you have been operating Wireless Earphone Set P01
before you open the display, the audio might not be played
back.
pWhile you are playing back the audio from a One Seg program
via a Bluetooth device, you cannot adjust the sound volume of
the Bluetooth device by adjusting that on your FOMA phone.
pDuring a call on the Bluetooth device, you cannot adjust the
sound volume of the Bluetooth device by adjusting that on
your FOMA phone.
pYou cannot play back the audio from the Bluetooth device
when the Flat-plug Stereo/Earphone Set (option) or Flat-plug
Earphone/Microphone with Switch (option) is connected.
pDuring a call on the Bluetooth device, the call state does not
change by closing the FOMA phone regardless of the
setting of “Setting when folded”.
pIf the audio from a One Seg program stops while it is played
back on the Bluetooth device, check your FOMA phone as
the possible causes are as follows:
ｼWhen the Bluetooth device is disconnected
ｼWhen a location provision request of GPS comes in
ｼWhen a mail message or Message R/F comes in
ｼWhen a PushTalk call comes in
ｼWhen the low battery alarm sounds
･When an alarm for “Alarm”, “Schedule”, “ToDo”, “Book
program” or “Timer recording” sounds
In these cases, the Audio service might be disconnected
depending on the Bluetooth device. To resume playback on
the Bluetooth device, you need to re-connect the Audio
service.
pWhen the Bluetooth is disconnected during a call on the
Bluetooth device, the call state follows the setting of
“Disconnection settings”. However, when it is disconnected
while the FOMA phone is closed and “Disconnection
settings” is set to “Continue on the phone”, the call shifts to
the state as specified by “Setting when folded”. When
“Setting when folded” is set to “End the call”, the call shifts
to “No tone” state.
Play Back Audio of One Seg Programs
Using Bluetooth Device
Other Convenient Functions
■When using Wireless Earphone Set P01 (option)
When you connect your FOMA phone to a Bluetooth
device using Audio service, you can output the sound
of One Seg programs from the Bluetooth device.
Connect a Bluetooth device using Audio
service.
See page 350 for connecting a Bluetooth device.
Watch a One Seg program.
The sound is output from the Bluetooth device.
pWhen the confirmation display appears asking whether
to start the output to the Bluetooth device, select “YES”.
pFor operations from a Bluetooth device, refer to the
instruction manual for the Bluetooth device.
352
Play Back Sound/Music of Moving Image
or Video Using Bluetooth Device
When you connect your FOMA phone to a Bluetooth
device using Audio service, you can output the sound
of moving images or video, music via MUSIC Player,
etc., from the Bluetooth device.
Connect a Bluetooth device using Audio
service.
pSee page 350 for connecting a Bluetooth device.
pIf you connect using Audio service from the Bluetooth
device while placing an Audio service on standby for
connection, MUSIC Player starts automatically.
However, it might not start automatically when a display
other than Stand-by display is shown or another
function is activated. Further, you cannot connect using
Audio service from Wireless Earphone Set P01.
2
Play back a moving image, video or music file.
The sound is output from the Bluetooth device.
pWhen the confirmation display appears asking whether
to start output to the Bluetooth device, select “YES”.
pOnce you connect the FOMA phone to the Bluetooth
device using Audio service, a connection history is
stored. When the connection history is found, the FOMA
phone tries to connect to the Bluetooth device
automatically for playing back a file even if it is not
connected using Audio service. When the connection is
successfully completed, the sound is output from the
Bluetooth device. When the connection fails, the
confirmation display appears asking whether to output
sound from the FOMA phone.
The connection history is overwritten each time the
Bluetooth device is connected using Audio service.
pFor operations from the Bluetooth device, refer to the
instruction manual for the Bluetooth device you use.
■When using Wireless Earphone Set P01 (option)
Play back or pause
Repeat playback and pause
each time you press the
key. Press and hold it for at
least one second to halt.
Play back a next file or
music file.
Play back a previous file or music file.
When playback time is over three seconds (over 10
seconds for video), this operation returns the position to
the beginning of the file.
Adjust the sound volume.
You can adjust the volume consecutively by pressing and
holding it.
pFor detailed operations, refer to the instruction manual for
Wireless Earphone Set P01.
pWhile you are playing back the sound of a moving image,
video, or music file from a Bluetooth device, you cannot
adjust the sound volume by adjusting that on your FOMA
phone.
pEven when you are using Play Background for MUSIC
Player or Music&Video Channel, the remote-control
operation for Bluetooth is available.
pYou cannot play back the audio from the Bluetooth device
when the Flat-plug Stereo/Earphone Set (option) or
Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch (option) is
connected.
Bluetooth Settings
mLifeKitBluetooth
Bluetooth settings
Do the following operations.
pYou cannot operate during a call or data communication.
Item
Operation/Explanation
Set
You can set whether to set authentication
authentications when sending a Phonebook entry via a
Bluetooth device. If you set to “ON”, set
whether to encrypt the data.
ON or OFFON or OFF
Session
You can set whether to enter the password for
number setting sending all Phonebook entries.
ON or OFF
Time-out to
search
You can set the time for searching for
Bluetooth devices around the FOMA phone.
Enter a device search time (seconds).
pEnter two-digit numerals as in “05” through
“20”.
Forward ring You can set whether to send a ring tone for
tone
the voice call and videophone call to the
connected Headset or Hands-free device.
When the device is specified as “Preferred
device”, connection is made to send the ring
tone even if the device is on standby.
ON or OFF
Disconnection You can select whether to end talking or
settings
continue talking on the FOMA phone when
Bluetooth is disconnected while talking
through the Headset or Hands-free device.
End the call or Continue on the phone
Dial from
headset
You can set whether to make a call by
pressing the switch on the Headset.
Valid or Invalid
353
Other Convenient Functions ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
Information
pYou can play back the sound of video file only on an A2DP
compatible Bluetooth device that supports copyrighting by
the SCMS-T. Open first the Video Playback display, and
then operate Wireless Earphone Set P01. If you have been
operating Wireless Earphone Set P01 before you open the
display, the sound might not be played back.
Information
pIf the sound of a moving image, video, or music file stops
while it is played back on the Bluetooth device, check your
FOMA phone as the possible causes are as follows:
ｼWhen the Bluetooth device is disconnected
ｼWhen a location provision request of GPS comes in
ｼWhen a mail message or Message R/F comes in
ｼWhen a PushTalk call comes in
ｼWhen the low battery alarm sounds
･When an alarm for “Alarm”, “Schedule”, “ToDo”, “Book
program” or “Timer recording” sounds
In these cases, the Audio service might be disconnected
depending on the Bluetooth device. To resume playback
on the Bluetooth device, you need to re-connect the Audio
service.
Item
Operation/Explanation
Bluetooth info You can display the device name, Bluetooth
address, device class, and supported profiles
of Bluetooth mounted on the FOMA phone.
You can change the device name.
pTo change the device name, press
l(
), enter the device name. You
can enter up to 16 full-pitch/32 half-pitch
characters.
Information

pWhile a Bluetooth device to which Phonebook entries are
sent is connected using a service other than Object Push,
the Phonebook entries are sent with authentication and with
encryption regardless of this setting.
pYou cannot set this function while a Bluetooth device is
connected or on standby for connection.

pYou cannot set this function while a Bluetooth device using
the Headset service or Hands-free service is connected or
on standby.

pIf you select a pictograph for the device name, it might not
be correctly displayed depending on the destination
Bluetooth device.
< Reset Settings>
+m-2-3
Resetting Function Settings
You can reset the items indicated by
of
“Function List” to their default. (See page 394)
mSettingsOther settings
Reset settings
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
Other Convenient Functions
Information
pYou cannot execute “Reset settings” while a Bluetooth
device is connected or on standby for connection.
pYou cannot execute “Reset settings” during IC Card Lock
while “PIM/IC security mode” is set to “Face reader” or
“Double security”.
pAfter you execute “Reset settings”, the tickers are not
displayed. Then, when the information is automatically
updated or you press +Zo to receive the latest information,
the tickers automatically flow.
< Initialize>
Deleting Stored Data All at Once
You can delete the stored data and reset the setting
contents of each function to the default.
See “Function List” for the setting at purchase. (See
page 394)
pYou cannot delete the pre-installed data. However, all
downloaded dictionaries are deleted including the
pre-installed dictionaries.
354
pYou cannot delete the pre-installed i-Îąppli programs.
pYou can delete the data stored in the pre-installed i-Îąppli
programs. However, you cannot delete the data stored in the
Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-Îąppli programs.
pThe protected data is also deleted.
pAll the stored data files are deleted regardless of the mode of
2in1.
pEven if you have deleted the pre-installed Deco-mail
templates, Chara-den images, Kisekae Tool files, PDF files,
or Decomail-pictographs, they are restored when you
execute “Initialize”. However, if you delete the pre-installed
i-Îąppli programs, they are not restored.
pCharge the battery full before initializing the FOMA phone.
When the battery level is not enough, you may not be able to
initialize the FOMA phone.
pDuring initialization, never turn off the power of the FOMA
phone.
pYou cannot use other functions during initialization. Also, you
cannot receive calls or mail messages.
mSettingsOther settingsInitialize
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
YES
When initializing ends, the power automatically turns off
and then turns on and the “Initial setting” display appears.
Information
pYou cannot execute “Initialize” while a Bluetooth device is
connected or on standby for connection.
pYou cannot execute “Initialize” during IC Card Lock while
“PIM/IC security mode” is set to “Face reader” or “Double
security”.
pYou cannot delete the data saved to, stored in, or set for the
UIM or the microSD memory card.
pYou cannot delete the setting of data communication set by
a personal computer.
pTo restore the downloaded dictionaries and i-Îąppli
programs, download them from the “P-SQUARE” site. For
downloading, you are charged an additional communication
fee.
pAfter you execute “Initialize”, the tickers are not displayed.
Then, when the information is automatically updated or you
press +Zo to receive the latest information, the tickers
automatically flow.
pAfter you initialize the FOMA phone, you cannot
automatically obtain Music&Video Channel programs.
Access the Setting Confirmation display from the
Music&Video Channel menu to reflect the program setting.
pInitialization may take a while if the data to be deleted is
bulky.
Character Entry
Entering Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Character Entry›
356
Entering Characters in Mode 1 (5-touch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Mode 1 (5-touch)›
356
Using Common Phrases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Common Phrases›
360
Cutting/Copying/Pasting Characters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
360
Storing Words in Own Dictionary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Own Dictionary›
361
Checking Learned Words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
361
Using Downloaded Dictionary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Download Dictionary›
361
Entering Characters in Mode 2 (2-touch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Mode 2 (2-touch)›
362
Entering Characters in Mode 3 (NIKO-touch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Mode 3 (NIKO-touch)›
362
For details on “Kuten Code List”, refer to the PDF version of “Kuten Code List” on the provided CD-ROM.
Set “FOMA P905i CD-ROM” on your personal computer, and click “MANUAL”, and then “Kuten Code List
(PDF File)”.
To see the PDF version of “Kuten Code List”, you need to have Adobe® Reader® (version 6.0 or higher
recommended).
If it is not installed in your personal computer, install AdobeÂŽ ReaderÂŽ from the provided CD-ROM to see it.
For details such as how to use it, refer to AdobeÂŽ ReaderÂŽ Help.
355
< Character Entry>
< Mode 1 (5-touch)>
Entering Characters
Entering Characters in Mode 1
(5-touch)
The FOMA phone is provided with many functions that
require to enter characters such as when creating the
Phonebook or composing mail messages.
Character Entry Display
On the Character Entry (Edit) display, the information of
character input method, input mode, and the remaining
number of characters and others are displayed.
Character input method
：Mode 2 (2-touch)
：Mode 3 (NIKO-touch)
pNot displayed in Mode 1 (5-touch).
Input mode
abc：Alphabet input mode

123：Numeral input mode
漢：Kanji/Hiragana input mode
カナ：Katakana input mode
Full/Half-pitch
1/ ：Full-pitch input mode
1/ ：Half-pitch input mode
Remaining/Maximum bytes that can be entered
p“Number of entered characters” might be displayed
depending on the function.
Select Character Input Method
In the step for entering characters, press l(
) to
switch input modes. You might not be able to switch to
some modes depending on the function you enter.
Enter Characters
You can enter characters by using Prediction
Conversion which converts the entered few words into
the predicted ones and Context Forecast which
displays the next conversion candidates inferred from
the relation between words.
pThe FOMA phone increases prediction conversion candidates
and context forecast candidates by learning characters.
 Enter “タダの菓子” into a text memo.
The Character Entry (Edit) display appears in prediction
conversion mode when “Predict” is set to “ON”, and
appears in ordinary conversion mode when set to “OFF”.
+m-3-5
Character Entry
mSettingsOther settings
Character input methodInput mode
Put a check mark for modes to be used
l(
pSelect at least two modes.
Select a priority mode.
pSelect a mode you use preferentially from modes
selected in step 1.
■Switching modes on the Character Entry (Edit) display
Press and hold l(
) for at least one second, or
select “Char. input/dict.” and then select “Change input
mode” from the Function menu.
356
Enter hiragana characters in Kanji/Hiragana
input mode.
た→ Press 4 once and Vo once.
だ→ Press 4 once and a once.
の→ Press 5 five times.
か→ Press 2 once.
し→ Press 3 twice.
pYou can enter up to 24 characters at a time. However,
when “Predict” is set to “ON”, if you enter 6 or more
characters, the conversion mode is automatically
switched to the ordinary conversion mode.
pWhen a character on the same key comes after a
character, press Vo to move the cursor, and enter the
next character.
If you set “Character set time”, you can omit the
operation to move the cursor.
pTo switch between uppercase and lowercase, press
d after you have entered characters.
pEach time you press c(
), characters are
displayed in reverse order.
pIf you set “Predict” to “ON”, each time you press l,
ordinary conversion mode and prediction conversion
mode switch.
pYou can press i(
) to display the candidate list
of alphanumeric or katakana characters. Depending on
the entered character, the conversation candidates for
date/time are displayed.
pTo fix the character as it is without conversation, press
Oo(
).
pBy pressing m(
)/c(
), you can scroll
the candidate list page by page.
Three types of character input methods are available as
shown below:
Mode 1 (5-touch). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See page 356
Multiple characters are assigned to a single key. Each time
you press the key, characters switch.
Mode 2 (2-touch). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See page 362
Enter characters by pairs of numerals.
Mode 3 (NIKO-touch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See page 362
Enter characters by pairs of numerals.
mStationeryText memo
Select .
Use Co to move the cursor onto “の”.
pThe conversion mode is automatically switched to the
ordinary conversion mode.
4
Use Bo to move the cursor onto the
candidate listUse o
to highlight “タダの”
and press Oo(
).
pWhen you press r while you are selecting a conversion
candidate, the Character Entry (Edit) display returns.
pPress c(
) to fix the whole paragraph.
Use Bo to move the cursor onto the
candidate listUse Mo to highlight
“菓子” and pressOo(
).
The selected characters are fixed.
pWhen the character strings that are assumed to be the
context forecast candidates are found after fixing the
characters, that context forecast candidates are
displayed. Press Bo to move the cursor onto the
candidate list to enter the context forecast candidates.
pWhen you press r while you are selecting the
context forecast candidates, the Character Entry (Edit)
display returns.
Information
pThe learning function stores up to 1,000 words, and the character
of a high conversion rate goes up in the character order list.
pThe candidate character strings are displayed from
characters converted as usual and from a dictionary
downloaded from sites.
ポOnly a small number of character strings are registered by
default so candidate characters might not be displayed in
some cases. By doing the character conversion as usual, the
converted characters are added to the candidate characters.
ポYou can download a dictionary from sites and add
candidate characters from the dictionary. However, when
you delete the downloaded dictionary, the added
candidate characters are also deleted from the existing
candidate characters. (See page 162 and page 361)
■Combination of characters
When entering characters, pay attention to the combination
of characters.
 When you are entering “ドコモ” in half-pitch
Katakana input mode and “の携帯電話” in
Kanji/Hiragana input mode
ト ゛ コ モ の携帯電話
1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
pThe number of characters that appears on the display is 9
and counted as 14 bytes that equal 14 half-pitch characters.
pHalf-pitch character “゛” and “゜” are counted as one
character.
Other Entry Functions
Item
Katakana input
Press l(
) a few times to
move to Katakana input mode
Press keys to enter characters.
Alphanumeric
input
Press l(
) a few times to
move to Alphabet input mode
Press keys to enter characters.
Numeral input
) a few times to
Press l(
move to Numeral input mode
Press keys to enter numerals.
Line feed
).
Press c(
pWhen the cursor is at the end of text
and characters are fixed, you can
press Xo to break a line.
Smiley input
Enter “かお”Use Bo to move the
cursor onto the candidate list
Use Mo to select a smiley.
pSmileys are stored in the pre-installed
common phrases.
pYou can use Prediction Conversion and Context Forecast
with 2-touch and NIKO-touch in Kanji/Hiragana input mode.
pThe number of kanji characters that you can convert to is
limited so you might not be able to convert to some kanji
characters. You can use Kuten Code to enter kanji characters
that you cannot convert to. The number of characters you can
enter is 6355 in the JIS level-1 and level-2 kanji sets.
pPart of a complicated kanji character is deformed or left out.
Information

pA line feed is counted as one full-pitch character.
pYou cannot break a line depending on the function such as
editing in the text box for i-mode.
Correct Characters
Move the cursor to the left of the character
you want to correctr
Enter a correct character.
The character is entered in the position of the cursor.
357
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
The character at the right of the cursor is deleted. Press
and hold r for at least one second to delete all
characters on and after the cursor.
pWhen no character is found to the right side of the
cursor, the character to the left side of the cursor is
deleted. Press and hold r for at least one second
to delete all characters.
Character Entry
■Numbers of remaining characters and entered characters
On the Character Entry display, the
number of remaining characters and
the maximum number of characters
you can enter are displayed in bytes.
(The number of entered characters is
displayed by unit of characters,
depending on the function such as
entering SMS text.)
The number of characters in the
Character Entry (Edit) display is
counted according to the following
rules:
pOne half-pitch character is counted as one byte and one
full-pitch character as two bytes.
pFull pitch: あいうえお 5 characters (counted as 10 bytes)
Half pitch: アイウエオカキクケコ 10 characters (counted as 10 bytes)
Operation/Explanation
■Data you are editing
When the battery alarm sounds
The data you have been editing is automatically fixed and
saved. Charge the battery or replace it with a new charged
battery to resume editing. However, you cannot save the
unfixed data being converted.
When you press h
The confirmation display appears asking whether to discard
the data you are editing.
When a call or mail comes in
The Multitask function works so the data you are editing is
retained, and you can answer the call or receive the mail.
You can return to the edit display by switching menu, by
pressing and holding x for at least one second. You can
return to the edit display also by ending the call or mail
function.
Function menu
Pictograph/
symbols
(Pictograph)
+m-3-5
Predict
You can set whether to show the prediction
conversion/context forecast candidates in the
candidate list.
mSettingsOther settings
Character input methodPredict
ON or OFF
Intelligent with Secret
+m-3-5
Pictograph/
symbols
(Symbols)
Function Menu while Entering (Editing) Characters
pSee page 174 for the Function menu of the Message Entry
display.
Character Entry
Oo(
The selected symbol is entered and the
Character Entry (Edit) display returns.
Operation/Explanation
Full pitch/Half You can switch between full pitch and half
pitch
pitch.
Copy
See page 360.
Cut
See page 360.
Paste
See page 361.
Undo
You can undo the fixed, deleted, cut, or
pasted text. You can undo the operation up to
10 times. However, you can undo the fixing of
characters only once.
pYou can undo the operation also by
pressing m(
).
358
You can enter symbols while seeing them on
the display.
SymbolsHighlight a symbol and press
l(
).
Repeat the above step and enter other
symbols consecutively.
pYou can display the Symbol List also by pressing
and holding s for at least one second.
pPress c to switch the symbol lists in order of
Half-pitch symbols → Full-pitch symbols.
Press m to switch them in the reverse order.
pYou can select a symbol also by pressing a
column number (number to the left) and
then a row number (number at the top).
pPress i(
) to display the Pictograph List.
mSettingsOther settings
Character input methodInt.with secret
Enter your Terminal Security Code
ON or OFF
Function menu
You can enter pictographs while seeing them
on the display.
PictographHighlight a pictograph and
press l(
).
Repeat the above step and enter other
pictographs consecutively.
pYou can display the Pictograph List also by
pressing a in Kanji/Hiragana input mode.
pPress c to switch the pictograph lists in
order of “Pictograph 1” → “Pictograph 2” →
“Decomail-pictograph” [お気に入り (Favorite)
through 文字 (Characters)]. However, you can
enter “Decomail-pictograph” [お気に入り
(Favorite) through 文字 (Characters)] only
while editing the i-mode mail text.
Press m to switch them in the reverse order.
pYou can select a pictograph also by pressing
a column number (number to the left) and
then a row number (number at the top).
pPress i(
) to display the Symbol List.
Oo(
The selected pictograph is entered and the
Character Entry (Edit) display returns.
You can set whether to store the characters converted
in Secret Mode or Secret Data Only as learned words.
Operation/Explanation
Pictograph/
symbols
(Space)
You can enter a full-pitch space in full-pitch
input mode, and a half-pitch space in
half-pitch input mode.
Space
pWhen the cursor is at the end of text, you
can enter a space also by pressing Vo.
Phrase/code/
quote
(Common
phrases)
Common phrasesSelect a folder
Select a common phrase.
In the mode other than numeral input mode,
you can bring up the folder list for common
phrases also by pressing and holding a
for at least one second.
Function menu
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Phrase/code/ You can enter characters, numerals, and symbols
quote
on the Kuten Code List (see the PDF version of
(Kuten code) “Kuten Code List” on the provided CD-ROM).
You can operate in Kanji/Hiragana input mode.
Kuten codeEnter a four-digit Kuten code.
A character that matches the entered Kuten code
is displayed, and the former input mode returns.
pWhen a character that matches the entered
Kuten code is not found, a space is inserted.
Char. input/
dict.
(Candid. disp.
size)
You can set the character size of conversion
candidates.
Candid. disp. size
Large, Standard, or Small
pThe settings here applies to “Character size”
→ “Character input” → “Candid. disp. size”.
Char. input/
dict.
(Predict)
See page 358.
Phrase/code/ Input timeSelect a format for entering
quote
the date/timeEnter the date/time.
(Input time)
pYou can enter the date/time using the
numeric keys.
pYou can enter years 1800 through 2099.
Char. input/
dict.
(Candidate
display)
You can select whether to use context
forecast candidates.
Candidate displayON or OFF
Char. input/
dict.
(Character set
time)
You can select whether to automatically fix
the entered characters while you are entering
characters in Mode 1 (5-touch).
In addition, you can specify the time until
characters are fixed.
You can omit the operation of pressing Vo to
move the cursor for the entry of characters on
the same key.
Character set time
Fast, Normal, Slow, or OFF
Char. input/
dict.
(2/NIKO-touch
guide)
You can select whether to list character
conversion candidates at the lower part of the
display when you press the first-digit key
while you are entering characters in Mode 2
(2-touch) or Mode 3 (NIKO-touch).
2/NIKO-touch guideON or OFF
Help
You can check the operating procedures for
entering characters.
Select an item.
JUMP
You can move the cursor to the top or end of text.
To beginning or To end
pWhen the Character Entry (Edit) display
ranges over multiple pages, the cursor
moves to the beginning or end of the page.
Phrase/code/
quote
(Quote
phonebook)
Phrase/code/
quote
(Quote own
data)
Operation/Explanation
You can access and quote Phonebook entries.
The following are the items you can quote:

Name, reading, phone number, mail address,
postal address, birthday, memorandums

Name, reading, phone number, mail address
Quote phonebookSearch the
PhonebookSelect a Phonebook entry
Put a check mark for items to be quoted
l(
You can access and quote your personal
information. The following are the items you
can quote:
Name, reading, phone number, mail address,
postal address, birthday, memorandums
Quote own dataEnter your Terminal
Security CodePut a check mark for
items to be quotedl(
Phrase/code/ You can start Bar Code Reader. (See page 146)
quote
Bar code reader
(Bar code
reader)
Char. input/
dict.
(Learned
words)
See page 361.
Char. input/
dict.
(Change input
mode)
You can switch the character input methods.
Change input mode
Select an input mode.
pYou cannot select the input mode that is not
selected in “Input mode” of “Character input
method” (see page 356).
Information

pWhen you switch to half-pitch mode in Kanji/Hiragana input
mode of NIKO-touch, the input mode switches to half-pitch
Katakana input mode.

pYou might not be able to enter pictographs depending on
the Character Entry (Edit) display.
pOnce you have entered pictographs, “History” appears first.
pUp to 27 records of the pictographs entered in Pictograph 1
and Pictograph 2 and up to 36 records of
Decomail-pictograph are displayed on “History”. However,
up to 18 records are displayed when the One Seg Viewer
display appears below the Message Composition display.
pYou can enter up to 20 Decomail-pictographs. When you insert
other images, however, the number of Decomail-pictographs that
can be entered is reduced by the number of inserted images.
359
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
You can store the words in own dictionary.
(See page 361)
Own dictionary
Character Entry
Char. input/
dict.
(Own
dictionary)
Information

pYou can enter “＋” by pressing and holding -0 for at
least one second in Numeral input mode.
pYou might not be able to enter some symbols depending on
the Character Entry (Edit) display.
pOnce you have entered symbols, “History” appears first.
pUp to 27 records of the symbols entered in half-pitch and up to
36 records in full-pitch are displayed on “History”. However,
up to 18 records are displayed when the One Seg Viewer
display appears below the Message Composition display.

pYou might not be able to enter common phrases depending
on the Character Entry (Edit) display.
pIn Japanese Mode, the called-up contents of common
phrases pre-installed in the FOMA phone differ depending
on the input mode.

pWhen you quote a postal address, you cannot quote “〒” or
“-” of the postal code.

pWhen you quote a postal address, you cannot quote “〒” or
“-” of the postal code.
pThe personal data of Number A is quoted in A Mode of 2in1, the
personal data of Number B is quoted in B Mode, and the personal
data of both Number A and Number B is quoted in Dual Mode.

pYou might not be able to enter characters as you like
depending on this setting and your speed of operating keys.
< Common Phrases>
Information
pDo not use half-pitch katakana characters and pictographs
for your own common phrases used for composing mail.
They might not be correctly displayed. (Pictographs can be
used between i-mode mail messages.)
pIn Japanese Mode, the common phrases pre-installed in the
“あいさつ (Greeting)” and “ビジネス (Business)” folders are
called up as kanji/hiragana common phrases in Kanji/
Hiragana input mode and called up as half-pitch katakana
common phrases in other input mode.
Function Menu of the Common Phrase Folder List
Function menu
Edit folder
name
Enter a folder name.
pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20
half-pitch characters.
pWhen you delete all the characters entered
as a folder name, the folder name is reset to
the default.
Reset name
You can reset the folder name to the default.
YES
Function Menu of the Common Phrase List/
Common Phrase Display
Function menu
Enter a common phrase.
pYou can enter up to 64 full-pitch/128
half-pitch characters.
pWhen you delete all the characters in a
common phrase, the common phrase is
reset to the default.
pYou can edit a common phrase by pressing
l(
).
Reset this
You can reset the common phrase to the
default.
YES
Reset all
You can reset all the common phrases in the
folder to the default.
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
Using Common Phrases
Character Entry
Display Common Phrases
mStationeryCommon phrase/dic.
Common phrasesSelect a folder.
Operation/Explanation
Edit
+m-3-8
You can call up and enter, on the Character Entry (Edit)
display, the common phrases pre-installed in the FOMA
phone, or your own created common phrases.
The common phrases are sorted into five folders and
each folder contains 10 of them. You can edit the
pre-installed common phrases to save as your own
common phrases.
Operation/Explanation
Cutting/Copying/Pasting Characters
Cut/Copy
You can cut or copy up to 5,000 full-pitch/10,000
half-pitch characters.
Common Phrase Folder List
Select a common phrase.
Character Entry (Edit) displayi(
Cut or CopySelect a start point.
pYou can press i(
Common Phrase List
360
Common Phrase display
Select an end point.
) to select all characters.
Information
pIf you copy/cut the Deco-mail text during composing and paste
it, the information about the decoration is pasted as well.
pYou might not be able to cut or copy data such as Deco-mail
text because the memory space runs short.
Checking Learned Words
Paste
You can paste cut or copied characters.
Information

p“Delete selected” does not appear when you display Own
Dictionary from the Function menu of the Character Entry
(Edit) display.
The character strings once you entered are
automatically stored and displayed as the conversion
candidates of learned words.
Character Entry (Edit) display
Move the cursor to a start position for
pastingi(
)Paste
< Own Dictionary>
+m-3-8
Storing Words in Own Dictionary
pTo delete learned words, press i(
) and select
“Delete this” or “Delete all”, then select “YES”. If you
select “Delete all”, you need to enter your Terminal
Security Code.
In Own Dictionary, you can store up to 100 frequently
used words with your favorite reading.
mStationeryCommon phrase/dic.
Own dictionaryEnter a word.
pSelect a stored Own dictionary to check the stored contents.
pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch
characters. However, you cannot enter line feeds.
Enter a reading.
pYou can enter up to 10 hiragana characters.
Also, you cannot store symbols other than “Long vowel
(ー )”. However, you can store “゛” or “゜” for the words
to which “゛” or “゜” can be attached.
pEven if you enter a space, the word is stored with the
space automatically deleted.
Function Menu while Own Dictionary is Displayed
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
New
Go to step 1 of “Storing Words in Own
Dictionary” on page 361.
Edit
Go to step 1 of “Storing Words in Own
Dictionary” on page 361.
pYou can edit also by pressing l(
).
YES
Delete
selected
Put a check mark for own dictionaries to
)YES
be deletedl(
Delete all
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
Information
 
pWhen you display Own Dictionary from the Function menu of
the Character Entry (Edit) display, select “Delete” from the
Function menu, then select “Delete this” or “Delete all”.
Reset Learned Words
+m-3-5
You can reset the learned words.
mSettingsOther settings
Character input method
Reset learned words
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
< Download Dictionary>
+m-3-8
Using Downloaded Dictionary
You can make dictionaries downloaded (see page 162)
from sites valid.
mStationeryCommon phrase/dic.
Download dictionary
Select a downloaded dictionary.
The downloaded dictionary you have selected is validated
and indicated by “★”.
pTo invalidate a downloaded dictionary, perform the
same operation.
pYou can validate up to five downloaded dictionaries.
pYou can delete the pre-installed dictionaries. You can
re-download them from the “P-SQUARE” site (see
page 163). When you use a UIM other than the one
used for downloading, the UIM restrictions (see
page 39) are set to them.
Function Menu while Downloaded Dictionary is Displayed
Function menu
Edit title
Character Entry
Delete this
Function menu while entering (editing)
charactersChar. input/dict.
Learned wordsSelect a column
Select a record.
Operation/Explanation
Set dictionary You can set the dictionary valid/invalid. Each
time you operate, valid and invalid switch.
361
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
Edit the title.
pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20
half-pitch characters.
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Dictionary info You can display the dictionary title and
version.
Delete this
YES
Delete all
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
Information

pIf you delete all the characters entered as a title, the title is
reset to the default.
< Mode 2 (2-touch)>
Entering Characters in Mode 2
(2-touch)
When you press two numeric keys to enter two-digit
numerals, a character (symbol) that corresponds to the
numerals is entered. Press the first key to list candidate
characters (symbols) at the lower part of the display.
To list candidate characters, you need to set “2/
NIKO-touch guide” to “ON” in advance.
pSee page 411 for how characters are assigned to the
numeric keys (2-touch).
pSee page 356 for switching to “2-touch”.
< Mode 3 (NIKO-touch)>
Entering Characters in Mode 3
(NIKO-touch)
When you press two numeric keys to enter two-digit
numerals, a character (symbol) that corresponds to the
numerals is entered. Press the first key to list candidate
characters (symbols) at the lower part of the display.
To list candidate characters, you need to set “2/
NIKO-touch guide” to “ON” in advance.
pSee page 412 for how characters are assigned to the
numeric keys (NIKO-touch).
pSee page 356 for switching to “NIKO-touch”.
Switch Input Modes (NIKO-touch)
Press l(
) from the Character Entry (Edit)
display to switch input modes. You might not be able to
switch to some modes depending on the function you
enter.
Enter Characters
 Enter “タダの菓子” into a text memo.
Switch Input Modes (2-touch)
Press l(
) from the Character Entry (Edit)
display to switch input modes. You might not be able to
switch to some modes depending on the function you
enter.
Enter Characters
 Enter “タダの菓子” into a text memo.
mStationeryText memo
Select .
The Character Entry (Edit) display appears.
Enter hiragana characters in Kanji/Hiragana
input mode.
Character Entry
た→41
だ→41, a
の→55
か→21
し→32
pTo enter “゛” or “゜”, enter the character and then press
a.
pPress 80 to switch between uppercase and
lowercase. You can switch uppercase and lowercase
also by entering the character that can be switched
between uppercase and lowercase and pressing d.
After entering hiragana characters, go to step 3 on
page 356.
362
mStationeryText memo
Select .
The Character Entry (Edit) display appears.
Enter hiragana characters in Kanji/Hiragana
input mode.
た→41
だ→41, a
の→55
か→21
し→32
pTo enter “゛” or “゜”, enter the character and then press
a.
pEnter the character that can be switched between
uppercase and lowercase and press d; then you
can switch.
After entering hiragana characters, go to step 3 on
page 356.
Network Services
Checking New Voice Mail Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‹Check New Messages›
364
Using Voice Mail Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Voice Mail›
364
Using Call Waiting Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Call Waiting›
366
Using Call Forwarding Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‹Call Forwarding›
367
Using Nuisance Call Blocking Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Nuisance Call Blocking›
368
Using Caller ID Display Request Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Caller ID Request›
369
Using Dual Network Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Dual Network›
369
Switching Guidance Language between Japanese and English . . . . . . . ‹English Guidance›
370
Using Service Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‹Service Numbers›
370
Selecting Response to Incoming Calls during a Call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Arrival Call Act›
370
Setting Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Remote Control›
371
Setting Additional Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Multi Number›
371
Using 2in1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‹2in1›
372
Using OFFICEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹OFFICEED›
378
Using Additional Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‹Additional Service›
378
■ Available Network Services
The following are the DoCoMo network services available from the FOMA phone.
For the outline and usage method of each service, see the reference page in the table below.
pThe network services are not available when you are out of the service area or out of reach of radio waves.
pFor details, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [Network Services]”.
pFor subscriptions and inquiries, contact “DoCoMo Information Center” on the back page of this manual.
Service
Application Monthly fee Reference
Service
Application Monthly fee Reference
Voice Mail Service
Required Charged
P.364
English Guidance
Not required
Free
P.370
Call Waiting Service
Required Charged
P.366
Multi Number
Required Charged
P.371
Call Forwarding Service
Required
Free
P.367
2in1
Required Charged
P.372
Nuisance Call Blocking
Service
Required
Free
P.368
Public Mode (Drive Mode)
Not required
Free
P.65
Public Mode (Power Off)
Not required
Free
P.66
Caller ID Notification Service Not required
Free
P.47
OFFICEED
Required Charged
P.378
Caller ID Display Request
Service
Not required
Free
P.369
Melody Call
Required Charged
P.100
Dual Network Service
Required Charged
P.369
p“Deactivate” does not mean that the contract for Voice Mail Service, Call Forwarding Service or other services is canceled.
pYou can store new network services in the menu when they are provided by DoCoMo. (See page 378)
pIn this manual, a brief outline for each network service is described following the procedure using the menus of the FOMA
phone.
363
< Check New Messages>
< Voice Mail>
Checking New Voice Mail
Messages
Using Voice Mail Service
You can check whether any message is held at the
Voice Mail Service Center.
mServiceVoice mail
Check new messagesOK
■About checked results
pIf any voice mail message is held, the “Voice mail” icon
) and another Voice Mail icon such as “ ” appear
to inform you of the held message.
pTo erase the Voice Mail icon such as “ ”, dial at the
Voice Mail Service Center for saving or erasing the voice
mail message or follow the operations of “Erase icon”.
pThe Voice Mail icons switch among
, etc., and
(6 or more messages) according to the number of the
messages held at the Voice Mail Service Center. The
displayed number is the number of messages informed by
the guidance when you play back new messages. Saved
messages are not included.
pIf you set “Message notification”, the ring tone sounds each
time a message is added.
pSee page 365 for how to play back voice mail messages.
Network Services
■When “
” appears
You cannot check voice mail messages. Move to a place
where “
” is cleared.
This service provides an answer message for incoming
voice calls/videophone calls and then holds voice mail
messages on behalf of you when you are in a place
where radio waves do not reach, the power is turned
off, or you cannot answer calls.
pWhen Record Message (see page 67) is simultaneously
activated and you want to give Voice Mail Service priority, set
its ring time shorter than that for Record Message.
pWhen you do not answer an incoming voice call or
videophone call while Voice Mail Service is set to “Activate”,
the call is recorded as a missed call in “Received calls”, and
the “Missed call” desktop icon appears on the Stand-by
display.
pVoice Mail Service is valid for voice calls and videophone
calls.
pA voice mail message can be recorded for up to three
minutes. Twenty messages can be recorded respectively for
voice calls and videophone calls and held at the Center for
up to 72 hours.
pWhen a voice mail message of a videophone call is retained
at the Voice Mail Service Center, you are notified by an SMS
message.
pMake a voice call at “1412” to change the Voice Mail setting
for videophone calls.
pWhen a Chara-den call is connected to the Voice Mail
Service Center, DTMF operation is not available. Switch to
“Send DTMF tone” on the Function menu. (See page 71)
pWhen a call comes in while Voice Mail Service is set to
“Activate”, the ring tone (specified by “Select ring tone”) will
sound. (You can change the ring time for incoming calls. See
page 365.) If you answer the call within the specified time,
you can start talking. If you do not answer, the call is
connected to the Voice Mail Service Center.
pYou can just press keys to connect an incoming call to the
Voice Mail Service Center. Also, you can connect the call
that comes in during a call to the Center.
Basic Flow of Voice Mail Service
Step 1: Set the service to “Activate”.
Step 2: The caller records a voice/video message.※
Step 3: Play back the message.
※ If the caller wants to skip playback of the answer message
and record a message such as when in a hurry, he/she can
immediately switch to the recording mode by pressing “#”
while the answer message is played back.
364
Use Voice Mail Service
mServiceVoice mail
Do the following operations.
Item
Operation/Explanation
Play
messages
You can play back messages recorded as the
Voice Mail.
YESOperate following the voice
guidance.
Activate
YESYES
Enter a ring time (seconds).
pEnter from “000” through “120” in three
digits.
Deactivate
YES
Set ring time You can set the ring time until the call is
connected to the Voice Mail Service Center.
Enter a ring time (seconds).
pEnter from “000” through “120” in three
digits.
Check setting You can check the setting contents of Voice
Mail Service.
Setting
You can switch the setting contents of Voice
Mail Service.
YESOperate following the voice
guidance.
See page 364.
Message
notification
You can set the ring tone to sound when a
new message is recorded. The ring tone set
for “Mail” of “Select ring tone” sounds for
about five seconds.
YES or NO
Erase icon
You can erase the Voice Mail icons (such as
) from the Stand-by display.
YES
Activate
notice call
When you are out of reach of radio waves or
the power is turned off, you are informed of
the received call records by SMS messages.
Up to five received call records per SMS
message are notified.
Select an item.
All calls
. . . . Informs you of all received calls.
Calls w/ caller ID
. . . . Informs you of only the calls that notified
the phone number.
YES
Deactivate
notice call
YES
Notice call
status
You can check the setting contents of notice
call.

pEven if you erase the Voice Mail icons, the messages held
at the Voice Mail Service Center are not erased.

pEven when you set to reject all SMS messages, you are
informed by SMS message of the received call records.
Forward an Incoming Call to Voice Mail
Service Center during Ringing
You can connect an incoming call to the Voice Mail
Service Center just by a simple key operation. Even if
you do not set Voice Mail Service to “Activate”, the
service will be available using this function.
During ringingi(
)Voice mail
pYou can connect the incoming call to the Voice Mail
Service Center also by pressing i(
), and
pressing s.
Forward Specified Calls to Voice Mail
Center
You can automatically connect the calls coming from
the phone numbers stored in the Phonebook to the
Voice Mail Service Center regardless of the Activate/
Deactivate setting for the Service.
You can specify up to 20 phone numbers.
This setting is valid only when the caller notifies his/her
phone number.
It is advisable to activate “Caller ID request” at the
same time.
Detailed Phonebook displayi(
RestrictionsEnter your Terminal
Security CodeVoice mail
“Voice mail” is indicated by “★”.
pTo release “Voice mail”, perform the same operation.
Information
pWhen a call comes in from the phone number set with this
function, the ring tone sounds for about one second and
then the call is connected to the Voice Mail Service Center.
You will be notified of the call by the icons on the desktop
(see page 67 and page 112) and “Received calls”.
pEven if you set this function, all incoming calls are not
connected to the Voice Mail Service Center when you set
“Personal data lock” while Voice Mail Service is deactivated.
365
Network Services
Check new
messages
Information
 
pYou cannot operate during a call.
pIf you press -0 through -9, -a, or -s following
the voice guidance, you may not be able to end the call by
pressing -h. In this case, press -h again.

pIf “Set ring time” is set to 0 seconds, the calls are not
recorded in Received Calls.
< Call Waiting>
Using Call Waiting Service
When a call comes in during a call, this service notifies
you of it by the ring tone in call, and enables you to
place the current call on hold to answer the new call.
Further, you can make a call to another person putting
the current call on hold.
pTo use Call Waiting Service, set “Arrival call act”
(see page 370) to “Answer” in advance. When another option
is set, you cannot answer a voice call during a voice call
even if you set “Call waiting” to “Activate”.
Information
pIf a call comes in during a videophone call, the FOMA
phone operates as follows:
ポThe moving image, i-motion movie or Flash movie set as
the image for incoming calls is not displayed.
・A “Pre-installed” substitute image is sent to the other
party of the current call.
ポThe vibrator does not work.
pWhen a voice call comes in while dialing 117, you hear an
in-call ring tone but cannot answer that call. The call is
recorded as a missed call in Received Calls.
End a Call to Answer Another Call
Use Call Waiting Service
mServiceCall waiting
Do the following operations.
Item
Operation/Explanation
Activate
YES
Deactivate
YES
Another call comes in during a callh
The ring tone sounds. You can answer the new call.
Continue the Current Call
Another call comes in during a call
i(
)Do the following operations.
Check setting You can check the setting contents of Call
Waiting Service.
Function menu
Answer an Incoming Call during a Call
Call rejection You can reject a new incoming call and
resume the current call.
You can answer another call putting the current call on
hold.
Network Services
You can answer another call after finishing the current call.
Another call comes in during a calld
The current call is automatically
put on hold so that you can
receive another call.
p“Multi calling” is displayed when
there is the party on hold.
pEach time you press d, you
can switch the parties you can talk with.
Information
pFor an incoming call or communication that is not supported
by Call Waiting, press -d from the Call Receiving display
to show the confirmation display telling that you can answer
a new call if you end the current call.
Press -h to end the current call, and then the Call
Receiving display appears. When you select “OK”, the Call
Receiving display during a call returns.
Operation/Explanation
Call forwarding You can forward a new incoming call to the
forwarding destination and resume the current
call.
Voice mail
You can connect a new incoming call to the
Voice Mail Center and resume the current call.
Information
pIncoming calls are rejected during a videophone call,
Remote Monitoring or answer-hold (On Hold), or while
Record Message is working. The “Missed call” icon appears
when the current call ends, and the call is recorded in
Received Calls. (The “Missed call” icon might not appear
and the received call record might not be recorded
depending on the contracts and setting for Voice Mail, Call
Waiting, and Call Forwarding Services.)
Hold a Call to Make a New Call
You can make a call to another party putting the current
call on hold.
Enter another party’s phone number during
a calld
You can talk with the party you
have dialed.
The call with the first party is
automatically put on hold.
p“Multi calling” is displayed when
there is the party on hold.
pEach time you press d, you can switch the parties
you can talk with.
366
End a Call to Answer the Held Call
You can answer the held call after finishing the current
call.
Use Call Forwarding Service
mServiceCall forwarding
Do the following operations.
During Multi callingh
Item
The ring tone sounds.
Press d or Oo(
Activate
).
pWhen the other party you have been talking with ends
the call, press d to talk with the party on hold.
During Multi callingi(
End held call
Information
pWhen another call comes in while the current call is put on
hold, the held call is released.
pWhen another call comes in during Multi-calling, the Call
Receiving display appears. Press +i(
) and select
“End held call” to end the held call. If you select “End talk”,
you can end the current call.
< Call Forwarding>
Using Call Forwarding Service
Basic Flow of Call Forwarding Service
Step 1: Store the phone number of forwarding
destination.
Step 2: Set Call Forwarding Service to “Activate”.
Step 3: A call comes into your FOMA phone.
Step 4: The call is automatically forwarded to the
specified destination if you do not answer.
ActivateYES
Deactivate
YES
Change
Enter the phone number of forwarding
forwarding No. destinationSelect an item.
Change No.
. . . . Select this when Call Forwarding Service
is activated.
Change No. +Activate
. . . . Select this while Call Forwarding Service
is deactivated and you want to activate
the Service as soon as the forwarding
destination is changed.
pPress Bo to select the phone number from
the Search Phonebook display. (See page 89)
Setting if fwd. You can set an incoming call to be connected
No. busy
to the Voice Mail Service Center when the
forwarding destination is busy.
You need to subscribe to Voice Mail Service
to use it.
YES
Check setting You can check the phone number and ring
time of forwarding destination.
Information
pIf you answer the call while ringing, the call is not forwarded;
you can talk.
pIf you are out of reach of radio waves or the power is turned
off, the ring tone does not sound and the call is
automatically forwarded. The call fee from the forwarder to
the forwarding destination is charged for the forwarder who
has subscribed for the service.
pIf the ring time for Call Forwarding Service is set to 0
seconds, the calls are not recorded in Received Calls.
Set On/Off of Forwarding Guidance
1429d
Operate following the voice guidance.
pFor details, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide
[Network Services]”.
367
Network Services
This service forwards incoming voice calls/videophone
calls when you are in a place where radio waves do not
reach, the power is turned off, or you do not answer
calls within a specified time.
pWhen Record Message (see page 67) or Remote Monitoring
(see page 73) is simultaneously activated and you want to
give Call Forwarding Service priority, set its ring time shorter
than that for “Record message setting” or “Remote
monitoring”.
pWhen you do not answer an incoming voice call or
videophone call while Call Forwarding Service is set to
“Activate”, the call is stored as a missed call in “Received
calls”, and the “Missed call” desktop icon appears on the
Stand-by display.
pWhen a call comes in while Call Forwarding Service is set to
“Activate”, the ring tone (specified by “Select ring tone”) will
sound. (You can change the ring time for incoming calls. See
page 367.) If you answer the call within the specified time,
you can start talking.
pYou can just press keys to forward incoming calls. Also, you
can forward the call that comes in during a call.
Register fwd numberEnter the phone
number of forwarding destination.
pPress Bo to select the phone number from
the Search Phonebook display. (See page 89)
Set ring time
Enter a ring time (seconds).
pEnter from “000” through “120” in three
digits.
End a Held Call
Operation/Explanation
Forward an Incoming Call during Ringing
You can forward an incoming call to the phone number
you specified as a “Forwarding number” by a simple
key operation. Even if you do not set Call Forwarding
Service to “Activate”, the service will be available using
this function.
During ringingi(
Call forwarding
Forward Specified Calls to Specified
Destination
You can automatically forward the calls from the
specified phone numbers stored in the Phonebook
after the ring tone sounds for about one second,
regardless of the Activate/Deactivate setting for Call
Forwarding Service.
You can specify up to 20 phone numbers.
This setting is valid only when the caller notifies his/her
phone number.
It is advisable to activate “Caller ID request” at the
same time.
Detailed Phonebook displayi(
RestrictionsEnter your Terminal
Security CodeCall forwarding
“Call forwarding” is indicated by “★”.
pTo release “Call forwarding”, perform the same
operation.
Network Services
Information
pEven if you set this function, all incoming calls are not
forwarded when you set “Personal data lock” while Call
Forwarding Service is deactivated.
pIf you have not signed up for Call Forwarding Service or
have not set the forwarding destination, the call will be a
missed call.
< Nuisance Call Blocking>
Using Nuisance Call Blocking
Service
You can register so as not to receive “nuisance calls”
such as crank calls.
Once you register a phone number for rejection, calls
from that phone number is automatically rejected and
the guidance answers the caller.
pWhen a call comes in from the phone number stored for
rejection, the ring tone does not sound. The call is not
recorded in Received Calls, either.
■Relation between each Service and incoming calls while
Nuisance Call Blocking Service is activated
Handling of incoming calls from the
Service
caller rejected as Register Caller
Voice Mail Service Call Rejection guidance is played back.
(Message is not held.)
Call Rejection guidance is played back.
(Not forwarded to forwarding destination.)
Call Forwarding
Service
Call Waiting Service Call Rejection guidance is played back.
Caller ID Display
Request Service
Call Rejection guidance is played back.
Public Mode
(Drive Mode)
Call Rejection guidance is played back.
[Public Mode (Drive Mode) guidance is
not played back.]
For details, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide
[Network Services]”.
mServiceNuis. call blocking
Do the following operations.
Item
Operation/Explanation
Register caller You can register the phone number of the call
that arrived last for rejection.
YESOK
Register
selected No.
You can register the specified phone number
for rejection so that the call from that phone
number does not come in.
Enter a phone numberYES
pPress Bo to select the phone number from
the Search Phonebook display, and press
Vo to select from the Dialed Call List, and
press Co to select from the Received Call
List.
Delete last
entry
You can delete the phone number registered
last. Repeat the same procedures to delete
phone numbers one by one from the one
registered last.
YESOK
Delete all
entries
YESOK
Check No. of You can check the number of phone numbers
entries
registered for rejection.
368
< Caller ID Request>
< Dual Network>
Using Caller ID Display Request
Service
Using Dual Network Service
This service provides the guidance asking the caller ID
notification against incoming voice calls/videophone
calls without caller IDs, and then automatically
disconnects the call.
pThe call rejected by Caller ID Display Request Service is not
stored in “Received calls”, and the “Missed call” desktop icon
does not appear.
■Relation between each Service and incoming calls while
Caller ID Display Request Service is activated
Handling incoming call from the
Service
caller who does not notify a caller ID
You can use a mova phone with the phone number for
your FOMA phone. You can use either your FOMA
phone or mova phone depending on the service area.
pYou cannot use your FOMA phone and mova phone at the
same time.
pYou need to operate Dual Network Switching from the phone
which is not using the service.
mServiceDual network
Do the following operations.
Item
Operation/Explanation
Voice Mail Service
Caller ID Request guidance is played
back. (Message is not held.)
Call Forwarding
Service
Caller ID Request guidance is played
back. (Not forwarded to the forwarding
destination.)
Dual network You can switch to the FOMA phone so that
switching
you can use it. Operate when the FOMA is in
the FOMA service area.
YESEnter your Network Security Code.
pSee page 118 for the Network Security
Code.
Call Waiting
Service
Caller ID Request guidance is played
back.
Check setting You can check the setting contents of Dual
Network Service.
Nuisance Call
Blocking Service
For the call from the number registered
to be rejected, the Call Rejection
guidance is played back.
Dual Network Service by Key
Operations
Public Mode
(Drive Mode)
Caller ID Request guidance is played
back. [Public Mode (Drive Mode)
guidance is not played back.]
mServiceCaller ID request
Do the following operations.
Item
Operation/Explanation
You can press a few keys to use Dual Network Service
instead of using the menu function in the FOMA phone.
■To switch the phones (from the phone which is not
using the service)
1540d→ Enter your Network Security
Code→ Guidance for switching →h
■Check network status (from the phone you want to
check)
YESOK
1546d→ Check →h
Deactivate
YESOK
Information
pFor details, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [Network
Services]”.
Check setting You can check the setting contents of Caller
ID Display Request Service.
Information
pIf you activate this service while you set “Call setting w/o ID”
to “Reject”, this service has priority.
pIf you press -0 through -9, -a, or -s following
the voice guidance, you may not be able to end the call by
pressing -h. In this case, press -h again.
pYou can set and confirm this setting from the FOMA phone
with your own UIM inserted. You cannot remote-control the
setting from landline phones, public phones, and other
mobile phones.
369
Network Services
Activate
< English Guidance>
< Service Numbers>
Switching Guidance Language
between Japanese and English
Using Service Numbers
You can set the guidance for network services such as
“Voice mail” or the voice guidance such as for the outof-service area, to be played back in English.
■Outgoing (Guidance to yourself)
Language
Description
Japanese
Plays back the guidance in Japanese.
English
Plays back the guidance in English.
■Incoming (Guidance to the caller)
Language
mServiceService numbers
Do the following operations.
Item
Operation/Explanation
ドコモ故障問合 You can make a call to the repair counter.
Oo(
せ (DoCoMo
repair counter) Dialing 113 starts.
Japanese
Plays back the guidance in Japanese.
Japanese+English
Plays back the guidance first in
Japanese and then in English.
ドコモ総合案内・You can make a call to the Information Center.
受付 (DoCoMo Oo(
Information
Dialing 151 starts.
Center)
English+Japanese
Plays back the guidance first in
English and then in Japanese.
< Arrival Call Act>
mServiceEnglish guidance
Do the following operations.
Item
Guidance
setting
Network Services
Description
You can make calls to the DoCoMo Information Center
or DoCoMo repair counter.
pDepending on the UIM you use, the displayed items might
differ or no items are displayed.
Operation/Explanation
Select an item.
Outgoing+Incoming
. . . Sets the guidance for outgoing and
incoming calls at a time.
Outgoing call
. . . Sets the guidance for outgoing calls.
Incoming call
. . . Sets the guidance for incoming calls.
Select a guidance language to be set
YES
pIf you select “Outgoing+Incoming”, set the
guidance for outgoing calls, and then set the
guidance for incoming calls.
Check setting You can check the setting contents of the
English guidance.
Information
pYou can set and confirm this setting from the FOMA phone
with your own UIM inserted. You cannot remote-control the
setting from landline phones, public phones, and other
mobile phones.
370
Selecting Response to
Incoming Calls during a Call
You can set how to manage a voice call/videophone
call or 64K data communication that comes in during a
call when you have signed up for “Voice mail”, “Call
forwarding” or “Call waiting”.
pWhen you have not signed up for “Voice mail”, “Call
forwarding”, or “Call waiting”, you cannot answer calls that
come in during a call.
pTo use “Arrival call act”, you need to set “Set in-call arrival
act” to “Activate”.
mServiceArrival call act
Do the following operations.
Item
Voice mail
Operation/Explanation
You can connect voice calls or videophone
calls that come in during a call to the Voice
Mail Service Center, regardless of the setting
for “Call waiting” or “Voice mail”.
Call forwarding You can forward voice calls or videophone
calls that come in during a call to the
forwarding destination, regardless of the
setting for “Call waiting” or “Call forwarding”.
Call rejection You can reject voice calls, videophone calls,
or 64K data communication that come in
during a call.
Item
Answer
Operation/Explanation
If you have set “Call waiting” to “Activate” and
receive a voice call during a voice call, you
can use “Call waiting”. Any of the following
operations is available during a voice call
(when “Call waiting” is set to “Deactivate”),
during a videophone call, or during 64K data
communication.
pYou can answer incoming voice calls,
videophone calls, or 64K data
communication after finishing the current
voice call, videophone call or 64K data
communication.
pFrom the Function menu, you can manually
operate voice calls, videophone calls, or
64K data communication that come in
during a call.
pWhen “Voice mail” or “Call forwarding” is set
to “Activate”, your FOMA phone follows that
setting.
Set In-call Arrival Act
You can activate/deactivate the functions you selected
in Arrival Call Act and can check the setting contents.
mServiceSet in-call arrival act
Do the following operations.
Item
Operation/Explanation
Activate
YES
Deactivate
YES
Check setting You can check the setting contents of In-call
Arrival Act.
Item
Operation/Explanation
Check setting You can check the setting contents of Remote
Control.
Information
pYou can set and confirm this setting from the FOMA phone
with your own UIM inserted. You cannot remote-control the
setting from landline phones, public phones, and other
mobile phones.
< Multi Number>
Setting Additional Number
You can add and use the additional number 1 and 2 at
maximum as the phone numbers of your FOMA phone
besides the basic number.
pWhen you remove or replace the UIM, the multi number
settings (name, phone number, etc.) stored in the FOMA
phone might be erased. In this case, store them again.
pThe name that corresponds to each multi number (Basic
Number/Additional Number1/Additional Number2) appears
on the Dialing display/Call Receiving display.
pWhen you make a call from Redial, Dialed Calls, or Received
Calls, the multi number of the call you dialed/received at that
time appears and is dialed.
Number Setting
You can edit the registration name for the basic
number, register additional numbers, and edit the
registration names for them.
mServiceMulti numberNumber
settingSelect a phone number.
pYou can register/edit also by pressing i(
selecting “Edit” or by pressing l(
pSelect the basic number or registered additional
number to check the registration name and phone
number.
pTo reset the registration name of the basic number,
) and select “Reset BasicNo. name”,
press i(
then select “YES”.
pTo delete the registered additional number, press
i(
) and select “Delete this” or “Delete all”,
then select “YES”.
< Remote Control>
Setting Remote Control
You can set “Voice mail” or “Call forwarding” to be
operated from touch-tone landline phones, public
phones, DoCoMo mobile phones, or others.
pTo use “Voice mail” or “Call forwarding” overseas, you need
to set “Remote control” to “Activate” in advance.
mServiceRemote control
Do the following operations.
Item
).
Enter a registration name
Enter a phone number.
pYou can enter up to 8 full-pitch/16 half-pitch characters
for a registration name.
pYou cannot edit the phone number of the basic number.
Operation/Explanation
Activate
YES
Deactivate
YES
371
Network Services
Information
pYou can set and confirm this setting from the FOMA phone
with your own UIM inserted. You cannot remote-control the
setting from landline phones, public phones, and other
mobile phones.
) and
Set Multi Number
By switching this setting, you can make all calls from a
specified phone number.
mServiceMulti numberSet multi
numberSelect a phone number.
Basic Number
. . .Dials by the contracted phone number.
Additional Number1/2
. . .Dials by an additional number.
pWhen the registration name is changed, each
registration name is displayed. However, the registration
name is not displayed during Personal Data Lock.
YES
Set Own Phone Number when Making a
Call
Network Services
Before making a call, you can select a phone number to
be notified to the other party from a Function menu,
and then make a call.
Enter a phone number
or
bring up the detailed display of a
Phonebook entry, redial item, dialed call
record, or received call record.
i(
)Multi number
Select a phone number.
pTo cancel the additional number, select “Cancel prefix”.
pWhen you have not signed up for Multi Number, your
basic number is used for dialing even if you select an
additional number.
Information
pIf you select “Basic Number” or “Additional Number1/2”, “:590
＃”, “:591＃”, or “:592＃” is added after the phone numbers.
Check Setting
You can check a phone number set for “Set multi number”.
mServiceMulti number
Check setting
Set as Ring Tone
You can set a ring tone for calls that come in to the
additional number.
mServiceMulti numberSet as ring
toneSelect an additional number.
Go to step 2 on page 98.
When the ring tone is set to “Same as ring tone”, the ring
tone will be the one set for “Phone” or “Videophone” of
“Select ring tone”.
372
< 2in1>
Using 2in1
You can use two phone numbers/mail addresses on
your single FOMA phone. By using respective modes,
you can operate your FOMA phone as if you are using
two sets of them.
The following three modes are available with 2in1:
A Mode
You can use your phone number (Number A) to make calls
and your i-mode mail address (Address A) to send/receive
mail messages, and can browse their related data.
B Mode
You can use your 2in1 phone number (Number B) to make
calls and access the sites for Web mail (Address B), and
can browse their related data.
Dual Mode
This mode has the functions of both A Mode and B Mode.
pFor details on 2in1, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide
[2in1]”.
pAddress B is used to send/receive mail messages via the
dedicated Web mail site.
pYou can use packet communication even in B Mode if you
subscribe to i-mode.
pYou can subscribe to either 2in1 or Multi Number.
pWhen you replace a UIM with another one (2in1 contractor
→ 2in1 contractor) while using 2in1, perform “2in1 function
OFF” (see page 373) and then set “2in1 setting” to “YES”, or
perform “Auto acquire No. B” (see page 342), to acquire the
correct Number B.
When you replace a UIM with another one (2in1 contractor
→ 2in1 non-contractor), perform “2in1 function OFF” as well
to update the owner’s information to the correct one.
pSee page 375 for how this service works for each mode.
Activate 2in1
mService2in1 setting
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
When you activate 2in1, the 2in1
Menu display appears.
pThis display appears also by
pressing and holding < for at
least one second with the FOMA
phone open and entering your
Terminal Security Code.
2in1 Menu display
Configure 2in1 Setting
2in1 Menu display
Do the following operations.
Item
Mode
switching
Phonebook
2in1 setting
Operation/Explanation
You can switch to the mode you use.
Select a mode.
pWhen 2in1 is activated, the display for
selecting the mode appears also by
pressing and holding < for at least one
second with the Stand-by display shown,
and entering your Terminal Security Code.
pWhen “Mode link” is activated, the
confirmation display appears telling that the
setting for “Receive avoidance set.” is also
changed.
You can change Phonebook 2in1 Setting for the
Phonebook entry stored in the FOMA phone.
Select an item.
Set to A . . . . Sets as the Phonebook entry
for A. You can use it in A Mode
and Dual Mode.
Set to B . . . . Sets as the Phonebook entry
for B. You can use it in B Mode
and Dual Mode.
Set to Common
. . . . . . . . . . . Sets as the common
Phonebook entry for A and B.
You can use it in all modes.
You can set the Stand-by display that appears
in Dual Mode or B Mode.
Select a modeSet the Stand-by display.
pSee page 104 for how to set the Stand-by
display. However, “iαppli display” is not
displayed.
pIf you select “Release”, the setting returns to
the default.
Set call/
receive No.
(Disp. call/
receive No.)
You can set the character font of phone
numbers displayed on the Dialing/Call
Receiving display, detailed Dialed/Received
Call display, detailed Redial display, and
detailed Sent Chaku-moji Message display for
when you make/receive calls by Number B.
Pattern 1 or Pattern 2
You can set a ring tone for Number B and a
mail ring tone for Address B.
Select an item.
Phone . . . Sets a ring tone for voice calls.
Video-Phone
. . . . . . . . . Sets a ring tone for videophone
calls.
Mail . . . . . Sets a ring tone for i-mode mail
messages and SMS messages.
Select a type of ring tone.
Go to step 3 on page 98.
pIf you select “Release”, the setting returns to
the default.
2in1 function You can deactivate 2in1.
YES
OFF
Receive
You can set Receive Avoidance Set.
avoidance set. manually for number A and number B.
(Change recv. Change recv. avoid.
avoid.)
A Number or B NumberSelect an item.
Unchange
. . . . . . . . Does not change Receive
Avoidance Set.
Receive
. . . . . . . . Receives the calls to the selected
phone number.
Avoid . . . Avoids the calls to the selected
phone number.
l(
pWhen “Mode link” is activated, the
confirmation display appears telling that it is
necessary to change the setting to
“Deactivate”.
Receive
You can check Receive Avoidance Set.
avoidance set. Check recv. avoidance
(Check recv.
avoidance)
Receive
You can activate/deactivate Mode Link. When
avoidance set. you activate it, Receive Avoidance Set.
(Mode link)
automatically changes by linking to switching
of the mode of 2in1; You can receive a call to
only Number A when in A Mode, to only
Number B when in B Mode, and to both
Number A and B when in Dual Mode.
Mode linkYES
Receive
You can operate Receive Avoidance Set.
avoidance set. from overseas.
[Recv. avoid. Recv. avoid. (abroad)YES
(abroad)]
Operate following the voice guidance.
pWhen “Mode link” is activated, the
confirmation display appears telling that it is
necessary to deactivate it.
373
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
Stand-by
display
Set call/
receive No.
(Ringtone set.
for No. B)
Operation/Explanation
Network Services
Select a setting method.
Set one . . . . Sets a Phonebook entry you
call up.
Set some. . . Select multiple Phonebook
entries from the Phonebook List
you call up, then press
l(
).
Set group. . . Sets a Phonebook group you
call up.
Item
Information

pSee “Set Stand-by Display” on page 104 to set the Stand-by
display in A Mode.

pThe setting is retained during Personal Data Lock.
pSee “Change Character Font of Phone Numbers” on
page 115 to set the font of phone numbers displayed for
when you make/receive calls by Number A.

pSee “Select Ring Tone” on page 98 to set a ring tone for
Number A and a mail ring tone for Address A.
pIf a call comes in to Number B without notifying his/her
caller ID, the ring tone set by this function sounds.
Make a Call in Dual Mode
In Dual Mode, Number A dialing is the default setting
when you make a call from the Phonebook entry of A/
common setting or the dialed/received call record of
Number A, and Number B dialing is the default setting
when you make a call from the Phonebook entry of B
setting or the dialed/received call record of Number B.
Further, you can select a phone number to be notified
to the other party before making a call by the following
operations.
When Entering a Phone Number to Make a Call
Network Services
Enter a phone number
d or Oo(
Number A or Number B
pTo cancel, select “Cancel”.
When Selecting Your Caller ID from
Phonebook or Call Records
Bring up the detailed display of a
Phonebook entry, redial item, dialed call
record, or received call record.
i(
)2in1 dial
Number A or Number B
pTo cancel, select “2in1 dial OFF”.
374
■Services available to each mode
pThe items whose operations differ depending on the mode are listed. (Items that work the same way as with A Mode are omitted.)
Voice call
Videophone call
Phonebook※3
Item
Dialing
Receiving
Displaying※4
A Mode
Number A
B Mode
Number B
Receiving all calls※2
Phonebook entries with B
setting/common setting
Phonebook entries with B
setting/common setting
Phonebook entries with B
setting
Dual Mode
Selectable when dialing※1
Phonebook entries with A
All Phonebook entries
setting/common setting
Changing to
Phonebook entries with A
All Phonebook entries
※5
setting/common setting
name
2in1 setting when Phonebook entries with A
Phonebook entries with A
newly storing
setting
setting
Receiving all
entries using
infrared rays/iC or
Copying sender’s 2in1 setting※6
from microSD
memory card
Receiving one
Phonebook entries with A
Phonebook entries with B
Phonebook entries with A
entry using
setting
setting
setting
infrared rays/iC or
from microSD
memory card
“Copy to UIM”
At the time of “Copy to UIM”, 2in1 setting becomes common
“Copy from UIM” Phonebook entries with A
Phonebook entries with B
Phonebook entries with A
setting
setting
setting
Displaying
Records for Number A/
Records for Number B/
All records
Address A
Address B
Redial
Dialed calls
Received calls
Received address
records
Detailed sent
Chaku-moji
message
Mail/SMS
Displaying※7

pReceived mail messages
saved to the FOMA phone
for Address B [mail
messages you performed “
端末に保存 (save to the
FOMA phone)” on Web
mail site], notification mail
for new mail, and alarm
notification mail
pReceived SMS messages
for Number B

pSent/Received mail
messages for Address A,
received mail messages
saved to the FOMA phone
for Address B, notification
mail for new mail, and
alarm notification mail
pSent/Received SMS
messages for Number A
pReceived SMS messages
for Number B

Sent/Received mail
messages for Address B

Sent/Received mail
messages for Address B
Network Services
pSent/Received mail
messages for Address A
pSent/Received SMS
messages for Number A
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
375
Mail/SMS
Item
Sending
A Mode
pMail messages from
Address A
pSMS messages from
Number A
B Mode

Unable to send mail/SMS
messages

Mail messages from Address B
Receiving
Network Services
PushTalk
i-Îąppli
Own number
Voice mail
Call forwarding
Mail messages to Address A/
SMS messages to Number A
(with ring tone/vibration)
Mail messages to Address B
that you performed the saving
operation to the FOMA phone/
Notification mail for new mail
or alarm notification mail/SMS
messages to Number B
(without ring tone/vibration)
Mail messages to Address A/
SMS messages to Number A
(without ring tone/vibration)
Mail messages to Address B
that you performed the saving
operation to the FOMA phone/
Notification mail for new mail
or alarm notification mail/SMS
messages to Number B (with
ring tone/vibration)
Dual Mode

pMail messages from
Address A※8
pSMS messages from
Number A

Mail messages from Address B
Mail messages to Address A/
SMS messages to Number A
(with ring tone/vibration)
Mail messages to Address B
that you performed the saving
operation to the FOMA phone/
Notification mail for new mail
or alarm notification mail/SMS
messages to Number B (with
ring tone/vibration)
Receiving all
messages using
infrared rays/iC or
Copying sender’s state※6
from microSD
memory card
Receiving one
message using
infrared rays/iC or
Mail for Address A/SMS messages for Number A
from microSD
memory card
“Copy to UIM”
SMS messages for Number A
(SMS only)
SMS messages for Number A
“Copy from UIM” SMS messages for Number A Undisplayable
(SMS only)
Dialing
Number A
Unusable
Number A
Receiving
Number A
PushTalk
Displayable
Undisplayable
Displayable
Phonebook
All usable
Usable※10
Usable※9
Number A
Number B
Number A/Number B
Recording voice
Recording all voice mail messages※11
mail messages
Connection number Number A
Selectable when dialing
Number B※13
※12
for the service
Forwarding to the
forwarding
Forwarding all calls
destination
Connection number Number A
Selectable when dialing
Number B※14
※12
for the service
※1 The Phonebook entry with A setting or common setting is dialed by Number A and the Phonebook entry with B setting is
dialed by Number B by default.
※2 When you set “Call acceptance” in A (B) Mode, you can receive calls from the specified phone numbers in A or Dual (B or
Dual) Mode, however, in B (A) Mode, all the incoming calls are rejected.
When you set “Call rejection” in A (B) Mode, incoming calls only from the specified phone numbers are rejected in A or Dual
(B or Dual) Mode, however, in B (A) Mode, all the incoming calls can be received.
※3 When you set a Phonebook entry as secret data, secret mode has priority.
※4 Regardless of the mode, all the Phonebook entries on the microSD memory card are displayed.
※5 This function checks the phone number/mail address with the Phonebook, and changes it to the name of the Phonebook
entry for displaying when the caller’s phone number, receiver’s phone number, sender’s phone number, sender’s mail
address, or receiver’s mail address is stored in the Phonebook.
※6 When the sender’s model does not support 2in1, all data files are set with A setting.
376
※7 In B Mode, mail messages and SMS messages on the microSD memory card are not displayed if they do not have B Mode
attribute information.
※8 When you compose a mail message in Dual Mode, you can select a receiver’s mail address from the Phonebook entries set
with B setting, however, note that the mail message is sent from Address A.
※9 Except message application programs, mail-linked i-αppli programs, and the i-αppli Stand-by display.
※10 Except the i-αppli Stand-by display.
※11 Up to 20 voice mail messages for Number A and Number B can be recorded in total.
The icon such as “ ” appears when the voice mail messages for Number A are recorded, and the icon such as “ ”
appears when the voice mail messages for Number B are recorded.
※12 You can activate/deactivate the service and make other settings for Number A and Number B respectively.
※13 When you execute “Check setting” of “Voice mail”, the confirmation display appears asking which number you use for
dialing, Number A or Number B.
※14 When you execute “Check setting” of “Call forwarding”, the confirmation display appears asking which number you use for
dialing, Number A or Number B.
Information
pWhen you delete an image or melody set to a Phonebook entry with B setting or move it to the microSD memory card in A
Mode (or a Phonebook entry with A setting in B Mode), the message telling that the file is set to another function does not
appear.
pIn B Mode, you cannot use the following mail functions:
ポComposing i-mode mail/SMS messages
ポTemplates
ポPhoto-sending
ポReceive option
ポForward
ポReply/Reply with quote
ポMail settings
ポChat mail
ポDisplaying Outbox/Draft
ポMail To function
ポi-ιppli To function from i-mode mail text
pIn Dual Mode, you cannot compose i-mode mail/SMS messages, make a PushTalk call, and use Photo-sending from a redial
item/dialed call record for Number B, and received call record for Number B.
pIn Dual Mode, you cannot execute “Reply” and “Reply with quote” from the mail/SMS message sent to Number B/Address B.
pWhen you perform following operations in Dual Mode, calls are made from Number A:
ポWhen you make a call from Pause Dial
ポWhen you make a call from Record Message
ポWhen you make an emergency call at 110/119/118 during Lock All
ポWhen you make an emergency call at 110/119/118 from the PIN1 Code Entry display which appears when you turn on the
power
pWhen you make a call/AT command call from an external device, the call is made from Number A in A Mode and Dual Mode,
and from Number B in B Mode.
pThe i-mode mail/SMS messages sent to Address B/Number B cannot be replied to, however, they are not saved to the folder
set to “Reply impossible”.
p“DEL all read mails”, “DEL all recv. mails”, “Delete read mails”, “Delete all SMS-R”, “DEL all from folder”, and “Delete all” apply
to all the i-mode mail/SMS messages.
pRegardless of the current mode, “Delete all” of the Phonebook applies to all the Phonebook entries.
377
Network Services
pRegardless of the current mode, you can save up to 2,500 i-mode mail messages including SMS messages in the Inbox.
< OFFICEED>
Using OFFICEED
“OFFICEED” is an in-group fixed bill service that
applies to the specified IMCS (In-building Mobile
Communication System). The separate subscription is
required for use. For details, check the DoCoMoenterprise-oriented web page (http://www.docomo.biz/
d/212/).
Use OFFICEED Out-of-Area Forwarding
Function
You can use the OFFICEED out-of-area forwarding
function to forward OFFICEED calls to out-of-OFFICEED
area.
mServiceOFFICEED
Do the following operations.
Item
Network Services
Area display
setting
Operation/Explanation
You can set whether to display“
”
while you are in the OFFICEED area.
ON or OFF
pIf you select “ON”, the confirmation display
appears asking whether to set Area Display
Setting to “ON”.
Activate
forwarding
You can activate the OFFICEED out-of-area
forwarding function.
YES
Deactivate
forwarding
You can deactivate the OFFICEED out-of-area
forwarding function.
YES
Check
You can check the setting of the OFFICEED
forwarding set. out-of-area forwarding function.
Select either “Enter number” or “Enter USSD number”
according to the service contents you add.
pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters.
Use Registered Service
Register Additional Guidance
For when you execute the additional services, you can
register up to 10 additional guidance items which
correspond to the codes (USSD) that are returned from
the Service Center. The additional guidance name is
displayed when the registered command is returned as
a reply.
Add New Service
→ “OK”.
pYou can register up to 10 network services.
378
mServiceAdditional service
Additional guidance
Highlight  and press
i(
)Add new guidance
pYou can check the setting by selecting the registered
guidance.
pYou can change the setting of the registered guidance
) and selecting “Edit”.
by pressing i(
pTo delete the registered guidance, press i(
and select “Delete this” or “Delete all”, then select “YES”
When a new network service is provided by DoCoMo,
you can register that service in the menu to use it.
pYou can change the setting for the registered service by
) and selecting “Edit”.
pressing i(
pTo delete the registered service, press i(
and select “Delete this” or “Delete all”, then select “YES”
mServiceAdditional service
Additional serviceSelect a service
Oo(
Dialing to the Service Center starts.
Using Additional Services
mServiceAdditional service
Additional service
Highlight  and press
i(
)Add new service
Enter either a special number or a service
code (USSD number)YES
Information
pYou need to check and enter “Special number” or “Service
code” supplied by DoCoMo for using the services.
Special number
. . . . . . Number for connecting the Service Center.
Service code (USSD number)
. . . . . . With the FOMA phone, enter it as USSD. The code
is for notifying to the Service Center.
< Additional Service>
Enter a service name
Enter number or Enter USSD number
→ “OK”.
Enter a command.
pEnter the code (USSD) provided by DoCoMo.
Enter an additional guidance nameYES
pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch
characters.
PC Connection
Data Communication Available from FOMA Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
380
Before Using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
380
Preparation Flow for Data Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
382
AT Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
383
About CD-ROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
383
Introduction of DoCoMo Keitai Datalink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
383
For details on data communication, refer to the PDF version of “Manual for PC connection setting” on the
provided CD-ROM.
Set “FOMA P905i CD-ROM” in your personal computer, and click “MANUAL”, and then “Manual for PC
connection setting (PDF File)”.
To see the PDF version of “Manual for PC connection setting”, you need to have Adobe® Reader® (version
6.0 or higher recommended).
If it is not installed in your personal computer, install AdobeÂŽ ReaderÂŽ from the provided CD-ROM to see it.
For details such as how to use AdobeÂŽ ReaderÂŽ, refer to Help.
379
Data Communication Available
from FOMA Phone
The data communication services you can use by
connecting the FOMA phone to a personal computer
are classified as follows: packet communication, 64K
data communication, and data transfer (OBEX).
The FOMA phone is equipped with the adapter function
for packet communication.
pYou might not be able to activate or operate other functions
during data communication. See “Multiaccess Combination
Patterns” on page 418 for details.
p64K data communication are not available overseas.
Packet Communication
PC Connection
This service requires a communication fee according to
the amount of data you sent and received. (Maximum
download speed: 3.6 Mbps, Maximum upload speed:
384 kbps) It uses an access point which supports FOMA
packet communication such as DoCoMo Internet access
service “mopera U”/“mopera”.
To use this service, connect the FOMA phone to a
personal computer via the FOMA USB Cable with Charge
Function 01 (option) or Bluetooth, and then carry out
settings. The packet communication is suitable for using
applications through the high-speed communication.
pThe packet communication is charged according to the
amount of data you sent and received. Note that you are
charged a high communication fee for the massive data
communication such as browsing Internet web pages having
many images or downloading data files.
pThe data is sent/received at the maximum speed of 384 kbps
outside the FOMA High-speed Area.
pWhen you use the packet communication with “sigmarion II”,
“sigmarion III”, or “musea” of DoCoMo’s PDA, the data is
sent/received at the maximum speed of 384 kbps.
High-speed communication for FOMA High-speed Area is
not supported.
64K Data Communication
This service requires a communication fee according to
the duration of connection. By connecting the FOMA
phone to a personal computer via the FOMA USB Cable
with Charge Function 01 (option) or Bluetooth, you can
execute communication.
To use this service, connect to an access point which
supports FOMA 64K data communication such as
DoCoMo Internet access service “mopera U”/“mopera”, or
an ISDN-synchronous 64K access point.
pThe 64K data communication is charged according to the
duration of connection. Note that a communication fee
becomes expensive if you use this service for a long time.
380
Data Transfer (OBEX)
This service sends/receives data using infrared rays or
the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01 (option). By
infrared data exchange, you can exchange data with
another FOMA phone or a device having the infrared data
exchange function such as a personal computer.
To perform data transfer (OBEX) between the FOMA
phone and personal computer via the FOMA USB Cable
with Charge Function 01, install the DoCoMo keitai
datalink (see page 383).
Information
pYou cannot use PHS services such as PIAFS (32K/64K
data communication) from the FOMA phone.
pThe FOMA phone does not support Remote Wakeup.
pThe FOMA phone does not support the FAX
communication.
pYou can perform data communications by connecting the
FOMA phone with DoCoMo’s PDA “sigmarion ll”, “sigmarion
lll”, or “musea”. To use “sigmarion ll” or “musea”, the update
is required. For details such as how to update them, refer to
the DoCoMo web page.
Before Using
Charge of Internet service provider
To use the Internet, you need to pay the charge for the
Internet service provider you use. Besides the FOMA
service fee, you need to directly pay this charge to the
Internet service provider. For details on the charge,
contact the Internet service provider you use.
You can use the DoCoMo Internet access service,
“mopera U”/ “mopera”.
To use “mopera U”, subscription (charged) is required. To
use “mopera”, subscription and monthly charge are not
required. However, the maximum communication speed of
sending/receiving data is limited to 384 kbps.
Setting access point (Internet service
provider, etc.)
The access points for the packet communication and 64K
data communication differ. To use the packet
communication, connect to an access point which
support packet communication. To use the 64K data
communication, connect to an access point which
supports FOMA 64K data communication or ISDNsynchronous 64K.
pYou cannot connect to the DoPa access point.
pYou cannot connect to PHS 64K/32K data communication
access point such as PIAFS.
About user authentication for accessing
network
User authentication (ID and password) may be required at
connection to some access points. In this case, enter your
ID and password on the communication software program
(dial-up network). ID and password are specified by the
Internet service provider or network administrator of the
access point. For details, contact the provider or network
administrator.
About access authentication for using
browser
If you need FirstPass (user certificate), install the
FirstPass PC software from the provided CD-ROM and
make the setting.
For details, refer to “FirstPassManual” (PDF format) in the
“FirstPassPCSoft” folder on the CD-ROM.
AdobeÂŽ ReaderÂŽ (version 6.0 or higher is recommended)
is required to see “FirstPassManual” (PDF format). If it is
not installed in your personal computer, install AdobeÂŽ
ReaderÂŽ from the provided CD-ROM to see it.
For details such as how to use it, refer to AdobeÂŽ ReaderÂŽ
Help.
Conditions of packet communication
and 64K data communication
For the data communication, the following operating
environment is required for your personal computer:
■PC main unit
PC/AT compatible model
When using the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01
(option):
USB port (Universal Serial Bus Specification Rev1.1
compliant)
When using Bluetooth:
Bluetooth Specification Ver. 1.1 or Ver. 1.2 compliant
(Dial-up Networking Profile)
Display resolution 800 x 600 dots, High Color 16 bits or more
recommended.
■OS
Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista
(Japanese version in each)
■Memory requirements
Windows 2000: 64 Mbytes or more
Windows XP: 128 Mbytes or more
Windows Vista: 512 Mbytes or more
■Hard disk space size
Unused memory space of 5 Mbytes or more
pThe operation on the upgraded OS is not guaranteed.
pThe memory requirements and hard disk space size may
vary depending on the system environment.
Necessary Devices
The following hardware and software programs are
required besides the FOMA phone and personal
computer:
pFOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01 (option) or
FOMA USB Cable (option)※
pProvided “FOMA P905i CD-ROM”
※For USB connection
Information
pUse a dedicated “FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function
01” or “FOMA USB Cable”. The USB cable for personal
computers cannot be used because the shape of the
connector differs.
pIn this manual, operations are described for the case of
using FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01.
pIf you use a USB hub, the devices may not work correctly.
381
PC Connection
To carry out the communication by using the FOMA
phone in Japan, the following conditions are required:
pThe personal computer to be used can use the FOMA USB
Cable with Charge Function 01 (option).
pWhen connecting using Bluetooth, the personal computer
should support Dial-up Networking Profile of Bluetooth
Specification Ver. 1.1 or Ver. 1.2.
pThe PDA to be used should support FOMA packet
communication and 64K data communication.
pWithin the FOMA service area
pFor packet communication, the access point should support
packet communication of the FOMA.
pFor 64K data communication, the access point should
support the FOMA 64K data communication or ISDNsynchronous 64K.
Even when these conditions are satisfied, if the base
station is congested or the radio wave conditions are bad,
you may not carry out the communication.
About Operating Environment
Connect FOMA Phone to Other Devices
The following three ways are available for connecting the
FOMA phone to another device:
Use FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01
Connect the FOMA phone to a personal computer provided
with the USB port using the FOMA USB Cable with Charge
Function 01 (option).
This way of connection applies to all types of
communications such as packet communication, 64K data
communication, and data transfer.
pSet “USB mode setting” to “Communication mode”. (See
page 300)
pYou need to install the “FOMA communication setup files”
(driver) before use.
Preparation Flow for Data
Communication
The following outline shows a preparation flow for
packet communication or 64K data communication:
For details, refer to the PDF version of “Manual for PC
connection setting”.
For USB connection
For Bluetooth connection
Connect a personal
computer to the FOMA
phone using the FOMA
USB Cable with Charge
Function 01 (option).
Connect a personal
computer wirelessly to
the FOMA phone using
Bluetooth.
Use Bluetooth
Connect a Bluetooth compatible personal computer
wirelessly to the FOMA phone.
This way of connection applies to packet communication
and 64K data communication.
pWhen you perform data communication by using Bluetooth,
the high speed communication is applied to the FOMA
phone. However, you may not be able to communicate at the
maximum speed, because of the limit of communication
speed of Bluetooth.
pUse a Bluetooth-linked standard modem or a Bluetooth
modem provided by the Bluetooth maker. Contact the maker
of your personal computer or Bluetooth maker for how to
install and to set up.
Use Infrared Data Exchange
PC Connection
By using infrared rays, you can send/receive data
between your FOMA phone and another FOMA phone,
mobile phone, or personal computer provided with the
infrared data exchange function. (See page 303)
This applies to data transfer only.
Install the “FOMA
communication setup
files” (driver).
Check the setting after
installation.
Install the “FOMA PC
setup software”.
Check the modem.
Carry out the setting
manually without using
the “FOMA PC setup
software”.
Connect.
■When installing “FOMA communication setup files”
(driver)
Use the provided “FOMA P905i CD-ROM”. You are advised
to install “FOMA PC setup software” for establishing the APN
or dial-up setting easily when you communicate.
382
Install FOMA Communication Setup Files
(Driver)
Installing the FOMA communication setup files (driver)
is required when you connect the FOMA phone to your
personal computer via the FOMA USB Cable with
Charge Function 01 (option) for the first time.
Prepare Bluetooth Communication
You can make data communication by connecting a
Bluetooth compatible personal computer wirelessly to
your FOMA phone.
pSee page 348 for details on Bluetooth.
■When a warning message appears
When you set the CD-ROM on your personal computer, an
alert message might appear on the display as shown below.
This alert message appears depending on the security
settings of Internet Explorer, however, you can use your
computer without any problem.
Click “はい (YES)”.
※The display below is for when you use Windows XP.
It might differ depending on the environment of the
computer you use.
FOMA PC Setup Software
To connect the FOMA phone to a personal computer
and perform the packet communication or 64K data
communication, you need to configure various settings
for the communication. By using the “FOMA PC setup
software”, you can easily carry out the settings. If
required, you can set the packet communication and
64K data communication without using the “FOMA PC
setup software”.
AT Command
AT commands are used to specify and modify the
functions of the FOMA phone on the personal
computer.
About CD-ROM
“DoCoMo keitai datalink” is the software program that
enables you to back up your Phonebook entries and
i-mode mail messages to your personal computer and
edit them. The software program is distributed from the
DoCoMo web page. For details and how to download,
refer to the web page below.
You can access the web page below from the provided
CD-ROM as well.
http://datalink.nttdocomo.co.jp/
pFor details on how to download, transferable data, operating
environments such as compatible OS, installation method,
operating method, and restrictions, refer to the web page
above. For operations after installation, refer to Help
contained in the software program. To use the DoCoMo
keitai datalink, you need to separately have the USB Cable
(option).
PC Connection
The provided CD-ROM contains the software programs
for using data communication on your FOMA phone,
“Manual for PC connection setting” and “Kuten Code
List” (PDF file). For details, refer to the provided
CD-ROM.

・FOMA通信設定ファイル（ドライバ）
[FOMA Communication Setup Files (Driver)]
・FOMA PC設定ソフト (FOMA PC Setup Software)
・FOMAバイトカウンタ (FOMA byte counter)
・ドコモケータイdatalinkのご案内
(DoCoMo keitai datalink information)
・FirstPass PCソフト (FirstPass PC Software)
・mopera Uのご案内 (mopera Uかんたんスタート/U かんたん
接続設定ソフト/U オリジナルデータ取得ソフト/FOMAバイ
トカウンタ)
[mopera U information (mopera U start up tool/mopera U
connection & setting tool/mopera U requesting original data/
FOMA byte counter)]
・ナップスター ®のご案内 (Napster® information)
・PDF version of “パソコン接続マニュアル”/
“Manual for PC connection setting”
・PDF version of “区点コード一覧”/“Kuten Code List”
ポAdobeŽReaderŽ
Introduction of DoCoMo Keitai
Datalink
383
384
Overseas Use
Outline of International Roaming (WORLD WING). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
386
Services Available Overseas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
386
Confirmation for Using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
387
Making a Call from the Country You Stay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
389
Receiving a Call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
390
Setting a Network to Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Switch 3G/GSM›
390
Setting a Search Method of Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Network Search Mode›
390
Setting a Carrier to Preferentially Connect to. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‹PLMN Setting›
391
Displaying a Carrier on the Stand-by Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Operator Name Display›
391
Confirming a Communication System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Status in the Area›
391
Setting Guidance during Roaming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‹Set Roaming Guidance›
391
Setting Your FOMA Phone to Reject Calls during Roaming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Call Barring›
392
Using Network Services during Roaming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
392
385
Outline of International
Roaming (WORLD WING)
International Roaming (WORLD WING) is a service that
enables you, using local carrier’s networks, to make
calls or to communicate in foreign countries where are
out of the service area of the FOMA network.
pThere are following three communication systems for
network services overseas:
3G Network
Third generation mobile communications system that
conforms to the world standard specifications, 3GPP (Third
Generation Partnership Project).※
※This is the regional standards organization for developing
common technical specifications for third-generation
mobile telecommunication systems (IMT-2000).
GSM（Global System for Mobile Communications）Network
The most widespread 2G digital mobile standard system
available worldwide.
GPRS（General Packet Radio Service）Network
A 2.5G mobile standard system enabling high-speed
packet communications by GPRS using GSM
communication method.
pAt the time of purchase, the FOMA phone is set to
automatically switch networks in foreign countries. (See
page 390)
pYou are advised to read the following booklets to use your
FOMA phone overseas:
Overseas Use
Booklet title
Contents
Mobile Phone User’s
Guide
[International Services]
Describes the details of
International Roaming Service
such as the contents of the
service, billing, and cautions.
Mobile Phone User’s
Guide
[Network Services]
Describes the contents of each
local network service and
cautions.
Information
pQuick Manual “For Overseas Use” is attached to the end of
this manual. Refer to it when you use the FOMA phone
overseas.
pFor the country codes, international call access codes, and
international prefix numbers for the universal number, refer
to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [International Services]” or
the DoCoMo Global Service web page.
pOverseas use fee is added to your monthly bill. You might
be requested, however, to pay according to the invoice for
the following month on and after depending on the overseas
carrier of your stay. Note that the invoice for the total of the
fees to be paid for the month might be separately issued.
386
Services Available Overseas
Communication Service
3G
GSM
GPRS
Voice call※1
In the country you stay, you can use
the phone number as used in Japan
to make or take local calls, or to
make international calls to Japan or
to other countries.
○
○
○
Videophone call※1
You can make international
videophone calls to users of the
specified 3G mobile phone carriers
overseas and FOMA users.
○
×
×
i-mode
Perform the overseas usage
settings. For details, refer to “Mobile
Phone User’s Guide [i-mode]”.
○
×
○
i-mode mail
You can send/receive i-mode mail
overseas by the same address as
used in Japan.
○
×
○
SMS
○
○
○
i-Channel※2
○
○
○
Packet communication by
connecting with a personal
computer
○
○
○
○: Available ×: Not available
※1 In B Mode or Dual Mode of 2in1, you cannot make calls
from Number B.
※2 Auto-updates are automatically suspended when you are
connected to an overseas carrier. To resume the autoupdates of i-Channel, you need to make the i-Channel
settings again. When you use i-Channel overseas, the
communication fee for auto-updates of the basic channel
also applies. (In Japan, the fee is included in the monthly
service bill.)
pThe GPS functions and 64K data communications are not
available overseas.
pSome services are not available depending on the carrier or
network. For connectable countries, regions, and carriers,
refer to the DoCoMo Global Service web page.
Confirmation for Using
Confirmation before Departure
Confirm below in Japan before you use the FOMA
phone overseas.
■About contract
pYou do not need to subscribe to WORLD WING if you have
subscribed to the FOMA service after September 1, 2005. If
you offered that you do not need WORLD WING at the time
you signed up for the FOMA service, or when you have
canceled WORLD WING midway, you are required to newly
subscribe to WORLD WING.
pIf you have signed up for the FOMA service before August
31, 2005, and have not yet subscribed to WORLD WING,
you are required to subscribe to it.
pInsert the UIM (other than blue one) that supports “WORLD
WING” into the FOMA phone. (See page 38)
pThis service is not available with some billing plans.
■About charging batteries
pSee page 18 for cautions for handling AC adapter.
pSee page 42 and page 43 for charging batteries using AC
adapter.
■About the setting of network service
When you have signed up for network services, you can
operate to activate/deactivate the network services from
overseas except some operations.
pEven with the network services that you can operate to
activate/deactivate, you might not be able to use the services
depending on the overseas carrier. Also, some network
services are available only in Japan.
To use network services overseas, refer to “Mobile Phone
User’s Guide [International Services]” or “Mobile Phone
User’s Guide [Network Services]” before departure.
Check Required at the Country You Stay
After you arrive at the country overseas, once turn the
power off and then turn on to automatically set an
available carrier in that country.
pThe network system you are currently using appears at the
upper side of the display.
：3G network that supports packet communication
by connecting with a personal computer
：3G network that does not support packet
communication by connecting with a personal
computer
：GSM network
：GPRS network
pWhen “Operator name display” is set to “Display ON”, the
connected carrier appears on the Stand-by display.
pWhen “Network search mode” is set to “Auto”, and you move
out of the service area of the network you are connected to,
the available network of another carrier is automatically
searched for and you are re-connected to it.
■About inquiries
For lost, stolen, and cost settlement, or malfunction of your
FOMA phone overseas, refer to “Loss or theft of FOMA
terminal or payment of cumulative cost overseas” or “Failures
encountered overseas” on the back page of this manual.
Note that you are still charged the call and communication
fees incurred after you lose it or have it stolen.
pYou need to add “international call access code for the
country you stay” that is assigned to the country you stay
or “international prefix number for the universal number”, to
the head of the phone number for inquiries.
pFor the latest information about the international call access
codes and international prefix numbers for the universal
number, refer to the DoCoMo Global Service web page.
Overseas Use
■About SMS
Even during international roaming, you can send/receive SMS
messages to and from the other party who uses the FOMA
phone in Japan or overseas or who uses overseas carriers.
pAs the destination address for sending SMS to the other
party who is using an overseas carrier, enter “+” and a
country code to the head of the destination phone number.
When the destination phone number begins with “0”,
however, enter the phone number except for the “0”.
However, include “0” when making a call to some countries
or regions such as italy.
pWhen the text of an SMS message sent to the other party
who is using an overseas carrier contains characters that do
not support those on the destination phone, the characters
might not be correctly displayed. For details, refer to “Mobile
Phone User’s Guide [International Services]” or “Mobile
Phone User’s Guide [Network Services]”.
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
387
■International call access codes for major countries (Table 1)
The international call access codes for major countries are
listed below. (As of August 2007)
Service area
Access
code
Service area
Access
code
Australia
0011
Monaco
00
Belgium
00
Netherlands
00
Brazil
0041/
0014
New Zealand
00
Norway
00
Canada
011
Philippines
00
China
00
Poland
00
Czech Republic
00
Portugal
00
Denmark
00
Russia
810
Finland
00
Singapore
001
France
00
South Korea
001
Germany
00
Spain
00
Greece
00
Sweden
00
Hong Kong
001
Switzerland
00
Hungary
00
Taiwan
002
India
00
Thailand
001
Indonesia
001
Turkey
00
Ireland
00
United Arab Emirates 00
Italy
00
United Kingdom
00
Luxembourg
00
Macau
00
United States of
America
011
Malaysia
00
Vietnam
00
■International prefix numbers for the universal number
(Table 2)
The international prefix numbers for the universal number for
major countries are listed below. (As of August 2007)
Service area
International
prefix
number
Service area
International
prefix
number
Argentina
00
Malaysia
00
Australia
0011
Netherlands
00
Austria
00
New Zealand
00
Belgium
00
Norway
00
Brazil
0021
Peru
00
Bulgaria
00
Philippines
00
Canada
011
Portugal
00
China
00
Singapore
001
Colombia
009
South Africa
09
Denmark
00
South Korea
001
Finland
990
Spain
00
France
00
Sweden
00
Germany
00
Switzerland
00
Hong Kong
001
Taiwan
00
Hungary
00
Thailand
001
Ireland
00
United Kingdom
00
Israel
014
Italy
00
United States of
America
011
Luxembourg
00
Overseas Use
pThe numbers are not available in some areas.
pYou can use the universal numbers only in countries listed in
the table above.
pWhen making a call from a hotel, you may be separately
charged the phone usage fee from the hotel. (You are
responsible for the fee.) You should check with the hotel
before making a call.
pNote that, in many cases, the universal number may not be
used from a mobile phone, public phone, or hotel phone, etc.
Check Required after Homecoming
After you return to Japan, the FOMA network is
automatically searched and connected.
Set “Switch 3G/GSM” to “Auto” or “3G”.
Set to the FOMA network (DoCoMo) with “Network
search mode” set to “Auto” or “Manual”.
388
Making a Call from the Country You Stay
You can make voice calls or videophone calls from
overseas using international roaming service.
Make a Call to Outside the Country You
Stay (Including Japan)
Use Phonebook to Make an International Call to Japan
When you make an international call from the country
you stay to a landline phone or mobile phone in Japan,
you can operate from the Phonebook easily.
pThis is available only when the phone number stored in the
Phonebook begins with “0”. You need to set “Auto assist
setting” of “Int’l dial assist” to “ON” and to “Japan (81)” in
advance. (Setting at purchase)
Dial
“0” at the head of the phone number is replaced with
“+81” when dialed.
pWhen you select “Original phone No.”, the phone
number is dialed as stored in the Phonebook.
Information
pFrom a redial item or dialed call record, or by entering
phone number directly, you can make an international call
by the same operation.
Use “+” to Make an International Call
Press and hold 0 for at least one second, then you
can enter “+” when dialing.
By using “+”, you can make international calls from the
country you stay to the countries such as Japan.
Enter a phone number
or
bring up the detailed display of a
Phonebook entry, redial item, dialed call
record, or received call record.
i(
)Int’l dial assistSelect the
name of the country you make a call to
d or Oo(
Detailed Phonebook display
d or Oo(
pPress l(
) to make an international
videophone call.
International Dial
If you have stored a country code by Country Code
Setting (see page 58), you can make international calls
from the country you stay to the country such as
Japan. The following are the procedures for overseas.
0(for at least one second) Enter
Make a Call to a Phone in the Country
You Stay
In the same way as you do in Japan, you can make a
voice call or videophone call by entering the
destination’s phone number.
Enter a destination phone number
d or Oo(
pPress l(
) to make a videophone call.
pTo make a call in the country you stay using the
Phonebook, select “Original phone No.” in step 2 of
“Make a Call to Outside the Country You Stay (Including
Japan)” on page 389.
Make a Call to a Person who is Staying
Overseas and Using WORLD WING
When you make a call to a person who is also
internationally roaming, make the call in the same way
as to make international calls to Japan even if he/she is
in the country you stay.
Overseas Use
numbers in order of country code→area
code (city code)→destination phone number
d or Oo(
pPress l(
) to make an international
videophone call.
pEnter “81” as a country code when you make an
international call to Japan.
pWhen the area code (city code) begins with “0”, enter it
except for the “0”. However, include “0” when making a
call to some countries or regions such as Italy.
pPress l(
) to make an international
videophone call.
389
Receiving a Call
In the same operation as you do in Japan, you can
answer voice calls and videophone calls overseas.
(See page 60）
■Having calls to your FOMA phone made from Japan
You can receive international calls from Japan by just having
your phone number entered in the same way as the callers
usually do in Japan.
Making a call entering “090-XXXX-XXXX”
or
Making a call entering “080-XXXX-XXXX”
■Having calls to your FOMA phone made from countries
other than Japan
Regardless of the country you stay, you receive calls via
Japan; therefore, have the caller enter “international call
access code of his/her country” and “81” (Japan) in the same
way as the caller makes a call to Japan and then enter your
phone number whose “0” is excluded from the head.
Making a call entering “international call access code of
the country of the caller-81-90-XXXX-XXXX”
or
Making a call entering “international call access code of
the country of the caller-81-80-XXXX-XXXX”
Information
pIf you set to “Auto” or “3G”, FOMA network is used in Japan.
If you set to “GSM/GPRS”, you cannot connect to FOMA
network, the FOMA phone is placed in out-of-service-area
state.
pWhile another menu function is activated, the setting display
for this function is not displayed by pressing and holding
-x for at least one second from the Stand-by display, but
the display for the menu function in use is displayed.
< Network Search Mode>
Setting a Search Method of Carrier
You can set whether to automatically search a network
and connect to another carrier when you move out of
the service area.
Auto
. . .Automatically re-connects to another carrier. The
setting is completed.
Manual
. . .Connect manually to a carrier on the list. “×” is
displayed for unavailable carriers.
Network re-search
. . .When set to “Auto”, automatically switches to an
available carrier. The setting is completed.
When set to “Manual”, displays the list of carriers.
Overseas Use
Information
pEven for incoming calls, you are charged a receiving fee
including an international forwarding fee, depending on the
country or region.
pEven when a caller tried to notify of his/her caller ID, it might
not be notified depending on the overseas carrier. Also, a
different number from the other party’s caller ID might be
notified depending on the caller’s network.
pWhile you use the FOMA phone overseas, “Call setting w/o
ID”, “Reject unknown”, and “Restrictions (except Restrict
Dialing)” might not work. In addition, it might work as
“Answer” regardless of the setting of “Arrival call act”.
pWhen a call comes in during international roaming, the call
is forwarded from Japan regardless of whatever country the
call is from. The caller is charged a call fee to Japan and the
receiver is charged a receiving fee including an international
forwarding fee.
< Switch 3G/GSM>
Setting a Network to Use
x(for at least one second)
Select a network type.
Auto . . . . . . . . . Uses 3G, GSM, or GPRS network.
(3G network has priority.)
3G. . . . . . . . . . . Uses 3G network.
GSM/GPRS . . . Uses GSM or GPRS network.
390
mSettingsNetwork setting
Int’l roaming
Network search modeSelect an item.
Select a carrier.
pThe displayed carrier varies depending on the setting of
“Switch 3G/GSM”.
pPress l(
) to display the list of carriers again.
Information
pYou cannot set this function if the UIM is not inserted.
pWhen you move out of the service area while this function is
set to “Manual”, “ ” appears.
pWhen you have set this function to “Manual” and turn off and
on the FOMA phone out of the service area, select a carrier
again in the service area.
< PLMN Setting>
< Operator Name Display>
Setting a Carrier to
Preferentially Connect to
Displaying a Carrier on the
Stand-by Display
You can specify the priority order of carriers you are
connected to for when “Network search mode” is set to
“Auto”. You can store up to 20 carriers.
mSettingsNetwork setting
Int’l roamingPLMN setting
pYou can select the stored carrier to check the stored
contents.
i(
)PLMN list select
pTo search for a carrier by a name of country, press
l(
) and select a country name. You can
) again from the
search also by pressing l(
Country List and entering a country name.
Select a carrierOo(
)YES
Function Menu while PLMN Setting is Displayed
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Set VPLMN to You can store the carrier you are currently
UPLMN
connected to.
l(
)YES
PLMN list
select
See “Setting a Carrier to Preferentially
Connect to” on page 391.
PLMN manual You can store a carrier by entering a country
select
code and operator code.
You can store carriers not found in the list.
Enter a country code (3 digits) and
operator code (2 to 3 digits)
Select a network typel(
YES
Select a number to change to.
l(
)YES
Delete this
YESl(
)YES
Delete all
YESl(
)YES
■When you set to “Display ON”
The carrier’s name is displayed on
the Stand-by display. However, when
you use the “DoCoMo” network, the
carrier is not displayed.
Carrier’s name
< Status in the Area>
Information
pWhen the “DoCoMo” network is available, you are
preferentially connected to it regardless of this setting.
pThis setting is stored on the UIM.
pYou cannot set this function if the UIM is not inserted.
You can display whether the carrier you are currently
connecting to supports the circuit switching (CS)※1
and packet switching (PS)※2.
※1 The communication system used for voice calls,
videophone calls, SMS, etc.
※2 The communication system used for i-mode, i-mode mail,
etc.
mSettingsNetwork setting
Status in the area
< Set Roaming Guidance>
Setting Guidance during Roaming
For an incoming voice call or videophone call during
international roaming, you can have the voice guidance
played back to the caller to that effect.
pEven when you activate Roaming Guidance, the caller may
hear the guidance in a foreign language depending on the
overseas carrier.
pEven when you deactivate Roaming Guidance, the caller
hears a calling tone set by the overseas carrier.
pYou need to set this function in Japan.
mServiceSet Roaming guidance
Do the following operations.
Item
Operation/Explanation
Activate
YES
Deactivate
YES
Check setting You can check the setting contents of “Set
Roaming guidance”.
YES
391
Overseas Use
Change
priority
mSettingsNetwork setting
Int’l roamingOperator name display
Display ON or Display OFF
Confirming a Communication System
Select a network typel(
You can select whether to display, on the Stand-by
display, the carrier you are currently connected to.
< Call Barring>
Setting Your FOMA Phone to
Reject Calls during Roaming
pThis setting might not be available depending on the
overseas carrier.
mSettingsNetwork setting
Int’l roamingCall barring
Do the following operations.
Item
Activate
Operation/Explanation
Select an item.
Bar all incoming
. . . . . Bars all calls including voice calls and
videophone calls.
Bar VP call/data ex.
. . . . . Bars only videophone calls.
YESEnter your Network Security Code.
pSee page 118 for the Network Security
Code.
Deactivate
YESEnter your Network Security Code.
pSee page 118 for the Network Security
Code.
Check setting You can check the setting contents of “Call
barring”.
YES
Using Network Services during
Roaming
You can use some network services such as Voice Mail
Service or Call Forwarding Service from overseas. You
can set Roaming Guidance as well.
pSee page 373 for “Receive avoidance set.” of 2in1.
Overseas Use
Operate Voice Mail Service from the
Country You Stay
mSettingsNetwork setting
Int’l roamingVoice mail (Int.)
Select an itemYES
Operate following the voice guidance.
Operate Call Forwarding Service from
the Country You Stay
mSettingsNetwork setting
Int’l roamingCall forwarding (Int.)
Select an itemYES
Operate following the voice guidance.
392
Operate Roaming Guidance from the
Country You Stay
mSettingsNetwork setting
Int’l roaming
Roaming guidance (Int.)YES
Operate following the voice guidance.
Operate Remote Control from the
Country You Stay
mSettingsNetwork setting
Int’l roamingRemote control (Int.)YES
Operate following the voice guidance.
Operate Caller ID Request Service from
the Country You Stay
mSettingsNetwork setting
Int’l roamingCaller ID req. (Int.)YES
Operate following the voice guidance.
Information
pWhen you use those services from overseas, you are
charged an international call fee of the country you stay.
pYou need to set “Remote control” beforehand.
pFor the details on network services, refer to “Mobile Phone
User’s Guide [International Services]” and “Mobile Phone
User’s Guide [Network Services]”.
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Function List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
394
List of Characters Assigned to Keys (5-touch Input Method). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
410
List of Characters Assigned to Keys (2-touch Input Method). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
411
List of Characters Assigned to Keys (NIKO-touch Input Method) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
412
Symbol List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
413
Pictograph List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
415
Common Phrase List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
417
Multiaccess Combination Patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
418
Multitask Combination Patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
419
Services Available with FOMA Phones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
420
Introduction of Options and Related Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
421
Interfacing to External Devices
Introduction of Software for Playing Back Moving Images. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
421
Links with AV Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
421
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
422
Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
423
Warranty and Maintenance Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
432
i-mode Trouble Diagnosis Site. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
433
Updating Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Software Update›
434
Protecting FOMA Phone from Data Causing Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Scanning Function›
440
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
443
Number of Savable/Storable/Protectable Items in FOMA Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
444
SAR Certification Information and Other Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
445
Export Administration Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
447
393
Function List
Execute “Reset settings (all reset)” on page 354 for the items indicated by
, and “Reset TV settings” on
page 257 for the items indicated by ※, to return to the respective defaults.
If you execute “Initialize” on page 354, all items return to the defaults.
pWhen you execute “Initialize”, the downloaded dictionaries including pre-installed ones are all deleted.
pEven if you execute “Initialize”, the pre-installed i-αppli programs you have deleted are not restored.
Main
Sub-menu item
menu item
Mail Inbox
Lower sub-menu item
Outbox
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Draft
Compose message
Template
Web mail
Check new message
Compose SMS
Check new SMS
Chat mail
Receive option
Mail settings
SMS settings
394
Setting at purchase
Reference
No mail messages, messages R/F (except inside the UIM)
User created folder: None
i-Îąppli mail folder: None
No mail messages (except inside the UIM)
User created folder: None
i-Îąppli mail folder: None
No mail messages (except inside the UIM)
P.186
−
Pre-installed data only
−
−
−
−
Chat member: Not recorded (except “Own”)
−
Scroll
Character size
Mail list display
1 line
Standard
List display: Date+sender/receiver subject
Message: Checked
Name in phonebook: Checked
Message display
Standard
Mail blind
OFF
Mail security
All unchecked
Secret mail display
ON
Auto color label
Not stored
Pred. conv. at reply
ON
Header/signature
Header: Blank
Insert: Checked
Signature: Blank
Insert: Checked
Quotation marks: 〉
Set check new message All checked
Auto-display
MessageR preferred
Receiving display
Alarm preferred
Receive option setting OFF
Attachment preference All checked
Auto melody play
ON
Photo auto display
ON
Chat setting
Sound setting: Alarm 1
Chat image: ON
User setting
Name: Own
Image: Apple
Check settings
−
SMS report request
OFF
SMS validity period
3 days
P.186
P.186
P.172
P.178
P.208
P.183
P.206
P.208
P.203
P.183
P.198
P.115
P.198
P.198
P.198
P.126
P.126
P.198
P.198
P.199
P.199
P.199
P.199
P.200
P.199
P.183
P.199
P.199
P.199
P.205
P.205
P.205
P.199
P.208
P.208
Main
Sub-menu item
menu item
Mail SMS settings
Area mail settings
Lower sub-menu item
SMS input character
SMS center selection
Receive setting
Receive entry
Beep setting
Beep time
i-mode iMenu
Bookmark
Check new message
Operate certificate
i-mode settings
Channel list
Ticker ON/OFF
Ticker scroll speed
Reset i-Channel
Client certificate
Certificate
Certificate host
Scroll
Character size
−
ON
Normal
−
−
−
Reference
P.208
P.208
P.202
P.202
P.202
P.202
P.152
P.157
P.158
P.155
P.156
P.201
P.170
P.170
P.170
P.170
P.183
P.166
P.165
P.167
P.164
P.115
P.164
P.164
P.165
395
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
All valid
DoCoMo
1 line
Standard
ON
Set image display※
Set connection timeout 60 seconds
Host selection
i-mode
(Menu number: 81)
imotion auto-play
ON
P.169
Use phone information YES
P.164
Sound effect setting
ON
P.164
Doc. display settings Fit page
P.310
i-mode arrival act
PushTalk preferred
P.82
Check settings
P.164
−
Reset last URL
P.155
−
Home
http://www.google.co.jp
P.260
Bookmark
P905i おすすめ動画！ (P905i Recommended movies!) P.157
User created folder: None
Last URL
None
P.260
Go to location
No URL histories
P.156
Full Browser settings Display Mode setting: Phone mode
P.261
P.263
Scroll
Speed: High speed
Focus while scroll: OFF
Zoom: 100%
P.263
Access setting: No
P.263
Home URL: Not stored
P.263
Set image display: ON
P.263
PC Movie auto-play: ON
P.263
Cookie setting: Valid (No cookies)
P.264
Referer setting: Send
P.264
Script setting: Valid
P.263
Window Open Guard: Invalid
P.263
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Full Browser
Japanese (70char.)
DoCoMo
No
Emergency information
ON
5 seconds
−
Not stored
User created folder: None
Not stored
User created folder: None
iMenu
No URL histories
No messages
Screen memo
Last URL
Go to location
Message R/F
i-Channel
Setting at purchase
Main
Sub-menu item
menu item
i-Îąppli Software list(phone)
iÎąppli(microSD)
iÎąppli info
iÎąppli settings
Settings Sound
Lower sub-menu item
Pre-installed i-Îąppli only
Display: Icon
Auto start time: All unchecked
Power saver: ON
SW list(microSD)
iÎąppli(microSD)
End stand-by info
Security error history
Auto start info
Trace info
Auto start setting
Disp. software info
Preferred tone
ÎąBacklight
ÎąPower saver
ÎąVibrator
Check settings
Select ring tone
(Menu number: 13)
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Ring volume
(Menu number: 50)
Keypad sound
(Menu number: 30)
Melody effect
(Menu number: 64)
Headset usage setting
(Menu number: 51)
Mail/Msg. ring time
(Menu number: 68)
396
Setting at purchase
−
−
No information
No histories
No information
No histories
OFF
Not display
MUSIC
Depend on system
OFF
Depend on system
−
Phone/PushTalk/Videophone: Pattern 1
Mail/Chat mail: Pattern 2
MessageR/MessageF: Pattern 3
All Level 4
Reference
P.211
P.211
P.221
P.213
P.211
P.222
P.222
P.212
P.221
P.212
P.221
P.211
P.220
P.220
P.220
P.221
P.221
P.98
P.64
ON
P.101
Stereo&3DSound: ON
Position to play: Play all
Headset + speaker
P.99
P.99
P.101
All ON
Ring time: All 5 seconds
P.101
Main
Sub-menu item
menu item
Settings Display
Lower sub-menu item
Display setting
(Menu number: 56)
Backlight
(Menu number: 70)
Menu icon setting
(Menu number: 57)
Private menu setting
(Menu number: 52)
Desktop icon
(Menu number: 63)
Reference
Stand-by display
“black” for body color “Black”
“white” for body color “White”
“red” for body color “Red”
“pink gold” for body color “Pink gold”
Clock
Clock display: Big
Day of week: Unavailable
Position
“Pattern 11” for body color “Black”
“Pattern 2” for body color “White”/“Pink gold”
“Pattern 12” for body color “Red”
Color
“White” for body color “Black”/“White”/“Pink gold”
“Black” for body color “Red”
Dialing, Incoming call, Videophone dialing,
Videophone incoming, Mail sending, Mail receiving,
Check new message, Mail/msg. rct. result
“Standard” for body color “Black”/“White”
“Red” for body color “Red”
“Pink Gold” for body color “Pink gold”
Battery icon/Antenna icon
“Pattern 1” for body color “Black”/“White”
“Pattern 2” for body color “Red”
“Pattern 3” for body color “Pink gold”
Wake-up display: Wake up
Lighting: ON
Power saver mode: ON
Light time: 120 seconds
Charging: Standard
Area: LCD+Keys
Brightness: Auto setting
Soft light: ON
“Black” for body color “Black”/“Red”
“White” for body color “White”
“Pink Gold” for body color “Pink gold”
“Black” for body color “Black”
“White” for body color “White”
“Red” for body color “Red”
“Pink gold” for body color “Pink gold”
Own number, Ring volume, Caller ID notification, GPS,
Alarm, Kisekae Tool, Vibrator, Full Browser,
Character size, PC Movie, Schedule
Change BG image: Normal
P.104
Guide (使いかたナビ), Bluetooth
P.116
P.105
P.106
P.105
P.107
P.107
P.107
P.107
P.107
P.108
P.108
P.341
P.341
P.112
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Color theme setting
(Menu number: 86)
Setting at purchase
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
397
Main
Sub-menu item
menu item
Settings Display
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Illumination
398
Lower sub-menu item
Private window
(Menu number: 93)
Font
(Menu number: 66)
Character size
Select language
(Menu number: 15)
Recv.mail/call at open
Image quality
LCD AI
Icons
(Menu number: 36)
All illum. setting
Setting at purchase
ON
Clock
“Pattern 2” for body color “Black”
“Pattern 1” for body color “White”/“Pink gold”
“Pattern 3” for body color “Red”
Orientation: Pattern 2
Brightness: Level 3
Called: ON
Chaku-moji: OFF
Mail: OFF
i-Channel ticker: OFF
Disp. connection: ON
Font 1
All Standard
Reference
P.106
P.114
P.115
P.45
Japanese (日本語)
OFF
Dynamic
ON
−
“Pattern 1” for body color “Black”
“Pattern 2” for body color “White”
“Pattern 3” for body color “Red”
“Pattern 4” for body color “Pink gold”
Illumination
Set color
(Menu number: 89)
Body color “Black”
Phone/Videophone: Pattern A-1
PushTalk: Pattern A-5
Mail/Chat mail/MessageR/MessageF:
Pattern A-2
Body color “White”
Phone/Videophone: Pattern B-1
PushTalk: Pattern B-5
Mail/Chat mail/MessageR/MessageF:
Pattern B-2
Body color “Red”
Phone/Videophone: Pattern C-1
PushTalk: Pattern C-5
Mail/Chat mail/MessageR/MessageF:
Pattern C-2
Body color “Pink gold”
Phone/Videophone: Pattern D-1
PushTalk: Pattern D-5
Mail/Chat mail/MessageR/MessageF:
Pattern D-2
Set pattern: Standard
Color setting: All default
Illumination in talk
OFF
Miss/unread illum.
ON
Music&Video ch illum. OFF
P.106
P.107
P.107
P.30
P.111
P.111
P.111
P.111
P.111
P.111
P.111
Main
Sub-menu item
menu item
Settings Illumination
Lower sub-menu item
Setting at purchase
Illum. when folded
Hourly illumination
MUSIC illumination
Bluetooth illumination
IC card illumination
PushTalk illumination
Side key illumination
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
“Pattern A-3” for body color “Black”
“Pattern B-3” for body color “White”
“Pattern C-3” for body color “Red”
“Pattern D-3” for body color “Pink gold”
Check settings
Kisekae
Lock/Security
Call data
(Menu number: 61)
P.111
P.111
P.111
P.111
P.111
P.111
P.111
Released
Released
Released
Released
Released
P.111
P.109
P.121
P.120
P.121
P.230
P.126
Released
P.126
Released
Accept
All Accept
Select ring tone: All Same as ring tone
0000
P.125
P.129
P.128
−
−
−
Set scan: All Valid
Timer lock ON at close: All OFF
PIM/IC security mode: Security code
IC lock(power-off): Setting before OFF
Face reader setting: Not stored
Face reader security: Normal
Change security code: 0000
Last call duration/Total calls duration: 0 seconds
Last call cost: ÂĽ__
Calls reset/Cost reset: --/-- --:--
Reset total cost&dura.
−
(Menu number: 60)
Notice call cost
OFF
Max cost: ¥0 (when “Notice call cost” is set to “ON”)
Method to alert: Icon
(when “Notice call cost” is set to “ON”)
Auto reset setting: OFF
(when “Notice call cost” is set to “ON”)
CLR max cost icon
−
P.119
P.119
P.440
P.122
P.122
P.230
P.123
P.343
P.344
P.344
P.344
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Call time/cost
Self mode
Lock all
Personal data lock
IC card lock
Secret mode
(Menu number: 40)
Secret data only
(Menu number: 41)
Keypad dial lock
Reject unknown
Call setting w/o ID
(Menu number: 10)
Change security code
(Menu number: 29)
UIM setting
Scanning function
Lock setting
Reference
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
399
Main
Sub-menu item
menu item
Settings Clock
Incoming call
Lower sub-menu item
Set time
(Menu number: 31)
World time watch
Summer time
Auto power ON/OFF
Alarm setting
Vibrator
(Menu number: 54)
Manner mode set
(Menu number: 20)
Answer setting
(Menu number: 58)
Setting when opened
Record display set
Disp. PH-book image
Disp. call/receive No.
Ring time
(Menu number: 90)
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Info notice setting
(Menu number: 65)
V-phone while packet
Auto answer setting
(Menu number: 94)
Talk
PushTalk
400
Volume
Setting when folded
(Menu number: 18)
Set hold tone
Noise reduction
(Menu number: 76)
Quality alarm
(Menu number: 75)
Reconnect signal
(Menu number: 77)
Auto answer setting
Ring time setting
Hands-free w/
PushTalk
PushTalk arrival act
Setting at purchase
Reference
Auto time adjust ON
P.46
OFF
OFF
All OFF
Alarm preferred
All OFF
P.47
P.47
P.335
P.341
P.100
Manner mode
when “Original” is set
Record msg.: OFF
Vibrator: ON
Phone vol.: Silent
Mail vol.: Silent
Alarm vol.: Silent
VM tone: ON
Keypad sound: OFF
Mic sensitiv.: Up
LVA tone: OFF
Any key answer
P.103
All Keep ringing
All ON
ON
Pattern 1
Ring start time: OFF
Start time: 1 second
(when “Ring start time” is set to “ON”)
Missed calls display: Display
ON
P.63
P.125
P.106
P.115
P.128
V-phone priority
OFF
Ring time: 6 seconds
(when “Auto answer setting” is set to “ON”)
Level 4
Phone/Videophone: End the call
PushTalk: Speaker call
On hold tone: Tone 1
Holding tone: JESU JOY OF MAN’S DESIRING
ON
P.72
P.347
High tone
P.101
High tone
P.59
OFF
30 seconds
ON
P.81
P.81
P.81
Answer
P.81
P.62
P.128
P.112
P.63
P.63
P.63
P.65
P.59
Main
Sub-menu item
menu item
Settings Videophone
Feel settings
Network setting
Melody Call setting
Other settings
Lower sub-menu item
Setting at purchase
Visual preference
Select image
Normal
On hold: Pre-installed
Holding: Pre-installed
Substitute image: Chara-den [カンガルー (Kangaroo)]
Record message: Pre-installed
Preparing: Pre-installed
Movie memo: Pre-installed
Hands-free w/ V. phone ON
Voice call auto redial OFF
Remote monitoring
Other ID: Not recorded
Ring time: 5 seconds
Set: OFF
Notify switchable mode
−
All
ON
Feel＊Talk
All ON
Feel＊Mail
Prefix setting
WORLD CALL (009130010)
Int’l roaming
Network search mode: Auto
Operator name display: Display ON
Switch 3G/GSM: Auto
Int’l dial assist
Auto assist setting: ON
Country Code set.: Japan (81)
IDD prefix setting: WORLD CALL (009130010)
Status in the area
−
P.71
P.71
P.71
P.72
P.73
P.73
P.73
P.72
P.110
P.110
P.59
P.390
P.391
P.390
P.58
P.58
P.58
P.391
P.100
P.26
P.125
P.356
P.358
P.358
P.101
P.57
P.59
P.347
P.95
P.95
P.333
P.333
P.334
P.334
P.334
P.300
P.354
P.354
P.435
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
−
Work with style
1Seg
Side keys guard
OFF
Character input method Input mode: All checked
(Menu number: 35)
Priority input method: Mode 1 (5-touch)
Predict: ON
Int.with secret: ON
Battery
Charge sound: ON
Pause dial
Not stored
(Menu number: 84)
Sub-address setting
ON
Headset switch to call OFF
Voice settings
Auto voice dial: OFF
Voice earphone dial: OFF
Read aloud settings: OFF
Read aloud volume: Level 4
Read aloud speed: Normal
Read aloud output: Speaker
Read aloud valid set.: Normal
USB mode setting
Communication mode
Reset settings
−
(Menu number: 23)
Initialize
−
Software update
Set auto-update: Auto-update
Date: Default
Time: 3:00
Reference
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
401
Main
Sub-menu item
menu item
Data box My picture
(Menu number: 46)
MUSIC
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Music&Video Channel
imotion
Melody
(Menu number: 16)
My documents
402
Lower sub-menu item
Setting at purchase
Pre-installed data only
User created folder: None
Original animation: Not stored
Edit picture
Character stamp
Character color: 16 Color, Black
Font: Font 1
Character size: Standard size
Set display: All released
Positioning: Center
Sort: By date↑
Picture/Title name: Picture
Display size: Normal
No data
User created folder: None
Display: Title + Image
Volume: Level 12
Sound effect
Remaster: OFF
Listening: OFF
Equalizer: Normal
No data
Information of previously played program: None
Display: Title + Image
Volume: Level 12
Play mode setting: Normal
Sound effect
Remaster: OFF
Listening: OFF
Equalizer: Normal
Pre-installed data only
User created folder: None
Playlist: Not stored
Position memory: All not stored
Volume: Level 4
Set imotion: All released
Sort: By date↑
Listing: Title + Image
Sound effect
Remaster: OFF
Listening: OFF
Equalizer: Normal
Display size: Fit in display
Change to full: Vertical display playback
Pre-installed data only
User created folder: None
Playlist: Not stored
Set as ring tone: All released
Sort: By date↑
Pre-installed data only
Sort: By date↑
Listing: Image
Reference
P.274
P.280
P.279
P.274
P.275
P.276
P.276
P.277
P.324
P.324
P.325
P.328
P.317
P.317
P.317
P.318
P.319
P.320
P.280
P.284
P.281
P.281
P.282
P.276
P.282
P.283
P.283
P.283
P.290
P.302
P.291
P.291
P.307
P.276
P.308
Main
Sub-menu item
menu item
Data box Kisekae Tool
Lower sub-menu item
PC Movie
1Seg
Receive Ir data
(Menu number: 79)
SD-PIM
Scan code
Saved data
Receive
Receive all
Phonebook
Schedule
Inbox
Outbox
Draft
Text memo
Bookmark
−
−
−
Not stored
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
Reference
P.292
P.276
P.293
P.288
P.69
P.289
P.289
P.268
P.268
P.266
P.268
P.269
P.269
P.286
P.286
P.287
P.287
P.287
P.287
P.288
P.310
P.298
P.147
P.148
P.305
P.306
P.294
P.294
P.294
P.294
P.294
P.294
P.294
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Pre-installed data only
Sort: By date↑
Listing: Image
Pre-installed data only
Substitute image: カンガルー (Kangaroo)
Rec. Chara-den
Camera mode: Photo mode
Recording size: QCIF (176 x 144)
Recording type: Video + voice
Recording quality: Normal
Display size: Fit in display
Position memory: All not stored
Played history: No histories
Volume: Level 12
Listing: Title
Sound effect
Remaster: OFF
Listening: OFF
Equalizer: Normal
Display size: Actual size
Position memory: All not stored
Volume: Level 12
Listing: Title + image
Icon: OFF
Image quality: Dynamic
Sound
Sound effect
Auto volume: ON
Remaster: OFF
Listening: OFF
Equalizer: Normal
Caption: ON
Chara-den
Document viewer
SD other files
LifeKit Bar code reader
Setting at purchase
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
403
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Main
Sub-menu item
menu item
LifeKit Camera
Bluetooth
Lower sub-menu item
Photo mode/
Movie mode
My picture
imotion
Device list
Setting at purchase
Reference
Inside camera/Outside camera: Outside camera
Image size
Photo mode: Stand-by (480 x 854)
Continuous mode: VGA (640 x 480)
Movie mode: QVGA (320 x 240)
File size setting: Mail restrict’n (L)
Image quality
Photo mode/Continuous mode: Fine
Movie mode: Normal
Camera settings
Shutter sound: Sound 1
Flicker correction: Auto
Storage setting
Store in: Phone
Auto save set: OFF
File restriction: File unrestricted
Img. stabilizer: Auto
Cont. shooting set.
Continuous mode: Auto
Shot interval: 0.5 second
Shot number
VGA (640 x 480)/
CIF (352 x 288): 4 shots (Fixed)
QVGA (240 x 320)/
QCIF (176 x 144)/
Sub-QCIF (128 x 96): 5 shots
Display size: Actual size
Icon: ON
Same as “My picture” in “Data box”
Same as “imotion” in “Data box”
Not stored
Preferred device: Not set
P.143
P.143
Activate Bluetooth/
−
Bluetooth power OFF
Accept registered
−
Accept dialup devices
−
Bluetooth settings
Set authentications: OFF
Session number setting: OFF
Time-out to search: 5 seconds
Forward ring tone: ON
Disconnection settings: End the call
Dial from headset: Valid
Bluetooth info
Device name: P905i
404
P.143
P.143
P.144
P.144
P.144
P.144
P.145
P.145
P.402
P.402
P.350
P.351
P.351
P.351
P.351
P.353
P.353
P.353
P.353
P.353
P.353
P.354
Main
Sub-menu item
menu item
LifeKit GPS
Text reader
Lower sub-menu item
Position location
Notify of location
Location history
iÎąppil
Service settings
GPS settings
Scan text
Saved data
Rec. msg/voice memo Play/Erase msg.
(Menu number: 55)
Play/Erase VP msg.
Record message setting
Service Caller ID notification
(Menu number: 17)
Voice mail
Call waiting
Reference
−
−
P.232
P.238
P.238
P.233
P.239
P.239
P.239
No histories
Pre-installed i-Îąppli programs only
−
GPS button setting: Read a map
Posit. tone/illum.
Select posit. ring tone: “Position location” OFF
“Notify of location” Pattern 1
“Location req./Accept” Pattern 2
“Location req./Confirm” Pattern 2
Ring time setting: All 3 seconds
Select vibrator: All OFF
Select illumination: All Color 5
Positioning mode: All Standard mode
Reg. LCS client: Not stored
Location request menu: OFF
Host selection: Default
−
Not stored
Not recorded
Not recorded
OFF
Answer message: Japanese 1
(when “Record message setting” is set to “ON”)
Ring time: 13 seconds
(when “Record message setting” is set to “ON”)
Not recorded
Not recorded
Voice memo
Voice announce
Connect to Center
Sent/recv. PB data list No histories
PB image sending
OFF
Activate
Check setting
Play messages
Activate
Deactivate
Set ring time
Check setting
Setting
Check new messages
Message notification
YES
Erase icon
Activate notice call
Deactivate notice call
Notice call status
Activate
Deactivate
Check setting
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
P.239
P.239
P.240
P.242
P.149
P.150
P.68
P.69
P.67
P.343
P.100
P.95
P.95
P.95
P.47
P.47
P.365
P.365
P.365
P.365
P.365
P.365
P.364
P.365
P.365
P.365
P.365
P.365
P.366
P.366
P.366
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Data Security Service
Setting at purchase
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
405
Main
Sub-menu item
menu item
Service Call forwarding
Nuis. call blocking
Caller ID request
Lower sub-menu item
Setting at purchase
Reference
Activate
Deactivate
Change forwarding No.
Setting if fwd. No. busy
Check setting
Register caller
Register selected No.
Delete last entry
Delete all entries
Check No. of entries
Activate
Deactivate
Check setting
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
P.367
P.367
P.367
P.367
P.367
P.368
P.368
P.368
P.368
P.368
P.369
P.369
P.369
P.372
2in1 setting
Multi number
Deactivated
Mode switching: Dual mode
Stand-by display
Dual mode: RAINBOW COLOUR
B mode: MORNING GLOW
Set call/receive No.
Disp. call/receive No.: Pattern 2
Ringtone set. for No. B
Phone/Video-Phone: Pattern 4
Mail: Pattern 5
Receive avoidance set.
Mode link: Deactivated
Set multi number
Check setting
Number setting
Set as ring tone
−
P.372
P.372
P.371
P.372
P.370
P.371
P.371
P.371
P.371
P.371
P.371
P.369
P.369
P.370
P.370
P.391
P.391
P.391
P.378
P.378
P.370
ドコモ総合案内・受付
−
P.370
(Docomo Information Center)
Area display setting
Activate forwarding
Deactivate forwarding
Check forwarding set.
−
−
−
−
P.378
P.378
P.378
P.378
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Arrival call act
Set in-call arrival act
−
−
Not stored
All Same as ring tone
Answer
Activate
Deactivate
Check setting
Remote control
Activate
Deactivate
Check setting
Dual network
Dual network switching
Check setting
English guidance
Guidance setting
Check setting
Set Roaming guidance Activate
Deactivate
Check setting
Additional service
Additional service
Not stored
Additional guidance
Not stored
Service numbers
ドコモ故障問合せ
(Docomo repair counter)
OFFICEED
406
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
Main
Sub-menu item
menu item
Service Chaku-moji
Phonebook Add to phonebook
Search phonebook
UIM operation
PushTalk phonebook
Dialed/recv. calls
(Menu number: 24)
Lower sub-menu item
Create message
Message disp. settings
Sent messages
Prefer Chaku-moji
Phone
UIM
All?
Reading?
Group?
Memory No.?
Name?
Phone number?
Mail address?
2-touch dial?
Copy
Delete
Dialed calls
Received calls
Own number
(Menu number: 0)
Group setting
Restrictions
Chat group
Forwarding image
No. of phonebook
Stationery Alarm
(Menu number: 44)
Schedule
(Menu number: 45)
ToDo
(Menu number: 95)
Text memo
(Menu number: 42)
Calculator
(Menu number: 85)
Guide
Not stored
Calls with callerID
No records
OFF
Not stored
−
−
−
−
−
Sort: Reading order
Sort: Reading order
Sort: Reading order
−
−
−
Not stored
No records
Sent address: No records
No records
Received address: No records
Not stored (except “Own number” for Number A)
Edit group
Group name: Group 01 to 19 (except inside the UIM)
Settings: None
All released
All released
All released
All released
All released
All Standard
Not stored
Not stored
Edit group name: Mail group 1 to 20
Not stored
Edit group name: Group 1 to 5
ON
Reference
P.55
P.56
P.56
P.56
P.84
P.84
P.89
P.89
P.89
P.89
P.91
P.91
P.91
P.89
P.345
P.345
P.79
P.53
P.195
P.54
P.195
P.342
P.88
−
P.345
−
P.36
−
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
Not stored
Alarm: All OFF
Not stored
Monthly display/Weekly display: Monthly display
Not stored
Category display: All
Sort/Filter: By entered time
Not recorded
P.128
P.128
P.128
P.128
P.128
P.115
P.93
P.197
P.198
P.205
P.206
P.306
P.91
P.335
P.335
P.337
P.339
P.340
P.341
P.341
P.345
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Phonebook settings
(Menu number: 26)
Restrict dialing
Call rejection
Call acceptance
Call forwarding
Voice mail
Character size
Voice dial setting
Mail group
Setting at purchase
407
Main
Sub-menu item
menu item
Stationery Common phrase/dic.
(Menu number: 38)
Lower sub-menu item
Common phrases
Own dictionary
Download dictionary
MUSIC MUSIC Player
1Seg
Music&Video Channel
Activate 1Seg
Program guide
Book program
Timer recording
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Recording result
TVlink
Channel list
Channel setting
User settings
Reference
All default
Not stored
Pre-installed data only
Set dictionary: All valid
No data
Playlist: Not stored
Information of previously played music file: None
Display: Title + Image
Volume: Level 12
Play mode setting: Normal
Sound effect
Remaster: OFF
Listening: OFF
Equalizer: Normal
Same as “Music&Video Channel” in “Data box”
Confirmation display at start※:
Displays the Exemption Clause Confirmation display
Confirmation display for the data broadcasting※:
Displays the Exemption Clause Confirmation display
Broadcasting storage area: Not stored
Volume: Level 12
P.360
P.361
P.361
P.361
P.323
P.329
P.323
P.323
P.325
P.327
P.328
−
Not stored
Not stored
Confirmation display at timer recording:
Displays the Exemption Clause Confirmation display
Not stored
Not stored
Not stored
Select area
Auto channel setting
Caption※
Rec. when low battery※
Image quality※
Sound※
mode※
ECO
Display light※
Data broadcasting※
Icon※
Check TV settings
Reset channel setting
Reset storage area
Reset TV settings
408
Setting at purchase
−
−
ON
ON
Dynamic
Sound effect
Auto volume: ON
Remaster: OFF
Listening: OFF
Equalizer: Normal
TV sound while closed: ON
Released
Constant light
Set image display: ON
Sound effect setting: ON
ON
−
−
−
−
P.402
P.244
P.257
P.244
P.248
P.250
P.253
P.253
P.254
P.256
P.251
P.246
P.246
P.245
P.256
P.256
P.256
P.256
P.256
P.257
P.257
P.257
P.257
P.257
P.257
P.257
P.257
P.257
Main
Sub-menu item
menu item
Osaifu- IC card content
Keitai DCMX
ToruCa
IC card lock set.
Settings
Lower sub-menu item
Setting at purchase
Pre-installed i-Îąppli only
IC card lock
IC lock(power-off)
Receive ToruCa
Receiving display
Check same data
Auto reading
Search by i-mode
Others Clock display of Private window
Redial
Public Mode (Drive Mode)
Manner mode
Videophone
Photo-sending
Character input
−
No data
User created folder: None
Sort: By date↑
Released
Setting before OFF
Accept
ON
ON
Accept
−
Icons and date/time
No records
Released
Released
Backlight: Constant light
Image size: QCIF (176 x 144)
Char. input/dict.
Learned words: Not stored
Candid. disp. size: Standard
Candidate display: ON
Character set time: OFF
2/NIKO-touch guide: ON
Reference
P.212
P.220
P.226
P.228
P.230
P.230
P.230
P.230
P.230
P.230
P.162
P.31
P.53
P.65
P.102
P.71
P.143
P.359
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
409
List of Characters Assigned to Keys (5-touch Input Method)
Display
Key
-1
abc
.-@_/:~
※2
￣
※1
123
柢
カナ
あいうえおぁぃぅぇぉ
アイウエオァィゥェォ
-2
a b c  2
かきくけこ
カキクケコ
-3
d e f  3
さしすせそ
サシスセソ
-4
g h i 4
たちつてとっ
タチツテトッ
-5
j k l  5
なきくねぎ
ナニヌネノ
-6
m n o  6
はひまへそ
ハヒフヘホ
-7
p q r s  7
まみむめも
マミムメモ
-8
t u v ďź´ďźľďźś 8
やゆよゃゅょ
ヤヌヨャーョ
-9
w x y z  9
らりるれろ
ナリネハロ
-0
0 □ (space)
わをんゎ
□ (space)
＊
゛゜※3
゛゜

、
。・！？
、
。・！？
-a
.ne.jp .co.jp .or.jp .com
http://www.
https://www.
@docomo.ne.jp
ワヲンヮ※1
□ (space)
※2
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
-s
，！？￥＆（）＊
＃ " ’ ＝＾＋；
※1: Displayed when entering the character in full pitch.
※2: Displayed when entering the character in half pitch.
※3: Displayed when entering characters consecutively.
If you press a after fixing a character, pictographs are displayed.
pIf you press c after entering a character, characters can be scrolled in the reverse order.
pAfter entering hiragana, katakana, or alphabetic characters, you can switch uppercase and lowercase characters by pressing d.
pYou can enter “+” by pressing and holding 0 for at least one second in Numeral input mode.
410
List of Characters Assigned to Keys (2-touch Input Method)
Kanji/Hiragana input mode

あ い
か き
さ し
た ち
な き
は ひ
ぞ み
や （
ら り
わ を
Second digit
5 6 7
う
く
す
つ
く
ま
む
ゆ
る
ん
え
け
せ
が
ね
へ
め
）
れ
゛
お
こ
そ
と
ぎ
そ
も
よ
ろ
゜



ďź°
ďźľ
ďźş

＊
１
６



ďźą
ďźś
？
＆

２
７


ďź­



３




ďźł

４
９



ďź´
ďźš
／
First digit
First digit

５

ア
カ
サ
タ
ナ
ハ
マ
ヤ
ナ
ワ
イ
キ
シ
チ
ニ
ヒ
ミ
ウ
ク
ス
ツ
ヌ
フ
ム
ヌ
ネ
ン
エ
ケ
セ
テ
ネ
ヘ
ュ
リ
ヲ
ぁ
ぃ
ぅ
ぇ
Second digit
5 6 7
ｃ
ｈ
ｍ
ｒ
ｗ
ｄ
ｉ
ｎ
ｓ
ｘ
ｅ
ｊ
ｏ
ｔ
ｙ
ぉ
っ
ゃ
ゅ
ゎ
ょ
、
。
ハ
゛
Second digit
5 6 7
オ
コ
ソ
ト
ノ
ホ
モ
ヨ
ロ
゜



ďź°
ďźľ
ďźş

＊
１
６



ďźą
ďźś
？
＆

２
７


ďź­






ďźł

−



ďź´
ďźš
／
３

４
９
５

ァ
ィ
ゥ
ェ
ォ
ッ
ャ
ヮ※1
ー
ａ
ｆ
ｋ
ｐ
ｕ
ｚ
ｂ
ｇ
ｌ
ｑ
ｖ
ョ
，
．
Alphabet input mode
First digit
，
＝
ďźž
＄
．
＞
ďźż
％
：
ďź 
‘※1
`※2
Second digit
4 5 6
’
；
ďźť
｛
｝ ￣※1
~※2

）
＋
＜
ďź˝
｜
ａ
ｆ
ｋ
ｐ
ｂ
ｇ
ｌ
ｑ
ｃ
ｈ
ｍ
ｒ
ｄ
ｉ
ｎ
ｓ
ｅ
ｊ
ｏ
ｔ
ｕ
ｖ
ｗ
ｘ
ｙ
ｚ

＊
１
６
？
＆

２
７

−
／
３

４
９
５

: Switches between uppercase input mode and lowercase
input mode.
※1: Displayed when entering characters in full pitch.
※2: Displayed when entering characters in half pitch.
Information
pA space is entered if you press keys that correspond to a blank where no character is assigned.
pIn Kanji/Hiragana or Katakana input mode, you can enter “ ゛” and “ ゜” also by pressing -a just after entering a character.
For “ ゛”, press -a once. For “ ゜”, press -a twice.
pYou can enter “+” by pressing and holding -0 for at least one second in Numeral input mode.
411
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

First digit
First digit
Katakana input mode

Second digit
5 6 7
List of Characters Assigned to Keys (NIKO-touch Input Method)
Kanji/Hiragana input mode

い
き
し
づ
き
ひ
み
ゆ
り
を
う
く
す
つ
く
ま
む
よ
る
ん
え
け
せ
が
ね
へ
め
ゃ
れ
、
お ． −
こ
そ
と っ g
ぎ
そ
も p q
ゅ ょ t
ろ w x
。
ポ
ďź 
ďźż
１
２
３
４
５
６
７

９

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
First digit
Katakana input mode

First digit
あ
か
さ
た
な
は
ぞ
や
ら
わ
Second digit
5 6 7
ぁ
ヾ
ぃ
ぅ
ゃ
ゅ
Second digit
5 6 7
ぇ
ボ
Second digit
5 6 7






ďźľ
ďźš





ďźł
ďźś
ďźş
ぉ
っ
つ
ょ
や
よ
ゆ
ゎ

ア
カ
サ
タ
ナ
ハ
マ
ヤ
ナ
ワ
イ
キ
シ
チ
ニ
ヒ
ミ
ヌ
リ
ヲ
ウ
ク
ス
ツ
ヌ
フ
ム
ヨ
ネ
ン
エ
ケ
セ
テ
ネ
ヘ
ュ
ャ
ハ
、
Second digit
5 6 7
オ
コ
ソ
ト
ノ
ホ
モ
ー
ロ
。
．
ッ
ｐ
ョ
ｗ
ミ
−
ａ
ｄ
ｇ
ｊ
ｍ
ｑ
ｔ
ｘ
ポ
ďź 
ｂ
ｅ
ｈ
ｋ
ｎ
ｒ
ｕ
ｙ

ďźż
ｃ
ｆ
ｉ
ｌ
ｏ
ｓ
ｖ
ｚ
？
１
２
３
４
５
６
７

９

First digit
First digit

ァ
ィ
ゥ
ェ
ャ
ー
ォ
ッ
ツ
ョ
ďź°
ヨ

ヤ
ヌ




ďź­
ďźą
ďź´

Information
pA space is entered if you press keys that correspond to a blank where no character is assigned.
pYou can enter “ ゛” and “ ゜” by pressing -a. For “ ゛”, press -a once. For “ ゜”, press -a twice. In Kanji/Hiragana
input mode, you can enter them by pressing the key just after entering a character.
pYou can enter “+” by pressing and holding -0 for at least one second in Numeral input mode.
412
Symbol List
When “Read aloud settings” is set to “ON”, symbols are read aloud.
Symbol
Voice guidance
Symbol
Voice guidance
Symbol
、
。
，
．
ポ
：
；
？

゛
゜
−
−
》
「
」
『
』
【
】
＋
−
Âą
×
á
＝
≠
＜
＞
≦
≧
∞
∴
♂
♀
°
′
″
℃

＄
ďż 
￥
％

＆
＊
ďź 
§
☆
★
○
●
◎
◇
◆
□
■
△
▲
▽
▼
※
〒
トジカッコ
カギカッコ
トジカギカッコ
カギカッコ
トジカギカッコ
カッコ
トジカッコ
プラス
マイナス※4
プラスマイナス
カケル
ワネ
イコール
ノットイコール
ショーナリ
ダイナリ
ショーナリイコール
ダイナリイコール
ムゲンダイ
ユエニ
オス
メス
ド
フン
ビョー
ドシー
エン
ドル
セント
ポンド
パーセント
イゲタ
アンド
アスタリスク
アットマーク
セクション
ホシ
クロホシ
マル
クロマル
ニジューマル
ヒシガタ
クロヒシガタ
シカク
クロシカク
サンカク
クロサンカク
ギャクサンカク
クロギャクサンカク
コメジルシ
ユービンバンゴー
→
←
↑
↓
〓
∈
∋
⊆
ミギヤジルシ
ヒダリヤジルシ
ウエヤジルシ
シタヤジルシ
ゲタキゴー
ゾクスル
フクム
ブブンシューゴー
ブブンシューゴー
フクム
シンブブンシュー
ゴー
シンブブンシュー
ゴーフクム
ガッペー
キョーツー
オヨビ
マタワ
ヒテー
ナラバ
ドーチ
スベテノ
アル
カク
スイチョク
コ
ラウンドディー
ナブラ
ゴードー
ニアリーイコール
ショーナリショー
ナリ
ダイナリダイナリ
ネミト
ソージ
ヒレー
ナゼナラバ
インテグラル
ダブルインテグラル
オングストローム
パーミル
シャープ
フラット
オンプ
ダガー
ダブルダガー
ダンラクキゴー
マル
イ
エ
イ
ヹ
ヴ
ヾ
ボ
Α
Β
Γ
Δ
Ε
Ζ
Η
Θ
Ι
Κ
Λ
Μ
Ν
Ξ
Ο
Π
ÎĄ
ÎŁ
Τ
ÎĽ
ÎŚ
Χ
Ψ
Ί
Îą
β
Îł
δ
Îľ
Îś
Ρ
θ
Κ
Îş
Îť
Îź
ν
Ξ
Îż
π
ρ
σ
τ
υ
φ
χ
ψ
´
｀
¨
ďźž
￣
ďźż
ヽ
マ
⇅
⇆
〃
仝
々
⅞
〇
―
‐
／
ďźź
∟
‖
｜
…
‥
‘
’
“
”

）
〔
〕
ďźť
ďź˝
｛
｝
〈
〉
《
コンマ※1
ドット※1
テン
コロン
セミコロン
ギモンフ※1
カンタンフ※1
ダクテン
ハンダクテン
−
−
ウムラウト
ヤマガタキゴウ※1
オーバーライン
アンダーライン
−
−
−
−
−
ドウ
−
シメ
ゼロ
チョーオン※2
ダッシュ
ハイフン
スラッシュ
バックスラッシュ
カラ※3
−
タテセン※1
テンテンテン
テンテン
−
アポストロフィ※1
−
インヨウフ※1
カッコ
トジカッコ
カッコ
トジカッコ
カッコ
トジカッコ
カッコ
トジカッコ
カッコ
トジカッコ
カッコ
⊇
⊂
⊃
∪
∊
∧
∨
￢
⇒
⇔
∀
∃
∠
⊥
ÍĄ
∂
∇
≡
≒
≪
≫
√
∽
∝
∾
∍
∏
Å
‰
♯
♭
♪
†
‡
Âś
⃝
ゐ
ゑ
ヰ
Voice guidance
エ
ヴ
カ
ケ
アルファ
ベータ
ガンマ
デルタ
イプシロン
ゼータ
イータ
シータ
イオタ
カッパ
ラムダ
ミュー
ニュー
グザイ
オミクロン
パイ
ロミ
シグマ
タウ
ユプシロン
ファイ
カイ
プサイ
オメガ
アルファ
ベータ
ガンマ
デルタ
イプシロン
ゼータ
イータ
シータ
イオタ
カッパ
ラムダ
ミュー
ニュー
グザイ
オミクロン
パイ
ロミ
シグマ
タウ
ユプシロン
ファイ
カイ
プサイ
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
Voice guidance
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Symbol
413
Symbol
Voice guidance
Symbol
Voice guidance
Symbol
Voice guidance
Symbol
Voice guidance
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
ω
А
Б
В
Г
Д
Е
Ё
Ж
З
И
Й
К
Л
М
Н
О
П
Đ 
ĐĄ
Т
ĐŁ
Ф
ĐĽ
ĐŚ
Ч
Ш
ĐŠ
オメガ
к カー
┯
−
㍑ リットル
㍗ ワット
アー
л エリ
┨
−
㌍ カロリー
ベー
м エム
┷
−
㌦ ドル
ヴェー
н エヌ
┿
−
㌣ セント
ゲー
о オー
┝
−
㌫ パーセント
デー
п ペー
┰
−
㍊ ミリバール
イェー
р エル
┥
−
㌻ ページ
ヨミ
с エス
┸
−
㎜ ミリメートル
ジェー
т テー
╂
−
① マルイチ
㎝ センチメートル
ゼー
у ウー
② マルニ
㎞ キロメートル
イー
ф エフ
③ マルサン
㎎ ミリグラム
イークラトコエ
х ハー
④ マルヨン
㎏ キログラム
カー
ц ツェー
⑤ マルゴ
㏄ シーシー
エリ
ч チェー
⑥ マルロク
㎡ ヘーホーメートル
エム
ш シャー
⑦ マルナナ
㍻ ヘーセー
エヌ
щ シチャー
〝
⑧ マルハチ
−
オー
ツボルディーズ
ъ
〟
⑨ マルキュー
−
ペー
ナーク
⑩ マルジュー
№ ナンバー
エル
ы ウイ
⑪ マルジューイチ
㏍ ケーケー
エス
ミャーフィーズ
ь
⑫ マルジューニ
℡ デンワ
テー
ナーク
⑬ マルジューサン
㊤ マルウエ
ウー
э エー
⑭ マルジューヨン
㊥ マルナカ
エフ
ю ユー
⑮ マルジューゴ
㊦ マルシタ
ハー
я ヤー
⑯ マルジューロク
㊧ マルヒダリ
ツェー
─
−
⑰ マルジューナナ
㊨ マルミギ
チェー
│
−
⑱ マルジューハチ
㈱ カッコカブ
シャー
┌
−
⑲ マルジューキュー
㈲ カッコユー
シチャー
┐
−
⑳ マルニジュー
㈹ カッコダイ
ツボルディーズ
┘
−
ĐŞ
Ⅰ イチ
㍾ メージ
ナーク
└
−
Ⅱ ニ
㍽ タイショー
Ы ウイ
├
−
Ⅲ サン
㍼ ショーワ
ミャーフィーズ
┬
−
ĐŹ
Ⅳ ヨン
≒ ニアリーイコール
ナーク
┤
−
Ⅴ ゴ
≡ ゴードー
Э エー
┴
−
Ⅵ ロク
∫ インテグラル
Ў ヌミ
┼
−
Ⅶ ナナ
∮ ファイ
Я ヤミ
━
−
Ⅷ ハチ
∑ シグマ
а アー
┃
−
Ⅸ キュー
√ ルート
б ベー
┏
−
Ⅹ ジュー
⊥ スイチョク
в ヴェー
┓
−
㍉ ミリ
∠ カク
г ゲー
┛
−
㌔ キロ
∟ チョッカク
д デー
┗
−
㌢ センチ
⊿ サンカッケー
е イェー
┣
−
∵ ナゼナラバ
㍍ メートル
ё ヨー
┳
−
∩ キョーツー
㌘ グラム
ж ジェー
┫
−
㌧ トン
∪ ガッペー
з ゼー
┻
−
㌃ アール
и イー
╋
−
㌶ ヘクタール
й イークラトコエ
┠
−
※1 Does not read aloud if it is not for a URL or mail address.
※2 When it follows a hiragana, katakana, or kanji character, the ending of the character immediately before it is read aloud as a long vowel.
※3 When it follows a hiragana or katakana character, the ending of the character immediately before it is read aloud as a long vowel.
※4 Reads it aloud “ハイフン (hyphen)” if it is for a URL or mail address.
Information
pSpecial symbols “①” through “∪” might not be correctly displayed if they are sent to mobile phones which do not support i-mode or personal
computers. Further, you cannot enter special symbols of
into the text of SMS messages, and they are replaced by half-pitch spaces.
414
Symbol Candidate List
On the Character Entry (Edit) display, enter “きごう” to convert it to bring up symbol candidates. Further, you can
enter characters listed below to convert them into respective symbols.
Input
おなじ
から
かんま
こんま
たてせん
てんてん
りーだ
しめ
かっこ
Conversion
〃々
∟
，
，
‖｜
…‥
…
〆
‘’ “”（）
〔〕
ďźťďź˝
｛〈
｝〉
《》
「」
『』
【】
たす
＋
ひく
−
ぷらすまいなす
Âą
かける
×
わる
á
Input
Conversion
いこーる
＝
ふとうごう
＜＞≦≧
しょうなり
＜
だいなり
＞
しょうなり
≦
いこーる
だいなり
≧
いこーる
むげんだい
∞
おす
♂
めす
♀
ならば
⇒
どうち
⇔
にありいこーる
≒
ちいさい
≪
おおきい
≫
Input
るーと
お
ふん
びょう
どる
せんと
ぽんど
せつ
ほし
あっと
まる
しかく
さんかく
こめ
ゆうびん
Conversion
Input
Conversion
√
°℃
′
″
＄
ďż 
￥
§
＊☆★
ďź 
。
○●
◎〇
◇◆□■
△▲▽▼
※
〒
やじるし
うえ
した
みぎ
ひだり
あすたりすく
おんぐすと
ろーむ
しゃーぷ
ふらっと
おんぷ
だがー
だぶるだがー
だんらく
おーむ
でんわ
→←↑↓
↑
↓
→
←
＊
Å

♭
♪
†
‡
Âś
Ί
℡
Pictograph List
When “Read aloud settings” is set to “ON”, pictographs are read aloud.
Pictograph
Voice guidance
Voice guidance
Voice guidance
テンビンザマーク
サソリザマーク
イテザマーク
ヤギザマーク
ミズガメザマーク
ウオザマーク
スポーツマーク
ヤキューマーク
ゴルフマーク
テニスマーク
サッカーマーク
スキーマーク
バスケットマーク
モータースポーツ
マーク
ページャマーク
デンシャマーク
チカテツマーク
シンカンセン
マーク
セダンマーク
アールブイマーク
バスマーク
フネマーク
ヒコーキマーク
イエマーク
ビルマーク
ユービンキョク
マーク
Pictograph
Voice guidance
ビョーインマーク
ギンコーマーク
エーティーエム
マーク
ホテルマーク
コンビニマーク
ガソリンスタンド
マーク
チューシャジョー
マーク
シンゴーマーク
トイレマーク
レストランマーク
キッサテンマーク
バーマーク
ビールマーク
ファーストフード
マーク
ブティックマーク
ビヨーインマーク
カラオケマーク
エーガマーク
ユーエンチマーク
オンガクマーク
アートマーク
エンゲキマーク
イベントマーク
チケットマーク
キツエンマーク
415
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
アセタラーッ
マーク
ダッシュマーク
ウーマーク
ウーンマーク
グッドマーク
バッドマーク
ミギナナメウエ
ヤジルシマーク
ミギナナメシタ
ヤジルシマーク
ヒダリナナメウエ
ヤジルシマーク
ヒダリナナメシタ
ヤジルシマーク
ハレマーク
クモリマーク
アメマーク
ユキマーク
カミナリマーク
タイフーマーク
キリマーク
コサメマーク
オヒツジザマーク
オウシザマーク
フタゴザマーク
カニザマーク
シシザマーク
オトメザマーク
Pictograph
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
ハートマーク
ユレルハート
マーク
シツレンマーク
フクスーハート
マーク
ワーイマーク
プンプンマーク
ガクーマーク
モウヤダーマーク
フラフラマーク
ルンルンマーク
オンセンマーク
カワイイマーク
チュッマーク
ピカピカマーク
ヒラメキマーク
ムカッマーク
パンチマーク
バクダンマーク
ムードマーク
ネムイマーク
ビックリマーク
ビックリハテナ
マーク
ニジュービックリ
マーク
ドーンマーク
アセアセマーク
Pictograph
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Pictograph
Voice guidance
キンエンマーク
カメラマーク
カバンマーク
ホンマーク
リボンマーク
プレゼントマーク
バースデーマーク
デンワマーク
ケータイデンワ
マーク
メモマーク
テレビマーク
ゲームマーク
シーディーマーク
ハートマーク
スペードマーク
ダイヤマーク
クラブマーク
メマーク
ミミマーク
グーマーク
チョキマーク
パーマーク
アシマーク
クツマーク
メガネマーク
クルマイスマーク
シンゲツマーク
カケヅキマーク
ハンゲツマーク
ミカヅキマーク
マンゲツマーク
イヌマーク
ネコマーク
リゾートマーク
クリスマスマーク
カチンコマーク
フクロマーク
ペンマーク
ヒトカゲマーク
イスマーク
ヨルマーク
Pictograph
Voice guidance
スーンマーク
オンマーク
エンドマーク
トケーマーク
デンワヘマーク
メールヘマーク
ファックスヘ
マーク
アイモードマーク
アイモードマーク
メールマーク
ドコモテーキョー
マーク
ドコモポイント
マーク
ユーリョーマーク
ムリョーマーク
アイディーマーク
パスワードマーク
ツギアリマーク
クリアマーク
サーチマーク
ニューマーク
イチジョーホー
マーク
フリーダイヤル
マーク
シャープダイヤル
マーク
モバキューマーク
シカクイチ
シカクニ
シカクサン
シカクヨン
シカクゴ
シカクロク
シカクナナ
シカクハチ
シカクキュー
シカクゼロ
ケッテーマーク
アイアプリマーク
Pictograph
Voice guidance
アイアプリマーク
ティーシャツ
マーク
ガマグチサイフ
マーク
ケショーマーク
ジーンズマーク
スノボマーク
チャペルマーク
ドアマーク
ドルブクロマーク
パソコンマーク
ラブレターマーク
レンチマーク
エンピツマーク
オーカンマーク
ユビワマーク
スナドケーマーク
ジテンシャマーク
ユノミマーク
ウデドケーマーク
ムムマーク
ホッマーク
ヒヤアセマーク
ヒヤアセマーク
プクッマーク
ボケーッマーク
ラブラブマーク
オーケーマーク
アッカンベー
マーク
ウィンクマーク
ウレシイマーク
ガマンマーク
ネコマーク
ナキマーク
ナミダマーク
エヌジーマーク
クリップマーク
コピーライト
マーク
トレードマーク
Pictograph
Voice guidance
ハシルヒトマーク
マルヒマーク
リサイクルマーク
レジストレッド
マーク
キケンマーク
キンシマーク
クーシツマーク
ゴーカクマーク
マンシツマーク
サユーマーク
ジョーゲマーク
ガッコーマーク
ナミマーク
フジサンマーク
クローバーマーク
サクランボマーク
チューリップ
マーク
バナナマーク
リンゴマーク
ワカバマーク
モミジマーク
サクラマーク
オニギリマーク
ショートケーキ
マーク
トックリマーク
ドンブリマーク
パンマーク
カタツムリマーク
ヒヨコマーク
ペンギンマーク
サカナマーク
ウマイマーク
ウッシッシマーク
ウママーク
ブタマーク
ワイングラス
マーク
ゲッソリマーク
Information
pPictographs are all counted as full-pitch characters.
pPictographs are not correctly displayed if they are sent to mobile phones which do not support i-mode or to personal
computers. Further, the pictographs from “ ” through “ ” are correctly displayed only when sent to i-mode phones which
support those pictographs.
416
Common Phrase List
No.
Expressions
“Greetings” folder
1 Good morning
2 Good afternoon
3 Good evening
4 Good night
5 I’m going
6 Have a nice day
7 I’m back
8 Welcome back
9 I’m sorry
10 Good-bye
“Business” folder
1 Your cooperation is greatly appreciated
2 We always appreciate your business
3 Please send my best regards to everyone
4 Thank you very much for the other day
5 How’s everything?
6 I will be late
7 See you later
8 All right
9 Check urgently!
10 Call me
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
No.
Expressions
“Internet” folder
1 @docomo.ne.jp
2 .ne.jp/
3 .co.jp/
4 .or.jp/
5 .ac.jp/
6 .com/
7 http://www.
8 https://www.
9 www.
10 .html
“Smiley 1” folder
10
“Smiley 2” folder
10
417
Multiaccess Combination Patterns
Communication event
Voice call
Videophone call
PushTalk
i-mode
i-mode mail
Communication status
Outgoing Incoming Outgoing Incoming Outgoing Incoming Connecting Sending Receiving
Voice call
△※1
△※2
×
×※3
×
×※4
○
○
△※5
Videophone call
×
×※3
×
×※3
×
×※4
×
×
×
※6
※4
※7
※4
PushTalk
×
△
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
i-mode
○
○
△※8
△※9
△※8
△※10
×
○
○
※8
※9
※8
※10
i-mode mail
○
○
△
△
△
△
○
×
×
SMS
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
△※5※11
i-αppli※12
×
○
×
△※9
×
△※10
×
×
△※5
i-Îąppli software running
○
○
△※8
△※9
△※8
△※10
×
○
△※5
Packet communication
○
○
×
×※4
×
×
×
×
×
(Data communication)
64K data communication
×
×※3
×
×※3
×
×
×
×
×
Communication event
i-Îąppli
Packet communication
64K data
software
(Data communication)
communication
running
Sending Receiving Outgoing Outgoing Sending Receiving Sending Receiving
SMS
Communication status
Voice call
Videophone call
PushTalk
i-mode
i-mode mail
SMS
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
i-αppli※12
i-Îąppli software running
Packet communication
(Data communication)
64K data communication
i-Îąppli
△※5※11
△※5
△※5
△※5
×
×
×
×
×
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
○
×
×
○
×
×
×
×
○
×
×
△※5
×
×
×
×
△※5
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
○
×
×
×※3
×※3
×
×
×
△※5
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
×※3
×
×
×
○
×
×
×
×
×
×※3
○
×
×
○
×
×
×
○
△※5
△※5
△※5
○
○: Can start.
△: Can start by condition.
×: Cannot start simultaneously. The current communication continues (the started communication is rejected).
※1: If you have signed up for “Call waiting”, you can make another call with the current voice call put on hold.
※2: In the condition of the maximum number of voice line+1, you can activate Voice Mail, Call Waiting, or Call Forwarding.
(See page 364, page 366, and page 367)
※3: If you have signed up for “Call waiting”, “Voice mail”, or “Call forwarding”, you can answer an incoming call after finishing a
call or communication. (See page 371)
※4: The call is recorded as a missed call in Received Calls.
※5: “ (white)” appears to notify of incoming mail.
※6: The FOMA phone works in accordance with the setting of “PushTalk arrival act”.
※7: Only when you are the caller, you can make calls to add members.
※8: i-mode communication is cut off, and you can make a call.
※9: The FOMA phone works in accordance with the setting of “V-phone while packet”.
※10: The FOMA phone works in accordance with the setting of “i-mode arrival act”.
※11: For i-mode mail and SMS, you can use a single line each at a time.
※12: This is the case for when you are upgrading or downloading an i-αppli program.
418
Multitask Combination Patterns
When the functions in the same group (
part in the table) conflict, the display for switching the active
function appears. However, it might not appear depending on the operation.
Started
i-mode group Setting group
Tool group
Private
function Voice Video Push
Data
Phone
Osaifu
phone
menu
Mail i-mode
Settings
LifeKit
Statio- MUSIC 1Seg
call
Talk
i-αppli ※2 Service box
book
-Keitai ※2
Function
※1
※3
※5
※5
call
nery
※1
※4
※5
in operation
Voice call
×
×
×
○
○
×
○
○※6
×
○※7
○
○※8
×
×
○
○
Videophone call
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×※9
×
×
×
×
×
×
PushTalk
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×※9
×
×
×
×
×
×
Mail
○
○
○
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
i-mode※1
○
○
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
i-Îąppli
○
○
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○ ×※10 ○
○
○
Settings※2
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Service
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Data box※1※11
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
○
LifeKit※3
○※12 ○※12 ○※12 ○※13 ○
○
○
○
× ×※14 ×
× ×※15 ×
×
○
Phonebook※4
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
× ×※14 ×
×
○
×
×
○
Stationery
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
× ×※14 ×
× ○※16 ×
×
○
○
MUSIC※5
○※17 ○※17 ○※17 ○※18 ○ ×※10 ○ ○※19 ※17※20 ×※15 ○ ○※16 ×
×
○
○
1Seg※5
○※17 ○※17 ○※17 ○※18
Osaifu-Keitai※5
○
○
○
○
○: Can be activated simultaneously.
○
○
○※17
○
○
○
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
○
×
×
×
×
○
○
×: Cannot be activated simultaneously.
419
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
※1: While a PDF file is displayed, the i-mode group is in use. However, One Seg programs or “1Seg” in Data Box cannot be
activated simultaneously.
※2: You cannot use it depending on the function.
※3: You cannot use Multitask to start up “Receive Ir data” and “SD-PIM”.
※4: You cannot use Multitask to start up “UIM operation”.
※5: The functions not belonging to the Tool group are included.
※6: You cannot start up “Caller ID notification” during a call.
※7: LifeKit functions you can start up during a call are limited to “Bar code reader”, still image shooting of “Camera”, “Bluetooth”,
“GPS”, “Text reader”, and “Data Security Service”.
※8: Stationery functions you can start up during a call are limited to “Schedule”, “ToDo”, “Text memo”, “Calculator”, and “使いか
たナビ (Guide)”.
※9: During a call, you can receive a GPS location provision request. When each service setting is set to other than “拒否
(Reject)”, you can provide your location information.
※10: Some i-αppli programs can be activated simultaneously with MUSIC.
※11: If you use Multitask to switch functions while you are using the Picture viewer (microSD memory card), i-motion player,
Video player, Chara-den player, or Melody player, or while playing back a demo from “MUSIC” in Data Box, display or
playback ends. You cannot switch functions while you are editing an i-motion movie.
※12: Playback/Recording stops when a call comes in while you are playing back “Record message”, “Videophone record
message”, “Voice memo”, or “Movie memo”, or while recording “Voice memo”. When a call comes in while you are scanning
data using “Bar code reader” or “Text reader”, the data being scanned is discarded.
※13: If you set “Receiving display” to “Alarm preferred” and a mail message comes in while you are scanning data using “Bar
code reader” or “Text reader”, the data being scanned is discarded.
※14: You can receive a GPS location provision request. When each service setting is set to other than “拒否 (Reject)”, you can
provide your location information.
※15: You can simultaneously start it with “Bar code reader”, “Text reader”, “Camera”, or “GPS”. However, Play Background is not
available for the functions other than GPS.
※16: You cannot simultaneously start MUSIC with “使いかたナビ (Guide)”.
※17: Play Background is not available.
※18: If you set “Receiving display” to “Alarm preferred” and a mail message comes in, the playback is suspended.
※19: You cannot use “2in1 setting” and “Chaku-moji”.
※20: You cannot simultaneously start “MUSIC Player”, “MUSIC”, “Music&Video Channel”, and “PC Movie”.
Services Available with FOMA Phones
Available services
Directory assistance service (Charges apply: guidance fee + call fee)
※Listed phone numbers only can be given.
Telegrams (Telegram charges apply)
Time check (Charges apply)
Weather forecast (Charges apply)
Emergency calls to police
Emergency calls to fire station and ambulance
Emergency calls for accidents at sea
Disaster messaging service (Charges apply)
Collect calls (Charges apply: guidance fee + call fee)
Phone number
(No prefix) 104
(No prefix) 115
(No prefix) 117
City code of the desired area + 177
(No prefix) 110
(No prefix) 119
(No prefix) 118
(No prefix) 171
(No prefix) 106
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Information
pWhen using the collect call (106), the recipient is charged a call fee and handling fee ÂĽ90 (ÂĽ94.5 with tax) for each call.
(As of October 2007)
pWhen using the directory assistance service (104), you are charged a guidance fee ÂĽ100 (ÂĽ105 with tax) plus a call fee. For
whom having weak eyesight or handicapped arms, the guidance is available charge free. For more details, dial 116 (NTT
inquiry counter) from landline phones. (As of October 2007)
pThis FOMA phone supports “Emergency Location Report”.
When you make an emergency call such as at 110/118/119, information about the place where you are dialing from (location
information) is automatically notified to emergency-response agencies such as police stations. It might happen that your correct
location is not detected by emergency-response agencies depending on the location you dialed or radio wave conditions.
When your location information is notified, the name of emergency-response agency is displayed on the Stand-by display.
When you do not notify your phone number by call such as by adding “184”, your location information and phone number are
not notified. However, when an emergency-response agency has judged that the location information and phone number
should be detected because of emergency priority such as protection of human life, they might be notified regardless of your
setting.
The region and timing “Emergency Location Report” is introduced varies depending on the preparation of respective
emergency-response agencies.
pWhen you make a call at 110/119/118 from the FOMA phone, tell an operator that you are calling from a mobile phone and then
precisely notify your phone number and actual location. Further, remain still while talking to prevent your call from being
disconnected. Do not turn off the power immediately after the call, but instead make sure that your phone can receive calls for
at least 10 minutes.
pYou might not be connected to regional police/fire station depending on the area from where you call. If this happens, use
public phones nearby or landline phones.
pIf you use “Call Forwarding Service” for the landline phone and specify a mobile phone as the forwarding destination, callers
may hear ringing tone even when the mobile phone is busy, out of the service area, or the power is turned off depending on the
settings of the landline phone/mobile phone.
pNote that the FOMA phone is not available to 116 (NTT inquiry counter), Dial Q2, Message Dial, and credit call services. (You
can use auto credit call to the FOMA phone from landline phones or public phones.)
420
Introduction of Options and Related Equipment
Combining various options with the FOMA phone, you can realize more versatile use from personal purpose to
business purposes. Some products may not be dealt in depending on the area. For details, consult a handling
counter such as a DoCoMo shop. For details on options, refer to the user’s manuals of respective options and
related equipment.
ポBattery Pack P15
ポFlat-plug AV Output Cable P01
ポBack Cover P22
・Earphone/Microphone with Switch P001/P002※4
※1
ポFOMA AC Adapter 01/02
・Stereo Earphone Set P001※4
・FOMA AC Adapter 01 for Global use※1
ポEarphone Plug Adapter P001
ポFOMA DC Adapter 01/02
ポFlat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch P01/P02
ポFOMA Portable Charging Adapter 01
ポFlat-plug Stereo Earphone Set P01
ポFOMA Dry Battery Adapter 01
ポFlat-plug Connector/Stereo Mini-jack Conversion Adapter P01
ポDesktop Holder P24
・Bluetooth Headset F01※5
※2
ポFOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01
ポAC Adapter for Bluetooth Headset F01
・FOMA USB Cable※2
ポWireless Earphone Set P01
※3
ポFOMA Indoor Booster Antenna
ポBone conduction microphone/receiver
・FOMA Indoor Booster Antenna (Stand Type)※3
・In-Car Hands-Free Kit 01※6
ポCarry Case L 01
ポFOMA In-Car Hands-Free Cable 01
ポIn-Car Holder 01
※1 See page 42 and page 43 for charging batteries using AC adapter.
※2 If you use a USB hub, the devices may not work correctly.
※3 Use the adapter in Japan only.
※4 Earphone Plug Adapter P001 is required.
※5 AC Adapter for Bluetooth Headset F01 is required.
※6 To use/charge the FOMA phone via cable connection (USB connection), FOMA In-Car Hands-Free Cable 01 is required.
Introduction of Software for Playing Back Moving Images
Information
pFor download, a personal computer connected to the Internet is required. You are charged a communication fee to download.
pFor details such as operating environments, how to download, and how to operate, refer to the web page above.
Links with AV Equipment
On the FOMA phone, you may be able to play back some moving images in ASF format, which are saved from
another AV equipment to the microSD memory card. Also, you may be able to play back some moving images
recorded with the FOMA phone on another AV equipment. For information about links with compatible AV
equipment, refer to the following:
http://panasonic.jp/mobile/
Inquiry Center for Links with Compatible AV Equipment
■Panasonic Mobile Communications Customer Service Center
From landline phones:
0120-15-8729
From mobile phones or PHSs: 045-938-4023
Business hours: 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
(Excluding Saturdays, Sundays, national holidays, and specified holidays)
pMake sure that you dial the correct number.
421
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
To play back moving images (MP4 format file) using your personal computer, you need to have QuickTimePlayer
(free) ver. 6.4 or higher (or ver. 6.3 + 3GPP) of Apple Computer Inc.
You can download QuickTime from the following web page:
http://www.apple.com/jp/quicktime/download/
Troubleshooting
pFirst of all, check to see if you need to update the software program and then update it if required. See page 434 for
how to update software programs.
Problem
Check point
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
The FOMA phone does not turn on. pMake sure the battery is attached to the FOMA phone correctly.
pMake sure the battery is fully charged.
(Cannot use)
pIf the mova is usable in Dual Network Service, the FOMA phone service is
not available. Is the FOMA phone usable? For details, refer to “Mobile
Phone User’s Guide [Network Services]”.
Reference
P.41
P.42
P.369
Cannot dial by pressing numeric
keys.
pMake sure Keypad Dial Lock is deactivated.
pMake sure Restrict Dialing is deactivated.
pMake sure Lock All is deactivated.
pMake sure Self Mode is deactivated.
P.125
P.127
P.120
P.121
Dial but cannot connect; a busy
tone sounds.
pMake sure the phone number contains a city code.
pEnter the phone number after you hear the dial tone.
pIf “
” appears, move to a place where it disappears.
P.50
“
” appears and a busy tone
sounds.
pYou may be out of the service area or weak radio waves are being received.
P.44
“ ” and “Lock all” are displayed
and pressing keys are null.
pThis may be because Lock All is activated.
P.120
Pressing the side keys does not
work when the FOMA phone is
closed.
pThis may be because “Side keys guard” is set to “ON”.
P.125
Alert beeps.
pThe battery runs short. You need to charge.
P.42
Cannot charge.
(The Call/Charging indicator of the
FOMA phone does not light, or it
flickers.)
pMake sure the battery is attached to the FOMA phone correctly.
pMake sure the power plug of the adapter is securely inserted into outlet.
pMake sure the adapter and the FOMA phone is firmly connected. For AC
adapter (option), make sure its connector is firmly connected to the FOMA
phone or a desktop holder (option).
P.41
P.43
The display grows dark, showing
nothing.
pMake sure Power Saver Mode is deactivated.
P.107
Different ring tones sound for
incoming mail.
pThis may be the mail from a party whose mail ring tone is set by the setting
items in the Phonebook.
pThis may be the mail from a party stored in a group set with a mail ring tone
by Group Setting.
P.87
When a call or mail message comes pThis may be the call or mail message from a party for whom you have set
in, the Call/Charging indicator
“Illumination/Mail illumination” by setting items in the Phonebook.
lights/flickers differently.
pThis may be the call or mail message from a party stored in a group set with
“Illumination/Mail illumination” by Group Setting.
P.87
Images or melodies selected in the pMake sure the UIM that was inserted when you obtained images or
functions are not played back; they
melodies is inserted.
are played back at the default
setting.
P.39
P.44
P.88
P.88
Cannot count total calls cost.
pMake sure that total calls cost accumulated on the UIM does not exceed the
limit (about ÂĽ16,770,000). Perform Reset Total Cost to return to ÂĽ0.
P.344
Cannot watch a One Seg program.
pYou may be out of the terrestrial digital TV broadcasting service area or
weak airwaves are being received.
pMake sure the UIM is inserted.
pMake sure the Channel Setting is set.
P.244
Cannot perform data transfer
422
pMake sure that you do not use a USB hub. If you use a USB hub, the
devices may not work correctly.
P.38
P.245
–
Error Messages
p“(numerals)” in error messages are the code sent from the i-mode Center for discriminating the error.
Message
Description
Reference
“Accept serial port devices” failed
An error occurred during the standby for registering the serial port, so the serial port
was not placed on standby for registration.
Activating
Activating keypad dial lock
Receive Option Setting is set to “OFF”. Switch the setting to “ON” and try again.
Keypad Dial Lock is activated. Release Keypad Dial Lock and try again.
Activating mail security
Cannot download
Mail Security is activated, so you cannot download. Deactivate Mail Security and try
again.
Activating personal data lock
Personal Data Lock is set. Release Personal Data Lock and try again.
Activating personal data lock
Send pre-installed substitute image
During Personal Data Lock, a “Pre-installed” substitute image is sent.
Activating record display OFF
Record Display Set is set to “OFF”. Switch the setting to “ON” and try again.
Activating reject unknown
“Reject unknown” is set to “Reject”. Set to “Accept” and try again.
P.129
Activating ring time
“Ring time” is set to “ON”. Set to “OFF” and try again.
P.128
Address is not valid (451)
You could not send the mail correctly. Check the address and try again.
All protected
Cannot delete
All data items are protected, so cannot be deleted. Release the protection and try again. P.159, P.192,
P.201
Another function is active
Cannot connect
The function is not available simultaneously in Multitask. End the functions not in use
and try again.
Another function is active
Cannot operate
–
P.183
P.125
P.126, P.191
P.121
–
P.125
P.172, P.206
P.333
Another function is active
Cannot switch
Authentication failed
An authentication error occurred.
Authentication type is not supported Incompatible authentication type, so cannot be connected.
(401)
Auto time adjust info is not received You have not received the auto time adjust information, so could not play back the file
Unable to play
with restrictions on the playable period or playable deadline.
Cannot compose because too large
data
The size of the recorded moving image is too large to attach to i-mode mail. Use “Trim
imotion” or “Trim for mail” to trim the moving image, then compose mail.
–
–
–
P.285
–
An error occurred, so you could not dial.
–
Cannot display
Corresponding software program is running. End the software program and try again.
Cannot edit message
The attached file reaches 10,000 bytes, so you cannot enter the text.
Cannot execute because of other
tasks
The function is not available simultaneously in Multitask. End the functions not in use
and try again.
P.333
Cannot recognize
The text could not be scanned. Change Recognition Mode or NEGA/POSI Mode, and
scan the text again.
P.150
Cannot record
An error occurred, so you could not save.
Cannot resend
Send after edit
The address is invalid or the text exceeds the size that can be entered, so you cannot
re-send. Edit the text again and send.
Cannot save
The data could not be obtained from a site, so could not be saved.
–
Cannot save some attached files
Full of images, so part of the images could not be stored into the Phonebook.
–
Cannot set holiday and anniversary
The received holiday/anniversary and already stored data are set to the same date, so
you cannot store it.
–
Cannot set this anniversary
The received anniversary and already stored data are set to the same date, so you
cannot store it.
–
Cannot set this holiday
The received holiday and already stored data are set to the same date, so you cannot
store it.
–
Cannot set this schedule
The received schedule event and already stored data are set to the same date and
time, so you cannot store it.
–
Cannot start any more functions
The maximum number of functions is already running using Multitask.
End the functions not in use and try again.
P.211
–
–
P.192
P.333
Cannot start because use mail folder Corresponding software program is running. End the software program and try again.
P.211
Cannot use network transmission
Certificate is rejected
P.213
“Network set” is set to “OFF”. Set it to “ON” and try again.
You received an altered SSL/TLS certificate, so could not connect.
Check new message is set all OFF
No check marks are placed to the items for “Set check new message”. Put a check
mark for the items to be checked and try again.
–
P.199
423
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
Certificate is rejected (tampered)
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
The size of the shot image is too large to attach to i-mode mail.
Cannot dial
Message
Description
Check SMS center selection
The SMS Center is not correctly specified by SMS Center Selection. Specify the SMS
Center and try again.
Conditional access
Cannot watch
Receiving by limited method, so you cannot watch.
Connection failed
Failed to connect to the Bluetooth device while switching the voice to it during the call.
Radio waves are weak, so you cannot connect. Move to a place where radio waves are
strong enough and try again.
The destination address set by Host Selection is wrong, so you cannot connect to it.
Check the setting and try again.
P.208
–
–
–
P.165
You could not connect because of network trouble. Wait a while and try again.
–
Connection failed (403)
You cannot connect to a site or Internet web page.
–
Connection failed (503)
You could not connect because of network trouble. Wait a while and try again.
Connection failed (562)
Connection failed
Check the other side device
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Reference
–
The Bluetooth device is not compatible with the service supported by the FOMA phone,
so could not be registered.
–
The service you tried to connect to is invalid for the other end’s Bluetooth device, so you
could not connect to it.
–
Connection interrupted
Disconnected from the personal computer during data communication.
–
Connection is not valid
The destination address set by Host Selection is not compatible, so you cannot operate.
Check the setting and try again.
The user certificate is being operated, so you cannot connect. Complete operating
the user certificate and try again.
P.165
–
Could not add
An error occurred, so you could not store.
–
Could not be found
No response from the Bluetooth device, so you could not store or connect it.
–
Could not find your blinks
Failed to detect your blinks. Change the direction of your face or the place, and then try
again.
P.125
Data in IC card is full
Unable to download
Delete service?
This is displayed when the memory space within the IC card is short for downloading
the i-Îąppli program that supports Osaifu-Keitai.
Select “YES” to display the service names of Osaifu-Keitai already registered and the
space within the IC card (in bytes). Check the area size for shortage, select the service
to delete, start up the i-Îąppli program, and then delete it.
–
Data is full
The maximum number of anniversaries is stored. Delete unnecessary ones and try
again.
The maximum number of holidays/anniversaries is stored. Delete unnecessary ones
and try again.
The maximum number of holidays is stored. Delete unnecessary ones and try again.
The maximum number of Phonebook entries has been stored in the FOMA phone, so
you could not receive a new one. Delete unnecessary Phonebook entries and try again.
P.339, P.340
P.91
The maximum number of schedule events has been stored in the FOMA phone, so you
P.339, P.340
could not receive a new one. Delete unnecessary schedule events and try again.
The maximum number of ToDo items has been stored in the FOMA phone, so you
could not receive a new one. Delete unnecessary ToDo items and try again.
The maximum number of ToruCa files has been stored in the FOMA phone, so you
could not receive a new one. Delete unnecessary ToruCa files and try again.
P.341
P.229
Data is too long
A part is deleted
Characters for one (or plural) of address, subject, and text of the mail exceeded the
maximum, so part of them was deleted.
–
Data not applicable
Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or saved. The received data is
discarded.
–
Data size is too big to save
The file exceeded the maximum storable size by setting “File restriction”, so could not
be set.
–
Details cannot be saved
The ToruCa detailed data was not supported, so was not saved.
–
Device list is full
No device to overwrite
The maximum number of Bluetooth devices is stored, so you cannot store any more.
Delete unnecessary Bluetooth devices.
P.351
Downloaded data exists
Cannot connect to network
Save the PC movie on the Obtaining Completion display, and then close the Obtaining
Completion display.
P.266
Downloading interrupted
Another function was running or an error occurred, so you could not download.
Editing now
Cannot delete
Being used for another function, so you cannot delete. End the function and try again.
Enter zoom size
No magnification is entered. Enter the magnification and try again.
P.309
Enter “+” in right position
“+” is wrongly positioned. Enter it to the beginning of the phone number.
P.58
Error
An error occurred, so you could not operate.
Error in image
Does not work correctly
The Flash movie had an error, so you could not play it back normally.
424
–
P.333
–
–
Message
Failed in
transmission
Description
An error occurred, so you could not perform iC transmission.
Reference
–
Failed to authenticate
An authentication error occurred.
–
Failed to get license file
Failed to obtain the license information about the PC movie, so cannot be played back.
–
Failed to read
An error occurred while reading information from the microSD memory card.
–
Failed to read
Quitting
An error occurred when playing back the moving image.
The file cannot be read because you tried to play back the file in the “Movable contents”
folder with a UIM that was not inserted when that file was saved. Insert the UIM that
was inserted when the file was saved, and try again.
The microSD memory card was removed while reading the information from it. Insert
the microSD memory card and try again.
–
P.38
P.293
Failed to receive channel info
Failed to obtain the i-Channel information because part or all of it could not be obtained.
–
Failed to save
An error occurred, so you could not copy the ToruCa file.
An error occurred, so you could not save.
–
–
An error occurred, so you could not store.
You could not save the shot image.
–
–
Failed to send Ir data
An error occurred, so you could not send the data using infrared rays.
–
Failed to set
Failed to store in PushTalk
phonebook
An error occurred, so you could not set.
Could not be stored because the phone number was the number that could not be
stored in the PushTalk Phonebook.
–
Format error
Insert microSD formatted
The format of microSD memory card is incompatible with FOMA P905i. Use FOMA
P905i to format it.
iÎąppli stand-by display terminated
due to security error
i-Îąppli DX has forcibly been ended.
“iαppli To” function is not set
A check mark is not put for “Set iαppli To”, so you cannot start up i-αppli. Put the
check mark and try again.
P.213
IC card function inactive
Unable to download
IC card has been locked, so you could not download or upgrade. Release IC Card Lock
and try again.
P.230
Image display is OFF
Cannot receive
“Set image display” is set to “OFF”, so you cannot obtain the image. Set to “ON” and try
again.
P.164
Image in message will be deleted
The output-prohibited image from the FOMA phone is attached to the mail text, so
deleted.
i-mode Center is busy
Please try again later (555)
The line facility has trouble or the line is very busy. Wait a while and try again.
i-mode mail service is busy
Please try again later (553)
The line is very busy. Wait a while and try again.
Incomplete data
Unable to start
The i-Îąppli program you tried to start up does not start because partial data only is
saved. Download the whole i-Îąppli program and try again.
Input error (205)
The entered contents are wrong. Check the contents and try again.
Input too long
Too many entered characters to send. Decrease the number of characters and send
again.
P.154
Invalid
Cannot resend
The address is invalid or the text exceeds the size that can be entered, so you cannot
re-send.
–
Invalid code
The entered USSD is incorrect. Enter the correct one.
Invalid data
Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or saved. The received data is
discarded.
You cannot play back the following PC movies:
ポThe data files other than Windows Media files or the files with invalid contents
ポThe data file whose image size is larger than 320 dots x 240 dots, image bit rate is
higher than 2 Mbps, or voice bit rate is higher than 385 kbps
ポIf the server returns an unidentified response when you try to download a savable
data file.
ポWhen the streaming server is not supported by the FOMA phone (the streaming
server supported by the FOMA phone is Windows Media Services 9 only)
–
P.299
P.212
–
–
P.210
–
P.378
–
–
Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or saved. The received data is
discarded. A three-digit numeral is displayed for (xxx).
–
Invalid data
Data size is not supported (xxx)
Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or saved. The received data is
discarded. A three-digit numeral is displayed for (xxx).
–
Invalid func in this UIM
The function cannot be operated from the inserted UIM.
–
Invalid ID
The entered ID is wrong. Enter the correct ID.
P.239
Invalid UIM auto start not display
You cannot start up the i-Îąppli program because of the UIM restrictions. Insert the UIM
which had been inserted when the i-Îąppli program was downloaded and try again.
P.39
Invalid UIM
iÎąppli is unable to run
425
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
Invalid data (xxx)
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
–
Message
Description
Reference
Invalid UIM
Incorrect display
The screen memo cannot be correctly displayed because of the UIM restrictions. Insert
the UIM that had been inserted when the screen memo was saved, and try again.
–
Invalid UIM
Requested service not available
You cannot operate because of the UIM restrictions. Insert the UIM which had been
inserted when the data or file was obtained and try again.
Invalid UIM requested service not
available
Invalid UIM
Requested software failed to start
You cannot start up the i-Îąppli program because of the UIM restrictions. Insert the UIM
which had been inserted when the data or file was obtained and try again.
Invalid UIM requested software failed
to start
Invalid UIM
Unable to delete
Invalid UIM
Unable to download
P.39
P.39
You cannot move, start up, delete, download or upgrade because a UIM different from
the one set for the IC card is inserted.
Insert the UIM set for the IC card, and try again.
Invalid UIM
Unable to move
P.39
Invalid UIM
Unable to start
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Invalid UIM
Unable to upgrade
Invalid URL
The URL is invalid, so you cannot connect to the site or the Internet web page.
–
Linked page is not downloaded
The PDF data file has a link but the linked end has not been downloaded, so the linked
page could not be displayed.
–
Location provision failed
An error occurred because the FOMA phone is out of the service area or by other
reasons, so it failed to measure the current location or to provide the location
information. Move to a place where radio waves are strong enough and try again.
–
以下の宛先にはメール送信できません
でした (561)
Mails could not be sent to following
address. (561)
●●@△△△.ne.jp※
You could not send the mail message correctly to the displayed address.
※The mail address differs depending on the destination.
Max cost icon is not displayed
The Max Cost icon is not displayed, so cannot be deleted.
–
Memory full
There is no usable memory space, so you cannot operate.
–
Memory function active
Cannot operate
The microSD memory card is in use, so you cannot set.
Memory No.：xxx
Cannot overwrite
You cannot store in the same memory number with the Phonebook entry stored as
secret data. Store in a different memory number.
A three-digit numeral is displayed for (xxx).
P.86
Memory shortage
The memory space is not enough, so processing is suspended. If displayed frequently,
turn off and on the power.
P.44
Memory shortage
Cancel update
The memory space is not enough, so processing is suspended.
–
–
Memory shortage
End document viewer
Memory shortage
Failed to create font effect
Memory shortage
Return to Access Setting
–
Memory shortage
Return to Full Browser menu
Memory shortage
Return to i-mode menu
Memory shortage
Return to ToruCa list
No channel info
The channel information cannot be downloaded, so recommended channel mail cannot
be composed.
No data in phonebook
Cannot operate
The phone number and mail address of the other party are not stored in the
Phonebook. Store them and try again.
No picture
No frames to fit the size are found.
–
No response
No Bluetooth devices were found around the FOMA phone.
–
Sending end was not found while using iC communication.
–
No response (408)
No response from the site or Internet web page, so you could not connect to it. Try
again.
–
No set melody
This is displayed when you try to play back melodies with the playlist unprogrammed.
Program the melodies and then play them back.
426
–
P.85
P.302
Message
Description
Reference
Not notify phone No.
Cannot operate
You could not start up because the other party’s phone number was not notified.
Not registered
An error occurred, so you could not store.
Not secret data
Cannot call
You have switched to Secret Data Only, so you cannot access.
Release Secret Data Only and try again.
Notification failed
You failed to notify the current location because you moved out the service area during
the notification or by other reasons. Move to a place where the radio waves are strong
enough and try again.
–
Operation canceled
A mail message or Message R/F was received while the selected Messages R/F were
deleted, so operation was suspended.
–
Operation failed
An error occurred, so you could not set.
–
Operation may not be performed
The microSD memory card is removed while it is in progress or an error occurred, so it
might be possible that no operation is done. Check “Movie” folder for the data.
P.280
Other function active
Cannot operate
The function is not available simultaneously in Multitask. End the functions not in use
and try again.
P.333
Out of service
Radio waves are not received. Move to a place where the radio waves are strong
enough and try again.
Out of service area
Page is not found (404)
PIN1 code blocked
PIN1 code blocked
Enter PUK
The site or Internet web page does not exist, or URL is wrong. Check the URL and try
again.
–
–
P.126
–
P.156
Three times erroneous entry of the PIN1 code blocks the code. Enter the PUK (PIN
unblock code).
P.119
PIN1 code not recognized
No address is in the “To” field. Fill in the “To” field and try again.
Please wait
The audio line/packet communication facility has trouble or the audio line network/
packet communication network is very congested. Wait a while and try again. You can
make calls at 110/119/118. However, calls might not be connected by the situation.
–
The packet communication facility has trouble or the packet communication network is
very congested. Wait a while and try again.
–
The audio line/packet communication facility has trouble or the audio line network/
packet communication network is very congested. Wait a while and try again. You can
make calls at 110/119/118. However, calls might not be connected by the situation.
–
Please wait for a while (packet)
The packet communication facility has trouble or the packet communication network is
very congested. Wait a while and try again.
–
Positioning failed
An error occurred because the FOMA phone is out of the service area or by other
reasons, so it failed to measure the current location or to provide the location
information. Move to a place where radio waves are strong enough and try again.
–
Please wait for a while
P.172, P.173
Preparing
Cannot record
You cannot record just after recording. Wait a while and try again.
Protected all
Cannot delete
All data items are protected, so cannot be deleted. Release the protection and try again. P.159, P.192,
P.201
Protected
Cannot delete
Protected data, so could not be deleted. Release protection and try again.
Protected mail
Cannot delete
–
P.201
Protected memo
Cannot delete
Protected message
Cannot delete
PUK blocked
Ten times erroneous entry of the PUK (PIN unblock code) blocks the code. Contact the
handling counter of a DoCoMo shop.
–
Read error
An error occurred while reading information from the microSD memory card.
–
Received invalid data
Received data has an error, so it cannot be displayed or saved. The received data is
discarded.
–
Receiver cannot save data
The receiving end blocks data.
–
Receiving failed
The destination address set by Host Selection is wrong, so you cannot select and
receive. Check the setting and try again.
Registration is in progress (554)
You cannot operate because the user is being registered. Wait a while and try again.
PUK code blocked
PUK code not recognized
Replay period has not yet started
Playable date has not come yet, so you cannot play back the file.
P.165
–
P.299
–
427
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
Replace with a new one or check the The microSD memory card formatting is abnormal. Execute Check microSD.
disk
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Please set “To type” receiver
Message
Description
Retention period has expired (492)
You could not download attached files held at the i-mode Center because the save
period had been over.
Return to normal style
Cannot operate in Horizontal Open Style. Switch to Normal Style and try.
Rewrite failed
Failed to update the software program. Contact a handling counter such as a DoCoMo
shop.
Root certificate has expired
Terminate SSL session
Expiration date of SSL certificate has passed, so the connection is suspended.
Root certificate is not valid
The SSL certificate of that server is set to “Invalid” for “Certificate” setting. Set to “Valid”
and try again.
P.165
The SSL/TLS certificate of that server is set to “Invalid” for “Certificate” setting. Set to
“Valid” and try again.
P.165
–
P.26
–
–
Run software and delete data on IC
card
Then delete software
Data is left inside the IC card, so you cannot delete the Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-Îąppli.
Start up the Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-Îąppli, delete the stored data, and try again.
Secret data
You have not switched to Secret Mode or Secret Data Only, so cannot access.
Switch to Secret Mode or Secret Data Only and try again.
P.126
Server is busy
The line facility has trouble or the line is very busy. Wait a while and try again.
–
The line is very busy. Wait a while and try again.
–
Service is used by a previous
software
Unable to download
Delete a service?
When the software program with the service that uses the same IC card has already
been downloaded, you cannot download or upgrade a new service unless you delete
the existing service that has already been stored. Select “YES” to display the service to
be deleted, and then delete that service already stored.
Service is used by a previous
software
Unable to upgrade
Delete a service?
Service unavailable
The function cannot be operated with the inserted UIM.
Setting auto assist
Cannot delete
The international call access code or country code set by Auto Assist Setting cannot be
deleted. Change/Cancel the setting and try again.
Setting auto assist
Cannot delete all
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Reference
–
–
–
P.58
Setting IC card lock
IC Card Lock is set. Release IC Card Lock and try again.
P.230
Setting receive option
Cannot start
Receive Option Setting is set to “ON”, so you cannot start up. Switch to “OFF” and try
again.
P.183
Setting ticker to ON
Cannot operate
“Ticker ON/OFF” is set to “ON”, so you cannot set the i-αppli to the Stand-by display.
Set to “OFF” and try again.
P.170
Size of data is not supported
Size of page is not supported
Data size exceeded the maximum, so you could not download normally.
The size of site or Internet web page is large, so obtaining is suspended, and only
obtained portion is displayed.
Size of this page is not supported
Software for this folder deleted
Refer to Open folder
The corresponding mail-linked i-Îąppli has been deleted.
Software for this folder exists Cannot The corresponding mail-linked i-Îąppli is contained, so you cannot delete.
delete
–
–
–
–
Software terminated due to security
error
i-Îąppli DX has forcibly been ended.
Software update active
Cannot operate
You could not start up during updating the software program. After the software update
is completed, try again.
–
Software update is aborted
Please retry
The FOMA phone was turned off during updating the software program. Try updating it
again.
P.434
Software upgraded
The target software program is not updated, so you cannot execute.
Some addresses are not valid
Some addresses are incorrect. Enter the addresses correctly and send.
Some data could not be copied
The selected files contained ones that could not be copied, so you could not copy some
data.
–
Some data could not be moved
The selected files contained ones that could not be moved, so you could not move
some data.
–
Some data could not be saved
The selected files contained ones that could not be copied to the FOMA phone or
microSD memory card, so you could not save some data.
–
Sort is full
Cannot add
The maximum number of settings is already set. Release unnecessary settings and try
again.
Specified page number is not valid
The entered page number is invalid. Enter the correct page number and try again.
Specify max cost within ÂĽ10-100,000 Set the limit of Notice Call Cost to ÂĽ10 through ÂĽ100,000.
P.212
–
P.172, P.206
P.197
P.308
P.344
SSL session cannot be established
Either an altered SSL certificate was received or an SSL error occurred, so you could
not connect.
–
SSL session failed
An authentication error occurred at the server, so you cannot connect.
–
428
Message
Description
Reference
SSL/TLS session cannot be
established
Either an altered SSL/TLS certificate was received or a SSL/TLS error occurred, so you
could not connect.
–
SSL/TLS session failed
An authentication error occurred at the server, so you cannot connect.
–
Switch to normal style to answer
Cannot answer in Horizontal Open Style. Switch to Normal Style and try again.
Syntax error
Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or saved. The received data is
discarded.
This certificate has expired
Terminate SSL session
Expiration date of SSL certificate has passed, so the connection is suspended.
This certificate is not valid for this
URL
Terminate SSL session
The contents of this SSL certificate do not match, so the connection is suspended.
This data is not valid
You are trying to paste characters that cannot be used. Check the characters to be
pasted and try again.
This file is not attachable
Cannot resend
The output-prohibited file from the FOMA phone has been attached to the mail, so you
could not re-send it.
–
This file is not valid
The file is incompatible, so cannot be displayed.
–
This image is not valid
The image could not be displayed normally, so cannot be saved. Even if normally
displayed, it may not be saved depending on the file format.
–
This mail is broken
Cannot resend
The size of the mail text is too large or the attachment information about the text is
damaged, so you could not re-send.
–
This picture is not valid
The image data is invalid, so cannot be displayed.
–
This site is not certified
Terminate SSL session
This SSL certificate was not supported, so the connection was suspended.
This software contains an error
This software contains an error
Unable to download
The software program contains invalid data, so cannot be downloaded or upgraded.
P.26
–
–
–
P.360
–
–
This software is currently unavailable You cannot start up the software program because the effective period is expired or the
for use
server has put it in unavailable state.
–
This software is not supported by this The software program to be downloaded or upgraded does not support the FOMA
phone
phone.
–
An error occurred on the UIM or the PUK (PIN unblock code) is blocked. Contact the
handling counter of a DoCoMo shop.
Check to see if the correct UIM is inserted.
Time out
Disconnected from the other end’s Bluetooth device during entering a Bluetooth
passkey.
No response from the Bluetooth device, so you could not store or connect it.
The maximum stand-by time for “Accept dialup devices” had elapsed, so “Accept dialup
devices” was deactivated.
–
P.38
–
–
–
Too much data was entered
Too many entered characters to send. Decrease the number of characters and send
again.
P.154
ToruCa is full
The maximum number of ToruCa files has been stored in the FOMA phone, so you
could not receive a new one. Delete unnecessary ToruCa files and try again.
P.229
ToruCa limit reached
Unable to copy
Delete ToruCa
The maximum number of ToruCa files is stored, so you cannot copy them.
Delete unnecessary ToruCa files.
P.229
ToruCa limit reached
Unable to download
Delete ToruCa
The maximum number of ToruCa files is stored, so you cannot store any more.
Delete unnecessary ToruCa files.
P.229
ToruCa limit reached
Unable to receive
Delete ToruCa
The maximum number of ToruCa files is stored, so you cannot obtain any more.
Delete unnecessary ToruCa files.
P.229
Transmission failed
You could not send the mail correctly. A three-digit numeral is displayed for (xxx).
–
Transmission failed (552)
Transmission failed (XXX)
Unable to activate 1Seg.
Please activate the application after
moving to FOMA coverage
You repeatedly watched One Seg programs out of the service area where you cannot
connect to, so you cannot start One Seg. Move yourself into the FOMA service area
where you can connect to, and then try to start One Seg again.
–
Unable to combine/bind
You could not concatenate the scanned data. The scanned data up to now is discarded.
–
Unable to compose
You could not compose i-mode mail because the FOMA phone was reading data. Wait
a while and try again.
–
Unable to compose message
Cannot dial in Horizontal Open Style. Switch to Normal Style and try again.
P.26
429
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
Unable to dial
Switch to normal style to dial
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
This UIM cannot be recognized
Message
Unable to download
Description
Reference
Another function was activating or an error occurred, so you could not download.
–
The data is invalid, so cannot be downloaded.
–
Unable to download
Cancel update
Another function was activating or an error occurred, so you could not download.
Unable to download
Data exceeds maximum size
You tried to download the PDF data file exceeding the maximum size, so could not
download it.
Unable to download
Data exceeds maximum size (452)
You tried to receive data exceeding the maximum size, so could not receive it.
Unable to download remaining data
Delete data
An error occurred when downloading the remaining data of the file that was partially
saved, so the data was deleted.
–
Unable to edit file name
You cannot change the file name to the one starting with a period or containing
prohibited characters except half-pitch alphanumeric characters. Enter the correct file
name and try again.
P.275
You could not edit the title because entering no characters or entering only space is
disabled while editing the title. Enter characters and try again.
P.274
Unable to edit title
Unable to input because of exceeding You could not enter the Decomail-pictograph because it exceeded the maximum size of
maximum size
the images to be inserted.
–
–
–
–
Unable to move
The i-Îąppli is the one that cannot be moved to the FOMA phone, so could not be moved
from the microSD memory card to the FOMA phone.
–
Unable to perform AV output
An error occurred, so the AV output is suspended.
–
Unable to play because of wrong UIM This music file cannot be played back due to UIM restrictions. Insert the UIM you used
or license info
for obtaining the Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file, and try again.
If the UIM is the one inserted for obtaining the Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file, the license
information of the music file in the FOMA phone is invalid, so cannot be played back.
Perform “Initialize” and try again.
P.354
Unable to retrieve the requested URL No response from the server, so you cannot connect.
(504)
–
Unable to save
The data could not be obtained from a site, so could not be saved.
–
Unable to search any available
channels
No broadcasting station was found that can receive programs currently in the area.
–
Unable to search any channels
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Unable to select
When selecting the end point for “Trim imotion”, you tried to select the point before
the start point or the same point as the start point. So, the end point could not be
selected. Reselect the start point again, then proceed.
Unable to send all Ir data
All the selected files were output-prohibited from the FOMA phone, so could not be
sent.
Unable to set
An error occurred when you tried to set the Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file for a ring tone by
“Point ring tone”, so could not set it.
An error occurred, so you could not set.
P.285
–
–
–
Unable to set auto-update
An error occurred, so you could not set “Set auto-update”.
–
Unable to set for storage
Unable to support this card
There are no unoccupied memory numbers within the folder, so you cannot set.
The inserted memory card cannot be used on FOMA P905i. Use FOMA P905i
compatible microSD memory card.
–
Unable to switch audio data
There is only one audio, so you cannot switch.
–
An error occurred, so you could not upgrade.
You cannot make a PushTalk call from Number B/Address B while using 2in1. Switch to
Unable to use PushTalk from call logs A Mode or Dual Mode, or make a PushTalk call from Number A/Address A.
of Number B
–
Unable to upgrade
Unable to use B address history
Unable to use PushTalk in B mode
Unable to use this function
P.293
P.373
The function cannot be operated with the inserted UIM.
–
Unable to write
You cannot write on the microSD memory card because it is write-protected. Use
external devices to unlock the protection and try again.
–
Unsupported contents exist
Update pattern definitions
The data that the FOMA phone does not support is contained.
An error occurred, so you cannot use Scanning Function. Update the pattern data and
try again.
Updating program
The program of Music&Video Channel is updating, so you can not download or play it
back. Wait a while and try again.
–
URL address is not valid
Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or saved. The received data is
discarded.
–
URL address is not valid (xxx)
Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or saved. The received data is
discarded. A three-digit numeral is displayed for (xxx).
–
Usage is currently restricted
Try again later
When a Pake-Houdai/Pake-Houdai Full user communicates a large amount of data
within a certain duration, the connection might be restricted for a certain duration. Wait
a while and try again.
–
430
–
P.441
Message
Using mail folder
Cannot delete
Description
Reference
Corresponding software program is running. End the software program and try again.
Using mail folder
Cannot download
P.211
Using mail folder
Cannot start
Wait for a while to retry
Currently, it is placed inactive. Wait a while and try again.
Wrong PIN1 code
The entered PIN1 code is wrong. Enter the correct one.
Your HTTP version is not supported
(xxx)
Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or saved. The received data is
discarded. A three-digit numeral is displayed for (xxx).
–
P.118
–
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
431
Warranty and Maintenance Services
Warranty
pMake sure that you have received a warranty card provided at purchase. After checking the contents of the warranty card as
well as “Shop name and date of purchase”, keep the warranty card in a safe place. If you notice that necessary items of the
warranty card are not filled in, immediately contact the shop where you purchased the FOMA phone. The term of the warranty is
one year from the date of purchase.
pAll or part of this product including the accessories may be modified for improvement without notice.
pData stored in the Phonebook and others might be changed or lost owing to a malfunction, repairs, or other mishandling of your
FOMA phone. You are advised to take a note of Phonebook entries and other files in preparation for such incidents. After we
repair your FOMA phone, we cannot move, with some exceptions, the information downloaded by using i-mode or i-Îąppli to your
repaired FOMA phone because of the copyright law.
※You can save data files such as Phonebook entries from the FOMA phone to the microSD memory card.
※From your FOMA phone to the microSD memory card, you can move the data files that i-motion or i-αppli uses.
※You can use Data Security Service (pay service that is available on a subscription basis) to save the data files such as
Phonebook entries from the FOMA phone to the Data Storage Center.
※If you have a personal computer, you can transfer and save the data files from the Phonebook to your personal computer by
using the DoCoMo keitai datalink (see page 383) via the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01 (option) or FOMA USB
Cable (option).
Maintenance Services
◎When there is a problem with the FOMA phone
Before asking repairs, check “Troubleshooting” in this manual.
If the problem remains unsolved, contact the “Repairs” counter listed on the back page of this manual for malfunction and
consult them.
◎When repairs are necessitated as a result of consultation:
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Bring your FOMA phone to a repair counter specified by DoCoMo. Note that your FOMA phone is accepted for repair during the
repair counter’s business hours. Also, make sure that you will bring the warranty card with you to the counter.
■In warranty period
ｼ Your FOMA phone is repaired charge free in accordance with the terms of warranty.
ｼ Make sure that you bring the warranty card to the counter for the repair. If you do not show the warranty card, or when
troubles or malfunctions are regarded to be caused by your mishandling, the repair cost is charged even within the warranty
period.
ｼ The cost for troubles caused by the use of devices and consumables other than those specified by DoCoMo is charged even
within the warranty period.
ｼFor the damages, of liquid crystal display, connector, etc., after purchase the repair cost is charged.
■Repairs may not be performed in the following cases:
When wet-detecting sticker is colored; when corrosion due to soaking, dew condensation, or perspiration was found by the test;
when the internal parts are damaged or deformed, repair may not be feasible. Even if repair is feasible, repair due to the
reasons above is not covered by the warranty, so the repair cost is charged.
■After the warranty period
We will repair your FOMA phone on request (charges will apply).
■Spare parts availability period
The minimum storage period of the performance spare parts (parts required for maintaining performance) for the FOMA phone
is basically six years after the closure of its production. Note, however, that your FOMA phone might not be repaired depending
on the parts because of shortage of the spare parts. Even after the storage period, some FOMA phones can be repaired
depending on the troubled portions. Contact the “Repairs” counter listed on the back page of this manual.
432
◎Other points to note
pMake sure not to modify the FOMA phone or its accessories.
ｼ Catching fire, giving injury, or causing malfunctions may result.
ｼ For the repair of devices that the modification is applied to, we accept it if you agree to have the modification reset. Further,
we might reject to repair depending on the conditions of the modification.
The following might be regarded as modifications:
ポTo put stickers, etc. onto the liquid crystal display or keys
ポTo decorate the FOMA phone using adhesives
ポTo replace the coverings etc. with those of other than DoCoMo genuine
ｼ Repairs of troubles or malfunctions resulting from the modifications are charged even within the warranty period.
pDo not peel the nameplate off the FOMA phone.
The nameplate is a certificate for ensuring the technological standard. If someone intentionally peel off the nameplate or
replace it, the contents described in the nameplate cannot be checked, as we cannot verify the conformity of the product to
the technical standard. Note that we may refuse repair for some malfunctions in this case.
pThe information such as function settings and Total Calls Duration, etc. might be reset depending on troubles or repairs, or
the way you handle the FOMA phone. Set the settings again.
pThe following parts of the FOMA phone uses the parts generating magnetic field: Note that if you put a card such as cash
card liable to be influenced by magnetic field close to it, the card might be adversely affected.
Using parts: speaker, earpiece
pIf the FOMA phone gets wet or becomes moist, immediately turn off the power and remove the battery pack; then visit a
repair counter. The FOMA phone may not be repaired depending on its condition.
◎Memory dial (Phonebook function) and downloaded information
i-mode Trouble Diagnosis Site
You can check on your FOMA phone whether sending/receiving mail messages, downloading images/melodies,
and others are normally working.
pTo connect to “ｉモード故障診断サイト
(i-mode Trouble Diagnosis Site)”
i-mode site:
iMenu→お知らせ (News)
QR code for
→サービス・機能 (Services & Functions)
accessing
the site
→ｉモード (i-mode)
→ｉモード故障診断 (i-mode Trouble Diagnosis) (Japanese only)
pA packet communication fee for connecting to the i-mode Trouble
Diagnosis Site is free. (When you access it from overseas, you are
charged the fee.)
pThe test items differ by model of FOMA phones. Further the test
items might be changed.
Top display
Test Menu List
pWhen you check operations of your FOMA phone according to each
test item, read the cautions on the site thoroughly and then perform
the test.
pWhen you connect to the i-mode Trouble Diagnosis Site and test on sending mail messages, the proper information about your
FOMA phone (model name, mail address, etc.) is automatically sent to the server (i-mode Trouble Diagnosis Server). We never
use the sent information for other purposes than for the i-mode trouble diagnosis.
pWhen you think your FOMA phone is in trouble as a result of your check, contact the “Repairs” counter listed on the back page
of this manual.
433
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
ｼIt is recommended to take a note of the information you have stored in the FOMA phone and keep it in a safe place. We are
not responsible for any change in or loss of information.
ｼWhen replacing or repairing your FOMA phone, the data you created, obtained from external devices, or downloaded may be
changed or lost. We do not take any responsibility for the loss or change incurred to the data. We may replace your FOMA
phone with a new one instead of repairing, for our convenience sake. With this FOMA phone, we move the files including the
images and ring melodies downloaded to the FOMA phone or the files you created to the new FOMA phone so far as your
existing FOMA phone is troubled or repaired. (We cannot move some files. Also, some files might not be movable depending
on the degree of malfunction.)
※It may take a while to move files, or it might occur that moving files is not possible depending on the memory size of the
files stored in the FOMA phone.

Updating Software
This function is to check whether you need to update software programs in the FOMA phone by connecting to the
network, and if necessary, you can download some parts of software programs using packet communication, and
can update the software programs.
※You are not charged a packet communication fee for updating software programs.
If you need to update the software programs, the DoCoMo web page and “お知らせ (News)” in iMenu let you
know about it.
“Auto-update”, “Update Now” and “Reserve Update” are available for updating software programs.
【Auto-update】: Automatically downloads new software programs, and updates at the time you specified beforehand.
【Update Now】: If you want to, immediately update.
【Reserve Update】: Reserve the date and time for updating software programs, and they are automatically
updated at the reserved date and time.
pDo not remove the battery pack while updating software programs. You may fail to update.
pYou can update software programs with the Phonebook entries, images shot by the camera, or downloaded data retained in the
FOMA phone; however note that data may not be protected depending on the conditions (such as malfunction, damage, or
drench) your FOMA phone is placed in. You are advised to backup important data. Note that some data such as downloaded
ones might not be backed up.
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
■Before Using Software Update
pYou can update software programs even when you set “Host selection” to a user designated destination.
pFully charge the battery before updating software programs.
pYou cannot update software programs in the following cases:
ポWhen the FOMA phone is off
ポWhen date and time are not set
ポDuring a call
ポOut of the service area
ポDuring PIN1 code lock
ポDuring Omakase Lock
ポDuring Self Mode
ポWhile using other functions
ポWhen the UIM is not inserted
ポWhile connecting to external devices such as a personal computer
pIt may take time to update (download or rewrite) software programs.
pYou cannot make/receive calls, use communication functions, and use other functions while updating software programs.
(You can receive voice calls, forward calls or operate Record Message during download.)
pWhen updating, the FOMA phone is connected to the server (DoCoMo site) using SSL communication. You need to validate the
SSL certificate. (Setting at purchase: Valid See page 165 for how to set.)
pIt is recommended to update software programs when radio wave is strong enough with the three antennas displayed and while
you are not moving.
※If radio wave conditions get worse while downloading software programs, or download is suspended, move to a place with
good radio wave conditions and try again to update software programs.
pIf you check Software Update with the software programs already updated, the message “No update is needed Please continue
to use as before” is displayed.
pWhen “Receive option setting” is set to “ON” and mail comes in during software update, the display for notifying you of the arrival
of mail may not be displayed after software update is completed.
pWhen updating software programs, the proper information about your FOMA phone (model name or serial number, etc.) is
automatically sent to the server (DoCoMo-managed server for Software Update). We at DoCoMo never use the sent information
for other purposes than for updating software programs.
pIf you fail to update software programs, “Rewrite failed” is displayed and you cannot do all the operations. In that case, you are
kindly requested to come to a repair counter specified by DoCoMo.
pYou cannot use Software Update overseas.
434
Update Software Programs Automatically 
You can download new software programs automatically, then the updating is operated at the time you specified
beforehand.
When the rewriting state is ready, the “Rewrite notification” icon appears. Then you can confirm the rewrite time
and select whether to change the rewrite time or rewrite the program immediately.
pYou cannot change “Set auto-update” when the notification icon of software update is displayed on the Stand-by display. In that
case, select the notification icon, and clear that icon without confirming whether the software update is required. You are then
able to change “Set auto-update”.
1 Set the date/time of updating.
the “Rewrite notification” icon on the Stand-by display, and select “OK”,
2 Select
“Change time” or “Now rewrite”.
※The “Rewrite notification” icon notifies you
that rewriting starts at the set time. (It is
cleared when you check it.)
Select the Rewrite
notification icon.
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Rewrite notification icon
When you select “OK”
※After you select it, the Stand-by display returns, and then rewriting starts at the set time.
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
435
When you select “Change time”
You can set day of a week and time for rewriting.
+l
Rewrite notification icon
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
When you select “Now rewrite”
※“Rewrite completion icon” appears only when you select “Now rewrite”.
Rewrite completion icon
436
Start Software Update
If you select “Only notification” of “Set auto-update”, “Update notification icon” notifies you when software update
is necessary.
You can start Software Update by selecting “Update notification icon”, or from the Main display.
Start Software Update by Selecting “Update notification Icon”
1 Select “Update notification icon” on the Stand-by display.
pIf you select “NO”, the
confirmation display appears
asking whether to delete the
notification icon.
p“Update notification icon” appears
in the following cases:
ポWhen notification is provided by
DoCoMo
・When “Update is needed” is
displayed in step 3 on page 437
ポWhen you fail to update software programs during updating in Reserve Update
ポWhen you cancel the reservation for the software update
2 Check whether the software programs need to be updated.
pYou can answer voice calls during check.
displayed. You can select either “Now update” or “Reserve”.
Software Update display
※When updating is not
necessary
※The display for when the
software update is
unavailable because of the
server congestion. (Wait for
a while and then start the
software update again.)
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
updating is not necessary, “No update is needed” is displayed. Use the
3 When
FOMA phone as it is. When updating is necessary, “Update is needed” is
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
437
Start Software Update from Menu
settingsSoftware update
1 mSettingsOther
Enter your TerminalSecurity CodeUpdate
2 Go to step 2 on page 437.
Update Software Now (Update Now)
you select “Now update”, “Start download” is displayed and downloading
1 When
starts after a while. (Select “OK” to start downloading right now.)
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
pYou can answer voice calls during download.
pIf you cancel downloading midway, the data downloaded up to
that point is deleted.
pOnce downloading starts, updating proceeds automatically; you
do not need to select menu items.
When downloading is completed, rewriting the software programs starts. (Select
2 “OK”
to start rewriting right now.)
When rewriting is completed, your FOMA phone automatically restarts.
pIt may take a while to start
rewriting.
pYou cannot even answer calls
while rewriting.
※While rewriting the software programs, all key operations are disabled. You cannot even stop updating.
Also, charging temporarily stops even if the AC adapter (option) is connected.
438
3 After confirming the update completion, select “OK”.
Reserve Date and Time for Updating Software (Reserve Update)
When downloading takes time or the server is busy, you can set in advance the date and time for starting the
software update by communicating with the server.
1 Select “Reserve” from the Software Update display.
The date and time which can be
reserved are displayed.
pThe server’s time table appears
for the software update
reservation.
When you select “Others”
After communicating with the
server, you can select the date and time you want. The availability of each time zone is displayed on the time selection
display as follows:
the date and time you selected. Select “YES”. Your FOMA phone
2 Confirm
communicates with the server again and then the reservation is completed.
■When the reserved time comes
The display on the right appears and about five seconds later the software update starts
automatically.
Before the reserved time, fully charge the battery pack, place the FOMA phone with the Stand-by
display shown in a place within reach of radio wave.
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
○: Available, △: Almost full, ×: Not available
When you select one time zone you want, you can communicate with the server again to display candidates for reserving
time.
ᵡᶍᶌᶒᶇᶌᶓᶃᶂ
439
Information
pNote that updating may not start even when the reserved time arrives if you are using another function.
pThe software update may not be started if an alarm is activated.
pIf you execute “Initialize” on page 354 after completing the reservation, the software update does not start even when the
reserved time arrives. Make a reservation for the software update again.
Check, Change, or Cancel the Reserved Date and Time
Select “Software update” from the setting menu, then enter your Terminal Security Code and select “Update”; then
you can confirm the reserved time.
You can change or cancel the reserved date and time from the display for checking reservation. To
change, select “Change”. To cancel, select “Cancel”.
End Software Update
If you select “NO” or “Cancel” from each display, the display for ending the operation appears.
Select “YES”; then the software update ends and the Stand-by display returns. To return to the previous display, select “NO”.
Information
pIf the battery level points “
” during operation, the software rewriting is not done and the operation ends.

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Protecting FOMA Phone from Data Causing Failure
First of all, update the pattern data to make it the latest.
Regarding data and programs downloaded or obtained from sites, i-mode mail messages or SMS messages to the
FOMA phone, you can detect data that might cause failure, can delete it, and can stop starting an application
program.
pUse the pattern data for checking. Update the pattern data, because it is upgraded each time new trouble is found. (See
page 441)
pThe scan function is for filtering out the data that causes failure to mobile phones at the time of browsing web pages or receiving
mail messages. Note that this function works only when the pattern data for each failure has been downloaded to your mobile
phone and when the pattern data for each failure is found.
pThe data contained in the pattern data varies depending on the mobile phone model. Therefore, note that we may stop
distributing the pattern data to mobile phones that have been on the market for three years or more.
Set Scanning Function 
If you set “Scan” to “Valid”, data or a program can be automatically checked when you try to run it.
In addition, if you set “Message scan” to “Valid”, a received SMS message can be automatically checked when you
display it.
1 mSettingsLock/SecurityScanning functionSet scanSelect an item.
Scan . . . . . . . . . . . Sets whether to run the scanning function.
Message scan . . . Sets whether to run the scanning function when displaying an SMS message.
pWhile “Scan” is set to “Invalid”, you cannot set “Message scan”.
440
2 Valid or InvalidYES
pWhen the scan function is set, an alert is shown by five levels if data that might cause failure is detected. (See page 442)
Information
pThe scanning is not available for the SMS message which notifies you of receiving mopera mail or of incoming calls for Voice
Mail Service.
Update Pattern Data 
mSettingsLock/SecurityScanning functionUpdateYESYES
2 OK
pTo cancel during i-mode connection, select “Cancel”.
pWhen pattern data update is not necessary, “Pattern definitions are up-to-date” is displayed.
Use the pattern data as it is.
Information
pWhen updating the pattern data, the proper information about your FOMA phone (model name, serial number, etc.) is
automatically sent to the server (DoCoMo-managed server for the scanning function). We at DoCoMo never use the sent
information for other purposes than for the scanning function.
pSet the date (year/month/date) for the FOMA phone correctly in advance.
pThe pattern data is not updated in the following cases:
ポOut of the service area
ポWhile another function is working
ポWhile Self Mode is activated
Update Pattern Data Automatically 
You can set whether to update the pattern data inside your FOMA phone when the pattern data is created anew.
1 mSettingsLock/SecurityScanning functionSet auto-updateON or OFF
2 YESOK
pWhen you select “ON” in step 1, the confirmation display appears telling that your mobile phone information is sent at
auto-update.
pTo cancel during i-mode connection, select “Cancel”.
Information
pWhen setting auto-update or updating automatically, the proper information about your FOMA phone (model name, serial
number, etc.) is automatically sent to the server (DoCoMo-managed server for the scanning function). We at DoCoMo never
use the sent information for other purposes than for the scanning function.
pWhen auto-update is completed, the notification icon of “
” (Update completed) appears on the Stand-by display.
If it is failed, “
” (Pattern update failed) appears. Select “
” to display the update result.
441
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
ポWhen the date/time is not set
ポDuring a call
ポWhen the UIM is not inserted
ポDuring Lock All
ポWhen connecting to external devices such as personal computers
pIf you cancel downloading midway, the data downloaded up to that point is deleted.
Displays for Scanning Result
■About the display for scanned problem elements
A warning display appears when problematic data is found. Select “Detail” from the
warning display to bring up the name of the problem element.
pWhen six or more problem elements are found, the sixth and later problem element names are
omitted.
p“Detail” might not appear depending on the detected problem element.
■The displays for scanning result
Alert level 0
OK..... Continues the operation.
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Alert level 3
YES... Deletes the data and ends the
operation.
NO..... Stops and ends the operation.
Alert level 1
YES....Stops and ends the operation.
NO ....Continues the operation.
Alert level 4
Alert level 2
OK .....Stops and ends the operation.
OK......Deletes the data and ends the
operation.
pThe alert displays for when displaying i-mode mail messages or SMS messages may differ from the ones above.
Check Pattern Data Version 
mSettingsLock/SecurityScanning functionVersion
442
Specifications
Model
Dimensions (when closed)
Weight (with the battery pack attached)
Continuous FOMA/3G Switch 3G/GSM
standby time network
[3G]
Switch 3G/GSM
[Auto]
GSM
Switch 3G/GSM
network
[Auto]
Continuous FOMA/3G network
talk time
GSM network
One Seg watching time
Charging time
LCD
Type
FOMA P905i
Height: 106 mm
Width: 49 mm
Depth: 18.5 mm
Approx. 137 g
In motion: Approx. 420 hours
In motion: Approx. 370 hours
Standstill: Approx. 590 hours
Standstill: Approx. 220 hours
※1: Image size: Sub-QCIF (128 x 96), Image quality: Normal, File size: 10 Kbytes
※2: The maximum recording time per moving image which can be saved to the FOMA phone with the following conditions:
Image size: Sub-QCIF (128 x 96), File size restriction: Mail restriction (L), Image quality: Normal, Type: Video + voice
※3: The maximum recording time per moving image which can be saved to the microSD memory card with the following
conditions:
Image size: Sub-QCIF (128 x 96), File size restriction: None, Image quality: Normal, Type: Video + voice
※4: The continuous playback time is the estimated time that the FOMA phone can play back using the Flat-plug Stereo Earphone
Set P01 (option) with the FOMA phone closed.
※5: File format: AAC
※6: Shares with still images, i-motion movies, melodies, PDF files, Music&Video Channel programs, Kisekae Tool files, ToruCa
files, and i-Îąppli programs.
443
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Voice call: Approx. 200 minutes
Videophone call: Approx. 110 minutes
Voice call: Approx. 190 minutes
Approx. 270 minutes (in ECO mode: Approx 400 minutes)
AC adapter: Approx. 130 minutes DC adapter: Approx. 130 minutes
Display: TFT 262,144 colors
Private window: Organic EL one color
Size
Display: Approx. 3.0 inches
Private window: Approx. 0.8 inches
Number of pixels
Display: 409,920 pixels (480 dots x 854 dots)
Private window: 2,400 pixels (96 dots x 25 dots)
Image pickup Type
Inside camera: CMOS
Outside camera: CMOS
device
Size
Inside camera: 1/8 inches
Outside camera: 1/2.8 inches
Camera
Number of effective pixels Inside camera: Approx. 330,000 pixels
Outside camera: Approx. 5,100,000 pixels
Number of recording pixels Inside camera: Approx. 310,000 pixels
(maximum)
Outside camera: Approx. 5,000,000 pixels
Zooming (digital)
Inside camera: Approx. 5.0 times max.
Outside camera: Approx. 15.1 times max.
Recording
Number of recordable still Approx. 3,500 (When stored in the FOMA phone)※1
images
Number of still images for VGA: 4
CIF: 4
QVGA: 5 through 10
continuous shooting
QCIF: 5 through 20
Sub-QCIF: 5 through 20
Still image file format
JPEG
Moving image recording
Phone: Approx. 497 seconds※2
time
microSD memory card (64MB): Approx. 137 minutes※3
Moving image file format Phone: MP4
microSD memory card: ASF
Music
Continuous playback time SD-Audio file (supports Play Background): Approx. 4,560 minutes※5
※4
playback
Chaku-uta Full® music file (supports Play Background): Approx. 4,150 minutes※5
i-motion movie (including Chaku-uta® music file): Approx. 890 minutes※5
WMA file (supports Play Background): Approx. 3,240 minutes
Music&Video Channel program (supports Play Background)
Music: Approx. 4,150 minutes
Video: Approx. 250 minutes
Memory
Chaku-utaÂŽ
Approx. 101.6 Mbytes※6
capacity
Chaku-uta FullÂŽ
Number of Savable/Storable/Protectable Items in FOMA Phone
Number of savable/storable
Number of
items
protectable items
Phonebook
One Seg
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Schedule
TVlink
Book program
Timer recording
Schedule
Holiday
Anniversary
ToDo
Text memo
Mail
Received mail
(total of SMS messages Sent mail
and i-mode mail)
Draft mail※6
User created folder (Inbox)
User created folder (Outbox)
Area mail
Template
Message
Message R
Message F
Bookmark
Bookmark
(i-mode)
Bookmark folder
Bookmark
Bookmark
(Full Browser)
Bookmark folder
Screen memo
Screen memo
Screen memo folder
Still image
User created folder
Moving image/i-motion movie
User created folder
Melody
User created folder
Chara-den
PDF file
Music&Video Channel Downloaded program
Saved program
Kisekae Tool
ToruCa
User created folder
i-Îąppli
Mail-linked i-Îąppli
1,000※1
50
100
100
1,000
100
100
100
20
2,500 max. ※2, ※3, ※4
1,000 max. ※2, ※4, ※5
20 max. ※2
22
22
30
100 max. ※2, ※7
100 max. ※2
100 max. ※2
100
10 (incl. “Bookmark”)
100
10 (incl. “Bookmark”)
100 max. ※2
10 (incl. “Screen memo”)
3,500 max. ※2, ※8, ※10
20
3,500 max. ※2, ※9, ※10
20
3,500 max. ※2, ※9, ※10
20
3※7
3,500 max. ※2, ※10
10 max. ※2, ※10
3,500 max. ※2, ※9, ※10
495 max. ※2, ※10
20
100 max. ※2, ※10
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
2,500 max. ※2
1,000 max. ※2
−
−
−
−
−
50 max. ※2
50 max. ※2
−
−
−
−
50 max.※2
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
Reference page
P.84
P.251
P.253
P.253
P.337
P.338
P.338
P.340
P.345
P.186
P.186
P.186
P.191
P.191
P.186
P.178
P.201
P.201
P.157
P.157
P.157
P.157
P.158
P.159
P.274
P.302
P.280
P.302
P.290
P.302
P.288
P.307
P.317
P.317
P.292
P.225
P.226
P.210
P.210
※1: Up to 50 Phonebook entries can be stored on the UIM.
※2: The number of savable, storable, or protectable items may decrease depending on the data volume.
※3: Includes mail in the “Chat” folder, “Trash box” folder and the i-αppli mail folder.
※4: In addition, a total of 20 received and sent SMS messages can be saved to the UIM. (See page 345)
※5: Includes mail in the “Chat” folder and the i-αppli mail folder.
※6: Can save unsent mail you are composing.
※7: Includes pre-installed data.
※8: Among pre-installed data, only the Deco-mail-pictographs are included as the savable/storable items.
※9: Does not include pre-installed data.
※10: Still images, i-motion movies, melodies, PDF files, music files, Music&Video Channel programs, Kisekae Tool files, ToruCa
files, and i-Îąppli programs share the number of savable/storable items and memory space.
444
SAR Certification Information and Other Information
SAR Certification Information
This model phone FOMA P905i meets the MIC’s* technical regulation for exposure to radio waves.
The technical regulation established permitted levels of radio frequency energy, based on standards that were developed
by independent scientific organizations through periodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies.
The regulation employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit is 2 watts/
kilogram (W/kg)** averaged over ten grams of tissue. The limit includes a substantial safety margin designed to assure the
safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The value of the limit is equal to the international guidelines
recommended by ICNIRP***.
All phone models should be confirmed to comply with the regulation, before they are available for sale to the public. The
highest SAR value for this model phone is 0.345 W/kg. It was taken by the Telecom Engineering Center (TELEC), a
Registered Certification Agency on the Radio Law. The test for SAR was conducted in accordance with the MIC testing
procedure using standard operating positions with the phone transmitting at its highest permitted power level in all tested
frequency bands. While there may be differences between the SAR levels of various phones and at various positions, they
all meet the MIC’s technical regulation. Although the SAR is determined at the highest certified power level, the actual SAR
of the phone during operation can be well below the maximum value.
For further information about SAR, please see the following web pages:
World Health Organization (WHO)
ICNIRP
MIC
TELEC
NTT DoCoMo
Panasonic Mobile Communications Co., Ltd.
http://www.who.int/peh-emf/
http://www.icnirp.de/
http://www.tele.soumu.go.jp/e/ele/body/index.htm
http://www.telec.or.jp/ENG/Index_e.htm
http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/product/
http://panasonic.jp/mobile/ (Japanese only)
* Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications
** The technical regulation is provided in Article 14-2 of the Ministry Ordinance Regulating Radio Equipment.
*** International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection
European RF Exposure Information
* The exposure standard for mobile phones employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR.
** The SAR limit for mobile phones used by the public is 2.0 watts/kilogram (W/kg) averaged over ten grams of tissue,
recommended by The Council of the European Union. The limit incorporates a substantial margin of safety to give additional
protection for the public and to account for any variations in measurements.
***Tests for SAR have been conducted using standard operating positions with the phone transmitting at its highest certified
power level in all tested frequency bands. Although the SAR is determined at the highest certified power level, the actual SAR
level of the phone while operating can be well below the maximum value. This is because the phone is designed to operate at
multiple power levels so as to use only the power required to reach the network. In general, the closer you are to a base station
antenna, the lower the power output.
Declaration of Conformity
The product “FOMA P905i” is declared to conform with the essential requirements of European Union Directive 1999/5/
EC Radio and Telecommunications Terminal Equipment Directive 3.1(a), 3.1(b) and 3.2. The Declaration of Conformity
can be found on http://panasonic.co.jp/pmc/products/en/support/index.html.
※The European RTTE approval of this product is limited to the use of the P905i handset, Battery Pack and FOMA AC Adapter for
Global use (100 to 240 V AC) only. Other accessories are not part of the approval.
445
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
This mobile phone complies with the EU requirements for exposure to radio waves.
Your mobile phone is a radio transceiver, designed and manufactured not to exceed the SAR* limits** for exposure to
radio-frequency (RF) energy, which SAR* value, when tested for compliance against the standard was 0.513 W/kg.
While there may be differences between the SAR* levels of various phones and at various positions, they all meet*** the
EU requirements for RF exposure.
FCC Notice
pThis device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
pChanges or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer responsible for compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment.
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
FCC RF Exposure Information
THIS MODEL PHONE MEETS THE U.S. GOVERNMENT’S REQUIREMENTS FOR EXPOSURE TO RADIO WAVES.
Your wireless phone contains a radio transmitter and receiver. Your phone is designed and manufactured not to exceed the
emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S.
Government. These limits are part of comprehensive guidelines and establish permitted levels of RF energy for the general
population. The guidelines are based on standards that were developed by independent scientific organizations through periodic
and thorough evaluation of scientific studies.
The exposure standard for wireless mobile phones employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR).
The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6 W/kg.* Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC
with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. Although the SAR is determined at the
highest certified power level, the actual SAR level of the phone while operating can be well below the maximum value. This is
because the phone is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only the power required to reach the network. In
general, the closer you are to a wireless base station antenna, the lower the output.
Before a phone model is available for sale to the public, it must be tested and certified to the FCC that it does not exceed the limit
established by the U.S. government-adopted requirement for safe exposure. The tests are performed on position and locations
(for example, at the ear and worn on the body) as required by FCC for each model. The highest SAR value for this model phone
as reported to the FCC when tested for use at the ear is 0.456 W/kg, and when worn on the body, is 0.323 W/kg. (Body-worn
measurements differ among phone models, depending upon available accessories and FCC requirements). While there may be
differences between the SAR levels of various phones and at various positions, they all meet the U.S. government requirement.
The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization for this model phone with all reported SAR levels evaluated as in compliance
with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. SAR information on this model phone is on file with the FCC and can be found under the
Display Grant section at http://www.fcc.gov/oet/fccid after search on FCC ID UCE207002A.
For body worn operation, this phone has been tested and meets the FCC RF exposure guidelines when used with an accessory
designated for this product or when used with an accessory that contains no metal and that positions the handset a minimum of
1.5 cm from the body.
* In the United States, the SAR limit for wireless mobile phones used by the public is 1.6 watts/kg (W/kg) averaged over one
gram of tissue. SAR values may vary depending upon national reporting requirements and the network band.
446
Important Safety Information
AIRCRAFT
Switch off your wireless device when boarding an aircraft or whenever you are instructed to do so by airline staff. If your device
offers a ‘flight mode’ or similar feature consult airline staff as to whether it can be used on board.
DRIVING
Full attention should be given to driving at all times and local laws and regulations restricting the use of wireless devices while
driving must be observed.
HOSPITALS
Mobile phones should be switched off wherever you are requested to do so in hospitals, clinics or health care facilities. These
requests are designed to prevent possible interference with sensitive medical equipment.
PETROL STATIONS
Obey all posted signs with respect to the use of wireless devices or other radio equipment in locations with flammable material
and chemicals. Switch off your wireless device whenever you are instructed to do so by authorized staff.
INTERFERENCE
Care must be taken when using the phone in close proximity to personal medical devices, such as pacemakers and hearing aids.
Pacemakers
Pacemaker manufacturers recommend that a minimum separation of 15 cm be maintained between a mobile phone and a
pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker. To achieve this use the phone on the opposite ear to your
pacemaker and do not carry it in a breast pocket.
Hearing Aids
Some digital wireless phones may interfere with some hearing aids. In the event of such interference, you may want to consult
your hearing aid manufacturer to discuss alternatives.
For other Medical Devices:
Please consult your physician and the device manufacturer to determine if operation of your phone may interfere with the
operation of your medical device.
Export Administration Regulations
447
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
This product and its accessories follow the Japan Export Administration Regulations (“Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade
Law” and its related laws). To export this product and its accessories, take the required measures on your responsibility and
at your expenses.
For details on the procedures, contact the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry.
448
Index/Quick Manual
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
450
Quick Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
458
449
Index
How to refer to Index
pThe Index contains the terms and terminologies summarizing the descriptive contents by sorting in alphabetical order.
If you cannot find the term or terminology you want to know, search for it using a different term or terminology.

Software setting
Change melody/image
Icon info
Location usage
Network set
Program guide key
See phonebook/history
Stand-by net
Stand-by set
Index/Quick Manual
◆◇◆
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
222
221
◆◇◆
ÎąBacklight
AC adapter
Accept dialup devices
Accept registered (Bluetooth)
Access authentication
Access setting
Accessories
Action list
Activate TV with alarm
Activating 1Seg
Add desktop icon
Add member (PushTalk)
Add to a phonebook entry
Add to phonebook (Phone)
Add to phonebook (UIM)
Additional service
Additional guidance
Address link function
Alarm
Alarm setting
Answer setting
Antenna
Any key answer
ÎąPower saver
Area mail
Area mail settings
Arrival call act
AT command
Attach bookmarks
Attach document files
Attach i-motion movies
Attach melodies
Attach PDF files
Attach phonebook entries
Attach pictures
Attach schedule events
Attach SD other files
Attach ToDo items
Attach ToruCa files
Attachment preference
Attachments
450
220
43
351
351
381
263
22
69, 289
253
247
114
77
87
84, 87
84, 87
378
378
164
335
341
62
25
62
220
202
202
370
383
180
180
179
179
180
180
179
180
180
180
179
199
179, 184
Specifications
Speech translation
SSL certificate
Stand-by display
Stand-by set (i-Îąppli)
Status in the area
Still image
Still image list
Still image shoot
443
217
165
44
221
391
274
274
139
Auto answer setting
Auto answer setting (PushTalk)
Auto assist setting
Auto channel setting
Auto color label
Auto melody play
Auto power on/off
Auto reading
Auto save set
Auto start info
Auto start setting
Auto start time
Auto timer
Auto voice dial
Auto volume (One Seg)
Auto volume (Video)
Auto-display
Autofocus
Auto-sort (Mail)
Auto-sort (ToruCa)
Auto-sort setting display
AV output
AV phone to function
ÎąVibrator
◆◇◆
Back cover
Backlight
Bar code reader
Bar code reader list
Battery level
Battery pack
Attaching/removing
Charging
Charging time
Usable time
Bluetooth
Bluetooth info
Bluetooth power off
Bluetooth settings
Bluetooth usage flow
347
81
58
245
198
199
335
230
144
221
221
221
146
95
256
287
200
143
196
227
196
312
163
221
◆◇◆
25
107
146
148
44
41
41
42
42
42
348
354
351
353
349
i-Îąppli mail
iÎąppli settings
i-Îąppli stand-by display
i-Îąppli to function
IC card
IC card content
IC card list
IC card lock
IC lock (power-off)
211
220
104, 221
163
224
212
212
230
230
Book program
253
Bookmark
157
Bookmark (PDF)
309
Add bookmark
308
Bookmark folder list
157
Bookmark list
157
Brightness
71, 124, 143, 249, 279
Broadcasting storage area
244
◆◇◆
◆◇◆
Cache
153
Calculator
345
Calendar
104, 337
Calendar display
338
Call acceptance
127
Call barring
392
Call/charging indicator
25
Call data
343
Call forwarding
367, 392
Call rejection
62, 127
Call setting without ID
128
Call waiting
366
Answer an incoming call during a call 366
Continue the current call
366
End a call to answer another call
366
End a call to answer the held call
367
End a held call
367
Hold a call to make a new call
366
Caller ID notification
47
Caller ID request
369, 392
Camera
132
Number of storable still images
136
Recordable time
137
Specifications for moving image shooting
137
Specifications for still image shooting 136
Camera menu
139, 141
Caption (One Seg)
256
Caption (Video)
288
Capture screen
309
Category list
294
Certificate
165
Chat group address confirmation display 205
Chat group list
205
Chat mail
203
Chat mail display
203, 204
Chat member
203
Chat member list
203
Chat setting
205
Check box
35, 154
Check microSD
299
Check new message
183
Check new messages
364
Check new SMS
208
Check same data
230
Check settings (Full browser)
263
Check settings (i-Îąppli)
221
Check settings (i-mode)
164
Check settings (Mail)
199
Check TV settings
257
Clear max cost icon
344
Client authentication
166
Clock display
116
Color label
193
Color mode set
71, 143
Color theme setting
108
Command navigation key
27
Common phrase display
360
Common phrase folder list
360
Common phrase list
360, 417
Common phrases
360
Common replay mode
145
Communication setup files
383
Connect to Bluetooth device
350
Connect to other devices
382
Connector terminal
25
Contents info
268, 269
Continuous mode
144
Continuous scroll
27
Continuous shooting
139
Cookie
264
Cookie setting
264
Copy
360
Copy from UIM
346
Copy to microSD
227, 228, 295, 296
Copy to phone
227, 228, 295, 297
Copy to UIM
346
Copyrights
20, 131
Correct characters
357
Count characters
357
Countdown train GPS
217
Country code setting
58
Cushy mark
144, 279
Cut
360
◆◇◆
Data box
Data broadcasting
Data communication
Data list
Data security service
◆◇◆
272
250
380
294
129
Mail
Phonebook
Still image
Data transfer (OBEX)
Data while editing
Day of week
DC adapter
DCMX
Deco-mail
Template
Decomail-pictograph
Delete attached file
Delete cookies
Delete data
Delete from PushTalk phonebook
Description (Bluetooth)
Desktop holder
Desktop icon
Desktop icon list
Detailed channel list display
Detailed chat group display
Detailed data display
Detailed dialed call display
Detailed display
Detailed kisekae tool display
Detailed mail group display
Detailed message R/F display
Detailed phonebook display
Detailed received call display
Detailed received mail display
Detailed redial display
Detailed schedule display
Detailed screen memo display
Detailed sent mail display
Detailed sent message
Detailed template display
Detailed ToruCa file display
Device list
Dial from headset (Bluetooth)
Dialed call list
Dialed calls
Dictionary info
Direct selection
Disconnection settings (Bluetooth)
Display
Display call/receive number
Display during dialing
Display during videophone calls
Display for incoming calls
Display message R/F
Display mode setting
Display phonebook image
Display setting
Display size (Camera)
Display size (Chara-den)
Display size (i-motion)
Display size (PC movie)
Display size (Picture)
Display SMS report
Display software info
192
95
275
380
87, 358
116
43
220
175
178
272
180, 194
264
91
80
351
43
112, 113
114
246
205
294
53
140
292
197
201
90
54
186, 187
53
339
158
186, 189
56
178
226, 228
350
353
53
53
362
34
353
24, 28
115
51
50
61
201
261
106
104
145
289
283
269
277
194
211
451
Index/Quick Manual
Certificate host
167
Chaku-moji
55
Chaku-motion
98, 105
Chaku-uta fullÂŽ music list
324
Change action
70, 289
Change camera-mode
143
Change character code
155
Change i-mode password
156
Change PIN1 code
119
Change PIN2 code
119
Change security code
119, 124
Change size
279
Change to videophone call
52
Change to voice call
52
Channel info
248
Channel list
170, 245, 246
Channel list display
246
Channel setting
245
Chapter info
320
Character entry
356
Bar code reader
146
Candidate display
359
Candidate display size
359
Change input mode
359
Character set time
359
Common phrases
358
Copy
360
Cut
360
Full pitch
358
Half pitch
358
Help
359
Input time
359
JUMP
359
Kuten code
359
Learned words
361
Own dictionary
361
Paste
361
Pictograph
358
Predict
358
Quote own data
359
Quote phonebook
359
Space
358
Symbols
358
Undo
358
2/NIKO-touch guide
359
Character entry display
356
Character input method
356
Mode1 (5-touch)
356
Mode2 (2-touch)
362
Mode3 (NIKO-touch)
362
Character size
115
Character stamp
279
Chara-den
69, 288
Chara-den display
288
Chara-den list
288
Chara-den player
288
Chara-den recording display
289
Chara-den setup
69
Charge sound
101
Charging
42
Charging terminals
25
Chat group
205
Index
Display while dialing/communicating
(PushTalk)
77
DoCoMo certificate
165
DoCoMo keitai datalink
383
Document display settings
310
Document info
308, 311
Document list
310
Document viewer
310
Download
159
Download dictionary
361
Download remain
309
DPOF setting
311
Draft
186
Draft list
186, 190
DTMF tone off
71
Dual network
369
◆◇◆
◆◇◆
Index/Quick Manual
Earphone/microphone
346
Earphone/microphone/AV output terminal
25
Earpiece volume
63
ECO mode
257
Edit imotion
284
Edit imotion display
284
Edit phonebook
90
Edit picture
277
Edit picture display
277
End stand-by display
222
End stand-by info
222
English dictionary
217
English display
45
English guidance
370
Enter URL
156, 262
Equalizer (i-motion)
283
Equalizer (MUSIC player)
329
Equalizer (Music&Video channel)
320
Equalizer (One Seg)
256
Equalizer (PC movie)
269
Equalizer (Video)
288
Error messages
423
Export administration regulations
447
◆◇◆
Face data reading display
Face reader security
Face reader setting
Feel settings
Feel＊Mail
Feel＊Talk
FeliCa
FeliCa mark
File info
File property
File restriction
File size setting
Finder display
452
◆◇◆
123, 124
124
123
109
110
110
224
25
292, 298, 311
287, 288
146, 275
143
134, 139, 141
FirstPass center
165
Flash
154
Flat-plug earphone/microphone with switch
346
Flicker correction
144
Focus
71, 144
Folder info
222
Folder list (Document file)
310
Folder list (i-motion)
280
Folder list (Melody)
290
Folder list (PDF)
307
Folder list (Picture)
274
Folder list (SD other files)
298
Folder list (Video)
286
FOMA antenna
25
FOMA communication environment
check Îąppli
220
FOMA PC setup software
383
Font
114
Forward ring tone (Bluetooth)
353
Forward specified calls to specified
destination
368
Forward specified calls to voice mail center
365
Forwarding guidance
367
Forwarding image
306
Frame
261, 278
Full browser
260
Full browser settings
263
Full-pitch character
357
Fullsong ring tone
327
Function list
394
Function menu
34
◆◇◆
◆◇◆
G guide program list remote-controller
GPRS network
GPS
GPS button setting
GPS compatible i-Îąppli
GPS settings
Group member list
Group member selection display
Group setting
GSM network
Guide
Guide display
◆◇◆
219
386
232
239
233
239
79
79
88
386
36
36
◆◇◆
Half-pitch character
Hands-free
Hands-free with PushTalk
Hands-free with videophone
Header/signature
Headset switch to call
Headset usage setting
Help
357
60
81
71
199
347
101
124
History info
Holding
Holding (during a call)
Home URL
Hook for horizontal open style
Horizontal open lever
Horizontal open style
Host selection
◆◇◆
268
64
64
263
25
25
26
165, 242
◆◇◆
iÎąppli
233
i-Îąppli
210
Automatic start
221
Download
210
Power saver
213
Run
211
Software info
213
Start up
211
Upgrade
213
iÎąppli(microSD)
222
i-Îąppli banking
218
i-Îąppli mail
211
iÎąppli settings
220
i-Îąppli stand-by display
104, 221
i-Îąppli to function
163
IC card
224
IC card content
212
IC card list
212
IC card lock
230
IC lock (power-off)
230
iC transfer service
224
iC transmission
306
Receive all data files
307
Receive one data file
306
Send all data files
307
Send one data file
306
i-Channel
169
Icon
140, 142, 145
Icon (One Seg)
257
Icon (Video)
287
Icons
30
iD setting application
219
IDD prefix setting
58
Illumination
111
Image
274
Image quality
107, 143
Image quality (One Seg)
256
Image quality (Video)
287
Image size
143
Image stabilizer
144
imenu
152
imenu in English
153
i-mode
152
ÂŽ
i-mode (Chaku-uta full ) folder list
324
i-mode arrival act (PushTalk)
82
i-mode FeliCa
224
i-mode mail
172
Compose
172
Forward
184
Receive
182
Reply
184
Reply with quote
184
Save
173
Send
172
i-mode menu
152
i-mode password
118
i-mode settings
164
i-mode trouble diagnosis site
433
i-motion
168
imotion auto-play
169
imotion info
282
i-motion player
280
Inbox
186
Inbox folder list
186, 187
Inbox list
186, 187
In-call ring tone
61
In-car hands-free
60
Info
179
Info notice setting
112
Infrared data exchange
303
Receive all data files
306
Receive one or multiple data files
305
Send all data files
305
Send one or multiple data files
305
Infrared data port
24
Infrared remote-controller
306
Initial setting
45
Initialize
354
Inside camera
24, 133
Intellectual property rights
20
International call access code
388
International calls
57
International dial (International roaming) 389
International dial assist
58
International prefix number for
the universal number
388
International roaming
386
International videophone call
57
Internet
156
ISP connection communication
165
◆◇◆
◆◇◆
JAN code
Japanese display
◆◇◆
Key guide
Keypad dial lock
Keypad sound
Kisekae tool
Kisekae tool list
◆◇◆
Last URL
LCD AI
Learned words
71
125
101
109, 292
292
◆◇◆
155
107
361
◆◇◆
24, 107
357
421
412
411
410
193
283
329
320
256
269
287
282
293
268
308
287
238
240
120
122
44
◆◇◆
Mail
172
Mail auto-receive
182
Mail blind
198
Mail group
197
Mail group address confirmation display 197
Mail group list
197
Mail list display
198
Mail menu
187
Mail/message ring time
101
Mail security
126, 191
Mail settings
198
Mail to function
163
Main menu
31
i-mode group
332
Mail group
332
Setting group
332
Tool group
332
Main/sub sound (One Seg)
249
Main/sub sound (Video)
288
Maintenance services
432
Making a call
50
Making a call (International roaming)
389
Making a PushTalk call
76
Making a videophone call
50
Making a videophone call
(International roaming)
389
Making/receiving a PushTalk group call
76
Manner mode
102, 103
Manner mode set
103
Map application
218, 233
Mark
310
Add mark
308
Marker stamp
278
Media to function
163
Melody call setting
100
Melody effect
99
Melody info
291
Melody list
290
Melody playback display
290
Melody player
290
Menu function
32
Menu icon
32
Menu icon setting
108
Menu number selection
33
Message composition display
172
Message display
198
Message display settings
56
Message entry display
172
Message R/F
200
Message R/F list
201
microSD file display
294
microSD format
299
microSD info
299
microSD memory card
293
File name
300
Folder configuration
300
Inserting/removing
293
Using with a personal computer
299
microSD memory card slot
25
microSD reader/writer
300
Missed calls
67
Motion tracking
215
Movable contents
298
Move to microSD
298
Move to phone
298
Movie memo
343
Movie mode
141
Movie type set
145
Moving image
280
Moving image list
280
Moving image shoot
141
Multi number
371
Multiaccess
332
Multiaccess combination patterns
418
Multiple windows
249, 250, 261
Multitask
332
Multitask combination patterns
419
Music info
327
Music list
323
Music list of a playlist
330
MUSIC player
323
MUSIC player playback display
324
Music&Video channel
316
Music&Video channel display
316, 317
Music&Video channel playback display 318
My documents
307
My menu
156
My picture
274
453
Index/Quick Manual
◆◇◆
146
45
Light sensor
Line feed
Links with AV equipment
List of characters assigned to keys
(NIKO-touch input method)
List of characters assigned to keys
(2-touch input method)
List of characters assigned to keys
(5-touch input method)
List setting (Mail)
Listening (i-motion)
Listening (MUSIC player)
Listening (Music&Video channel)
Listening (One Seg)
Listening (PC movie)
Listening (Video)
Listing (i-motion)
Listing (Kisekae tool)
Listing (PC movie)
Listing (PDF)
Listing (Video)
Location history
Location request menu
Lock all
Lock setting
Low battery alarm
Index
◆◇◆
◆◇◆
Navigation displays
NEGA/POSI mode
Network search mode
Network security code
Network services
Night mode
Noise reduction
Normal style
Notice call cost
Notification icon
Notify caller ID
Notify of location
Notify switchable mode
No. of phonebook
Nuisance call blocking
Number of entered characters
Number of protectable items
Number of remaining characters
Number of savable items
Number of storable items
Numeric keys
Index/Quick Manual
◆◇◆
27
150
390
118
363
71
59
26
344
67, 112
47
238
72
91
368
357
444
357
444
444
25
◆◇◆
Obtain i-motion movie
168
Obtain ToruCa files
226
Obtaining completion display
(Chaku-uta fullÂŽ)
321
Obtaining completion display
(Chara-den)
162
Obtaining completion display
(Download dictionary)
162
Obtaining completion display (i-motion) 168
Obtaining completion display
(Kisekae tool)
161
Obtaining completion display (Melody) 160
Obtaining completion display
(PC movie)
265
Obtaining completion display
(Template)
161
Obtaining completion display (ToruCa) 161
OFFICEED
378
Omakase lock
120
On hold
64
One Seg
244
One Seg antenna
25, 245
One-push open
26
One-push open button
25
Operation mode
261
Operations during manner mode
103
Operator name display
391
Options
22, 421
Original
104
Original animation
280
Original animation list
280
Osaifu-Keitai
224
Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-Îąppli
224
Other ID list
73
Outbox
186
454
Outbox folder list
Outbox list
Out-of-service-area indication
Outside camera
Own dictionary
Own number
Own number display
◆◇◆
186, 189
186, 189
28, 44
25, 133
361
48, 71, 342
48, 342
◆◇◆
Packet communication
380
Page info
262
Page info on/off
309
Page layout
309
Palette
176
Passwords
118
Paste
361
Pause dial
57
PC mode
261
PC movie
265
PC movie auto-play
263
PC movie folder list
266
PC movie list
266
PC movie player
266
PC movie type selection display
266
PDF
307
PDF file list
307
PDF viewer
307
Perform remote monitoring
74
Permission schedule
240
Personal data lock
121
Personal information
342
Phone mode
261
Phone to function
163
Phonebook
84
Phonebook image sending
95
Phonebook list
90
Photo auto display
199
Photo light
25, 70, 143
Photo mode
139, 144
Photo-sending
181
Pictograph list
415
Picture
276
Picture info
274
Picture viewer
274
PIM/IC security mode
122
PIN1 code
118
PIN1 code entry set
119
PIN2 code
118
Play background 248, 317, 320, 325, 443
Play/erase messages
68
Play/erase videophone messages
69
Play mode setting (MUSIC player)
327
Play mode setting (Music&Video channel)
319
Played history list
268
Player menu display
323
Playing back record messages
68
Playlist (i-motion)
284
Play back playlist
284
Store playlist
284
Playlist (Melody)
290
Edit playlist
302
Play back playlist
290
Playlist (MUSIC player)
329
Create playlist
329
Play back playlist
330
Playlist list (i-motion)
284
Playlist list (MUSIC player)
329
PLMN setting
391
Point ring tone
327
Portrait rights
20, 131
Position location
232
Position memory (i-motion)
281
Position memory
283
Position memory (PC movie)
268
Position memory
268, 269
Position memory (Video)
286
Position memory
287
Positioning
275
Positioning mode
239
Positioning tone/illumination
239
Post view display
139, 140, 141
Power on/off
44
Power saver mode
107
Prediction conversion at reply
198
Prefer Chaku-moji
56
Preferred device
351
Preferred tone
220
Prefix setting
59
Preparation flow for data communication 382
Priority
254
Priority order
Alarm
255, 336
Answer message
68
Auto-sort
196
Call receiving image
105, 106
Illumination
111
Nuisance call prevention
130
Ring tone
98, 99
Substitute image
69, 70
Vibrator
100
Private menu
341
Private menu list
341
Private menu setting
341
Private window
25, 28, 30, 106
Program folder list
317
Program guide i-Îąppli
250
Program info
248, 319
Program list
317
Protect (Bluetooth)
351
Protect on (Mail)
192
Protect on (MessageR/F)
201
Protect on (Screen memo)
159
Provide location
237
Public mode (Drive mode)
65
Public mode (Power off)
66
PUK (PIN unblock code)
119
Pull down menu
154
PushTalk
76
PushTalk arrival act
81
PushTalk group list
79
PushTalk phonebook list
PushTalkPlus
PuyoPuyon & COLUMNS
◆◇◆
79
76
215
◆◇◆
QR code
Quality alarm
Quick manual
Quick record message
Quick silent
Quotation marks
◆◇◆
147
101
458
68
62
199
◆◇◆
◆◇◆
53
264
264
350
239
129
421
119
155, 262
249
283
328
320
256
269
287
371, 392
246
73
439
257
155, 263
361
257, 354
257
344
257
127
127
279
214
128
81
64
392
279
◆◇◆
“S” icons
64
SAR
445
Save an i-motion movie
168
Scanned code result display
147
Scanned text confirmation display
149
Scanned text result display
149
Scanning code display
147
Scanning function
440
Scanning result
442
Scanning text display
149
Schedule
337
Schedule list
339
Screen memo
158
Screen memo folder list
158
Screen memo list
158
Script setting
263
Scroll
34, 164, 198, 263
Scroll selection
31
SD-Audio
322
SD other file list
298
SD other files
298
SD-PIM
294
Search by i-mode
162
Search by voice
37
Search phonebook
89
Search phonebook display
89
Secret code
93
Secret data only
126
Secret mail display
126
Secret mode
126
Security error
212
Security scan function
(Scanning function)
440
Security settings
117, 130
Select area
246
Select image
71
Select image on videophone
71
Select language
45
Select ring tone
98
Select storage
227, 268, 302, 327
Selecting multiple items
35
Self mode
121
Send DTMF tone
71
Send substitute images
70
Sent address
195
Sent address list
195
Sent/received phonebook data list
95
Serial number of mobile phones/UIMs
154
Service numbers
370
Service selection display
350
Service settings
239
Services available overseas
386
Services available with FOMA phones 420
Session number setting (Bluetooth)
353
Set as ring tone (Chaku-uta fullÂŽ)
327
Set as ring tone (Melody)
291
Set as stand-by (Camera)
142
Set authentications (Bluetooth)
353
Set auto-update (Scanning function)
441
Set auto-update (Software update)
435
Set check new message
199
Set connection timeout
164
Set display
140, 274
Set hold tone
65
Set iÎąppli to
213
Set image display
164, 263
Set imotion
282
Set in-call arrival act
371
Set roaming guidance
391
Set scan
440
Set time
46
Setting when folded
63
Setting when opened
63
Shoot with frame
144
Shot interval
144
Shot number
145
Shutter sound
144
Side keys guard
125
Signature
199
Simple menu
35
Site display for the FirstPass center
166
455
Index/Quick Manual
Radio button
154
Radio waves reception level
28
Rakuoku exhibition application 2
218
Read a map
232, 238
Read aloud output
334
Read aloud settings
333
Read aloud speed
334
Read aloud valid setting
334
Read aloud volume
333
Reading aloud
333
Reason for no caller ID
128
Receive mail/call at open
106
Receive option
183
Receive option setting
183
Receive ToruCa
230
Received address
195
Received address list
195
Received call list
54
Received calls
53
Receiving a call
60
Receiving a call (International roaming) 390
Receiving a PushTalk call
78
Receiving a videophone call
60
Receiving a videophone call
(International roaming)
390
Receiving display (Mail)
199
Receiving display (ToruCa)
230
Reception result display
182, 202, 207
Recharge battery display
44
Recognition mode
150
Recognition-failed image
124
Recommend channel mail
249
Reconnect signal
59
Record Chara-den
289
Record display set
125
Record message list
68
Record message setting
67
Record still images
253
Record video
252
Record voice memo
343
Record when low battery
256
Recorded file restriction
289
Recording result
256
Redial
53
Redial list
Referer
Referer setting
Register Bluetooth device
Register LCS client
Reject unknown
Related equipment
Releasing PIN lock
Reload
Reload contents
Remaster (i-motion)
Remaster (MUSIC player)
Remaster (Music&Video channel)
Remaster (One Seg)
Remaster (PC movie)
Remaster (Video)
Remote control
Remote control number
Remote monitoring
Reserve update
Reset channel setting
Reset last URL
Reset learned words
Reset settings
Reset storage area
Reset total cost&duration
Reset TV settings
Restrict dialing
Restrictions
Retouch
Ridge racers mobile
Ring time
Ring time setting (PushTalk)
Ring volume
Roaming guidance
Rotate
Index/Quick Manual
Index
Slideshow
275
Smiley
357, 417
SMS
206
Compose
206
Forward
184
Receive
207
Reply
184
Save
207
Send
206
SMS center selection
208
SMS composition display
206
SMS input character
208
SMS report request
208
SMS settings
208
SMS validity period
208
Software for playing back moving images
421
Software info
213
Software list
211
Software setting
213
Change melody/image
213
Icon info
213
Location usage
213
Network set
213
Program guide key
213
See phonebook/history
213
Stand-by net
222
Stand-by set
221
View ToruCa
213
Software update
434
Software update display
437
Sound effect setting
164, 257
Speakers
25
Specific absorption rate
445
Specifications
443
Speech translation for P
217
SSL certificate
165
Stand-by display
44
Stand-by set (i-Îąppli)
221
Status in the area
391
Still image
274
Still image list
274
Still image shoot
139
Store in
144
Store in PushTalk phonebook
79
Styles
26
Sub-address setting
59
Substitute image
69, 70
Substitute image answering
61
Summer time
47
Super silent
104
Switch audio data
249
Switch cameras
70, 143
Switch display
248
Switch image display positions
70
Switch TV/data BC
248
Switch 3G/GSM
390
Symbol candidate list
415
Symbol list
413
456
◆◇◆
◆◇◆
Template
Template list
Terminal security code
Text box
Text memo
Text memo info
Text reader
Text reader list
Ticker on/off
Time-out to search (Bluetooth)
Timer lock at close
Timer lock on at close
Timer recording
Title name
ToDo
ToruCa
ToruCa file list
ToruCa folder list
ToruCa settings
ToruCa viewer
Total calls
Total calls duration
Trace info
Trademarks
Trim away
Trim for mail
Trim for picture
Trim imotion
Troubleshooting
Tune service
TV sound while closed
TVlink
TVlink list
Two-touch dial
Type list
◆◇◆
UIM (FOMA card)
Differences
Insert/remove
UIM operation
UIM restrictions
UIM setting
Update (Pattern data)
Update now
Update ToruCa
Upload
URL history
URL history list
USB mode setting
Use phone information
User authentication
User certificate
Request issue/download
Request revocation
User settings
Uta-hodai
◆◇◆
178
178
118
154
345
345
149
150
170
353
122
122
253
276
340
225
226, 228
226
230
226
344
344
212
20
279
285
285
285
422
249
256
251
251
93
323
◆◇◆
“V” icons
Version
Vibrator
Video
Video list
Video player
Videophone record message list
Videophone settings
Videophone while packet
Viewer display
Visual preference
Voice announce
Voice call auto redial
Voice dial
Voice dial setting
Voice earphone dial
Voice mail
Voice memo
Voice memo during a call
Voice settings
◆◇◆
◆◇◆
105
432
208
163
71, 143
263
322
324
26
57
47
386
Zoom
Zoom in
Zoom out
◆◇◆
100
442
100
286
286
286
69
71
72
247
71
100
72
93
93
95
364, 392
343
343
95
◆◇◆
Wake-up display
Warranty
Web mail
Web to function
White balance
Window open guard
WMA file
WMA list
Work with style
WORLD CALL
World time watch
WORLD WING
◆◇◆
38
40
38
345
39
119
441
438
229
262
156
156
300
164
381
165
166
167
256
321
◆◇◆
70, 142, 263
308, 311
308, 311
Numerics
184
186
2in1
3D sound
3G network
3GPP
3G-324M
64K data communication
◆◇◆
48
48
372
99
386
50
50
380
Index/Quick Manual
457
Quick Manual
How to Use Quick Manual
Cut out Quick Manual interleaved into this manual along the cutout line, and then fold it as shown below:
Take Quick Manual “For Overseas Use” with you for using an international roaming service (WORLD WING)
overseas.
■How to cut
Cut out Quick Manual along the cutout line.
You can place a ruler on the cutout line and cut as illustrated below.
pBe careful not to cut yourself when using scissors.
Cutout line
■How to fold
Fold Quick Manual along the dotted line so that the cover faces upwards as illustrated below.
pFold the second sheet of Quick Manual so that “Function List” (page 16) will be the cover.
Cover
Cover
Index/Quick Manual
Cover
458
FOMA P905i
Quick Manual
General inquiries 
(In English)
★
0120-005-250 (toll free)
Can be called from mobile phones and PHSs.
(In Japanese only)
Repairs
(No prefix) 151 (toll free)
Can be called only from DoCoMo mobile phones and PHSs.
★
(In Japanese only)
(No
prefix) 113 (toll free)
★
Can be called only from DoCoMo mobile phones and PHSs.
(In Japanese only)
★
0120-800-000 (toll free)
Can be called from mobile phones and PHSs.
p Please confirm the phone number before you dial.
p For further information, refer to the “Nationwide Service Station
List” included with your FOMA terminal and other devices.
Character Entry
■Character Entry Display
■Character Entry Mode
abc . . . Alphabets
123 . . . Numerals
柢 . . . . Kanji/Hiragana
カナ . . . . Katakana
Storing in Phonebook (FOMA Phone)
Xo(for at least one second) → Phone
Enter a name.
→Edit a reading.
 → Select a group.
 → Enter a phone number
→Select an icon. (up to four numbers)
 → Enter a mail address
→Select an icon. (up to three addresses)
 → Enter a zip code
→Enter a postal address.
 → Select an item.
By position loc.
. . . .Measures the current location and store the
location information
→Check the location information→Oo
From loc. history
. . . .Select a location information detail from
Location History and store it.
Attach from image
. . . .Store the location information detail from an
image→Select a folder→Select an image.
→Enter a birthday.
→Enter a memo.
 → Select an item.
Select image . . . . Store a still image in Data Box.
Shoot image. . . . Store a still image shot by the
camera.

→Enter a three-digit memory number→l
■Entering Symbols
i→Pictograph/symbols→Symbols
■Selecting Character Input Method
m→Settings→Other settings
→Select a symbol.
Enter a character→d
■Switching to Uppercase/Lowercase
Use Mo to move the cursor→r
■Deleting Characters
i→Pictograph/symbols→Space
■Entering a Space
Press c.
■Line Feed
→Character input method→Input mode→
Put a check mark for Mode 1 (5-touch)
Put a check mark for Mode 2 (2-touch)
Put a check mark for Mode 3 (NIKO-touch)
→l→Select the mode you use with priority.
■Entering “゛” and “゜”
Enter a character→Press a several
times.
■Entering “、” and “。”
Press s several times.
■Switching “Alphabet” (abc), “Numerals” (123),
“Kanji/Hiragana” (漢), and “Katakana” (カナ)
Press l several times.
■Entering Pictographs
i→Pictograph/symbols→Pictograph
→Select a pictograph.

Store from Redial, Dialed Calls,
or Received Calls
■Adding Data to the FOMA phone
Bring up the redial item, dialed call record,
or received call record→i
→Add to phonebook→Phone→Add
→Select a search method
→Search the Phonebook
→Select a destination Phonebook entry
→Oo→l→YES
Edit Phonebook Entries
Bring up the detailed Phonebook display
→m→Select an item to be edited
→Edit the contents→l→YES
Enter “タダの菓子” into a Text Memo
■Bringing up the Character Entry (Edit)
display
m→Stationery→Text memo
→Select .
た→Press 4 once and Vo once.
■Entering Hiragana characters 
だ→Press 4 once and a once.
の→Press 5 five times.
か→Press 2 once.
し→Press 3 twice.
■Converting the Characters
Use Co to move the cursor to “の”→Bo
→Use Mo to highlight “タダの” and press
Oo→Fix the rest of characters in the same
way.
12
method→Enter or select an address.
Select the address field→Select an entering
l→l
Text
Attachment field
13
14
l(for at least one second)
Check New Message
→Select an i-mode mail message to be
displayed.
“ (white)” blinks → The Reception Result
display appears → Select “Mail”
Receive i-mode Mail
10
→Select a music file.
p (for at least one second)→All tracks
■ Playing Back MUSIC Player
→Select a program.
→Downloaded program or Saved program
m→Data box→Music&Video Channel
→Select a program.
or
m→MUSIC→Music&Video Channel
■ Playing Back a Music&Video Channel Program
Music Playback

Selecting methods differ depending on the file.
a file type to be attached→Select a folder→
Select a file.
→i→Operate att. file→Attach file→Select
Bring up the Message Composition display
ToDo item/Bookmark/Document file/
Other files
PDF file/Phonebook entry/Schedule event/
■Image/Melody/i-motion movie/ToruCa file/
Attach Files
Send a mail by pressing l→After sending,
press Oo.
Select the text field→Enter text.
Compose and Send i-mode Mail
Address
Subject
Select the subject field→Enter a subject.
c (for at least one second)
■Watching a One Seg Program
→Select a channel list.
m→1Seg→Channel list
■Channel List
■Select Area
m→1Seg→Channel setting
→Select area→Select an area
→Select a prefecture→YES
i-mode Mail
→Select a destination folder.
c→c→Oo→Oo→Oo
■Shooting a Moving Image
→Oo→Select a destination folder.
※This is the procedure to select and save one
still image for continuous shooting.
→Select a still image and press c
c→c→c→Oo
■Continuous Shooting
→Auto channel setting →YES→YES
→Select a destination folder.
→Enter a title.
m→1Seg→Channel setting
■Auto Channel Setting
One Seg
c→Oo→Oo
■Shooting a Still Image
Camera
15
address→l→After sending, press Oo.
entering method→Enter or select an
→Select the address field→Select an
forwarded→i→Reply/forward→Forward
Select or bring up a mail message to be
■Forwarding
→Enter text→l→After sending, press Oo.
Reply with quote→Select the text field
replied→i→Reply/forward→Reply, or
■Replying
Select or bring up a mail message to be
Other Mail Functions
11
During a call, dialing, or connecting→d
■Switching to Hands-free
answer by pressing m, the substitute image
is sent to the other party.
→Press h to end the call after talking.
If you answer by pressing d or Oo, the
camera image is sent to the other party. If you
indicator flickers→d, Oo or m
■Receiving a Videophone Call
The ring tone sounds and the Call/Charging
→l→Press h to end the call after
talking.
■Making a Videophone Call
Enter the other party’s phone number
Making and Receiving a
Videophone Call
Menu
Function List
Mail
i-mode
Function name
Inbox
Outbox
Draft
Compose message
Template
Web mail
Check new message
Compose SMS
Check new SMS
Chat mail
Receive option
Mail settings
SMS settings
Area mail settings
iMenu
Bookmark
Screen memo
Last URL
Go to location
Message R/F
i-Channel
Check new message
Operate certificate
i-mode settings
Full Browser
16
Videophone
Visual preference
Select image
Hands-free w/ V. phone
Voice call auto redial
Remote monitoring
Notify switchable mode
Feel settings
Feel＊Talk
Feel＊Mail
Network setting
Prefix setting
Int’l roaming
Int’l dial assist
Status in the area
Settings
Melody Call setting
Other settings
Work with style
Side keys guard
35
Character input method
Battery
84
Pause dial
Sub-address setting
Headset switch to call
Voice settings
USB mode setting
23
Reset settings
Initialize
Software update
20
89
17
55
79
16
46
17
Software list(phone)
iÎąppli(microSD)
i-Îąppli
iÎąppli info
iÎąppli settings
Sound
13
Select ring tone
50
Ring volume
30
Keypad sound
64
Melody effect
51
Headset usage setting
68
Mail/Msg. ring time
Display
56
Display setting
70
Backlight
86
Color theme setting
57
Menu icon setting
52
Private menu setting
Settings
63
Desktop icon
93
Private window
66
Font
Character size
15
Select language
Recv.mail/call at open
Image quality
LCD AI
36
Icons
Illumination
All illum. setting
Illumination
Illumination in talk
Data box
LifeKit
Service
My picture
MUSIC
Music&Video Channel
imotion
Melody
My documents
Kisekae Tool
Chara-den
PC Movie
1Seg
Document viewer
SD other files
Bar code reader
Receive Ir data
SD-PIM
Camera
Bluetooth
GPS
Text reader
Rec. msg/voice memo
Data Security Service
Caller ID notification
Voice mail
Call waiting
Call forwarding
Nuis. call blocking
Caller ID request
2in1 setting
Multi number
21
38
44
45
95
42
85
26
24
22
Arrival call act
Set in-call arrival act
Remote control
Dual network
English guidance
Set Roaming guidance
Additional service
Service numbers
OFFICEED
Chaku-moji
Add to phonebook
Search phonebook
UIM operation
PushTalk phonebook
Dialed/recv. calls
Own number
Group setting
Restrictions
Phonebook settings
No. of phonebook
Alarm
Schedule
ToDo
Text memo
Calculator
Guide
Common phrase/dic.
18
Miss/unread illum.
Music&Video ch illum.
Illum. when folded
Hourly illumination
MUSIC illumination
Bluetooth illumination
IC card illumination
PushTalk illumination
Side key illumination
Check settings
Kisekae
Lock/Security
Self mode
Lock all
Personal data lock
Settings
IC card lock
40
Secret mode
41
Secret data only
Keypad dial lock
Reject unknown
10
Call setting w/o ID
29
Change security code
UIM setting
Scanning function
Lock setting
Call time/cost
61
Call data
60
Reset total cost&dura.
Notice call cost
CLR max cost icon
Service
Phonebook
Stationery

19
Auto answer setting
Ring time setting
Hands-free w/ PushTalk
PushTalk arrival act
Clock
31
Set time
World time watch
Summer time
Auto power ON/OFF
Alarm setting
Incoming call
54
Vibrator
20
Manner mode set
58
Answer setting
Setting when opened
Record display set
Disp. PH-book image
Disp. call/receive No.
90
Ring time
Settings
65
Info notice setting
V-phone while packet
94
Auto answer setting
Talk
Volume
18
Setting when folded
Set hold tone
76
Noise reduction
75
Quality alarm
77
Reconnect signal
PushTalk
MUSIC
1Seg
OsaifuKeitai
MUSIC Player
Music&Video Channel
Activate 1Seg
Program guide
Book program
Timer recording
Recording result
TVlink
Channel list
Channel setting
User settings
IC card content
DCMX
ToruCa
IC card lock set.
Settings
Search by i-mode
■Public Mode (Drive Mode)
a(for at least one second)
■Manner Mode
During standby/During a call
→s(for at least one second)
23
28
(white): Unread Messages R/F exist
(white): Unread i-mode mail or SMS
messages exist.
: During Self Mode
: Radio waves reception level (estimate)
: Battery level (estimate)
Major Icons
24
→ Operate following the voice guidance.
→ Play messages → YES
m→Service→Voice mail
■ Playing Back Messages
→YES
m→Service→Voice mail → Deactivate
■ Deactivating
→ YES→ Enter a ring time (seconds).
m→Service→Voice mail →Activate →YES
■ Activating
Voice Mail Service
Network Services
25
29
: During IC Card Lock
26
30
: While Side Keys Guard is set to “ON”
(See page 20)
: During Public Mode (Drive Mode) (See
page 23)
: During Manner Mode (See page 23)
Mail/Msg. Ring Time is set to “OFF”
(See page 19)
: While Ring Volume is set to “Silent” or
: While Vibrator is set to other than “OFF”
: During Timer Lock ON At Close
→Deactivate→YES
m→Service→Call forwarding
■Deactivating
→Activate→YES

: During Secret Mode or Secret Data Only
: During Keypad Dial Lock
: During Personal Data Lock
: During Lock All
(While Receive Option Setting is set to
“ON”).
(white): Messages R/F are held at the
i-mode Center.
: i-mode mail is held at the i-mode Center
(white): i-mode mail is held at the i-mode
Center.
parties you talk with.
A call comes in during a call→d
Each time you press d, you can switch the
■Answering an Incoming Call during a Call
→YES
m→Service→Call waiting→Deactivate
→Set ring time→Enter a ring time (seconds)
→ Register fwd number→Enter the phone
number of the forwarding destination
■Deactivating
m→Service→Call forwarding→Activate
→YES
■Activating
Call Forwarding Service
m→Service→Call waiting→Activate
■Activating
Call Waiting Service
(No prefix) 106
(No prefix) 171
(No prefix) 118
(No prefix) 119
desired area＋177
(No prefix) 110
(No prefix) 117
City code of the
(No prefix) 115
(No prefix) 104
Phone number
＞
＞
31
＜Phone number：
＞
pPlease confirm the phone number before
you dial.
＜Phone number：
＜Phone number：
Other Emergency Calls
Setting/Releasing Omakase Lock
0120-524-360
Business hours: 24 hours
※Omakase Lock is a pay service. However,
you are not charged if you apply for this
service at the same time as applying for the
suspension of the use or during the
suspension.

Omakase Lock
27
Emergency calls to police
Emergency calls to fire station and
ambulance
Emergency calls for accidents at
sea
Disaster messaging service
(Charge apply)
Collect calls
(Charges apply: guidance fee + call fee)
Directory assistance service
(Charges apply: guidance fee + call fee)
※Listed phone numbers only can
be given.
Telegrams
(Telegram charges apply)
Time check (Charges apply)
Weather forecast (Charges apply)
Available service
Services Available with FOMA Phone
FOMA P905i
Quick Manual “For Overseas Use”
Loss or theft of FOMA terminal or
payment of cumulative cost overseas
 (available 24 hours a day)
p From a DoCoMo mobile phone
International call access code for
the country you stay (Table 1)
-81-3-5366-3114*
(toll free)
* You are charged a call fee to Japan when calling from a
landline phone, etc.
※If you use P905i, you should dial the number +81-3-5366-3114
(to dial “+”, press and hold the “0” key for at least one second).
p From a landline phone

International prefix number for
-800-0120-0151*
the universal number (Table 2)
* You might be charged a domestic call fee according to the
call rate for the country you stay.
※See page 13 and page 14 for international call access codes
for major countries (Table 1) and international prefix numbers
for the universal number (Table 2).
Communication Systems and
Available Services
SMS
i-mode mail
i-mode
Videophone call
Voice call
○
○
○
○
○
○
3G
○
○
×
×
×
○
GSM
○
○
○
○
×
○
GPRS
Communication
Service
i-Channel
○
○
○
Packet
communication by
connecting with a
personal computer
○: Available ×: Not available
available overseas.
pThe GPS functions and 64K data communications are not
Failures encountered overseas
 (available 24 hours a day)
p From a DoCoMo mobile phone
-81-3-6718-1414*
(toll free)
Preparing for Overseas Use
Setting of i-mode
■Setting in Japan
Remote Control
■Setting in Japan
m→Service→Remote control→Activate
→YES
■Setting overseas
International call access code for
the country you stay (Table 1)
→International Settings
i→iMenu→English iMenu→Options
* You are charged a call fee to Japan when calling from a
landline phone, etc.
→Int’l roaming→Remote control (Int.)→YES
→Auto time adjust ON
Display
After you return to Japan, the FOMA network
is automatically searched and connected.
pWhen you have set to switch networks manually
m→Settings→Network setting→Int’l roaming
→Network search mode→Manual→DoCoMo
Setting after Returning to Japan
The type of network you are using is displayed.
m→Settings→Clock→Set time
Set Time
→Operate following the voice guidance.
m→Settings→Network setting
※If you use P905i, you should dial the number +81-3-6718-1414
(to dial “+”, press and hold the “0” key for at least one second).
→Enter your i-mode password→Select
→International Settings
→i-mode services Settings→Select “Yes”
i→iMenu→English iMenu→Options
■Setting overseas
→i-mode services Settings→Select “Yes”
→Enter your i-mode password→Select
p From a landline phone

International prefix number for
-800-5931-8600*
the universal number (Table 2)
* You might be charged a domestic call fee according to the
call rate for the country you stay.
※See page 13 and page 14 for international call access codes
for major countries (Table 1) and international prefix numbers
for the universal number (Table 2).
p If you lose your FOMA phone or have it stolen,
immediately take the steps necessary for suspending the
use of the FOMA phone.
p If the FOMA phone that you purchased malfunctions,
bring your FOMA phone to a repair counter specified by
DoCoMo after you return to Japan.
Setting a Search Method of Carrier
Selecting Carrier to
Preferentially Connect to
→PLMN setting
m→Settings→Network setting→Int’l roaming
m→Settings→Network setting
→Int’l roaming→Network search mode
→Display ON or Display OFF
→Int’l roaming→Operator name display
m→Settings→Network setting
Displaying the Carrier on the
Stand-by Display
→Select a network type→l→YES
→PLMN list select→Select a carrier→Oo
→Highlight  and press i
→Select an item.
Auto . . . . . . . . . Automatically re-connect to another carrier.
The setting is completed.
Manual. . . . . . . Connects manually to the listed carrier.
Network re-search
. . . . . . . . . . . . . When set to“Auto”, automatically switches to
an available carrier. The setting is completed.
When set to “Manual”, displays the list of
carriers.
→Select a carrier.

Australia
Belgium
Brazil
Canada
China
Czech Republic
Denmark
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Hong Kong
Hungary
India
Indonesia
Ireland
Italy
Luxembourg
Macau
Malaysia
Service area
Service area
Country
code
Monaco
377
Netherlands
31
New Zealand
64
Norway
47
Philippines
63
Poland
48
Portugal
351
Russia
Singapore
65
South Korea
82
Spain
34
Sweden
46
Switzerland
41
Taiwan
886
Thailand
66
Turkey
90
United Arab Emirates 971
United Kingdom
44
United States of America 1
Vietnam
84
12
Country
code
61
32
55
86
420
45
358
33
49
30
852
36
91
62
353
39
352
853
60
Service area
Canada
China
Czech Republic
Denmark
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Hong Kong
Hungary
India
Indonesia
Ireland
Italy
Luxembourg
Macau
Malaysia
Brazil
Australia
Belgium
Service area
Monaco
Netherlands
New Zealand
Norway
Philippines
Poland
Portugal
Russia
Singapore
South Korea
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Taiwan
Thailand
Turkey
United Arab Emirates
United Kingdom
United States of America
Vietnam
13
Access
code
0011
00
0041/
0014
011
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
001
00
00
001
00
00
00
00
00
Argentina
Australia
Austria
Belgium
Brazil
Bulgaria
Canada
China
Colombia
Denmark
Finland
France
Germany
Hong Kong
Hungary
Ireland
Israel
Italy
Service area
Service area
(As of August 2007)
International
prefix
number
Luxembourg
00
Malaysia
00
Netherlands
00
New Zealand
00
Norway
00
Peru
00
Philippines
00
Portugal
00
Singapore
001
South Africa
09
South Korea
001
Spain
00
Sweden
00
Switzerland
00
Taiwan
00
Thailand
001
United Kingdom
00
United States of America 011
14
International
prefix
number
00
0011
00
00
0021
00
011
00
009
00
990
00
00
001
00
00
014
00
International Prefix Numbers for
the Universal Number (Table 2)
10
m→Settings→Network setting
→Int’l roaming→Voice mail (Int.)
■Voice Mail (International)
m→Settings→Network setting
→Int’l roaming→Call barring
■Call Barring
pThis setting might not be available depending
on the overseas carrier.
m→Service→Set Roaming guidance
pYou need to set this function in Japan.
■Set Roaming Guidance
To use network services overseas, you need
to set “Remote control” beforehand.
Using Network Services

Access
code
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
810
001
001
00
00
00
002
001
00
00
00
011
00
(As of August 2007)
International Call Access Codes
for Major Countries (Table 1)
※For the code for the countries other than listed in the table, or
for details, refer to the DoCoMo Global Service web page.
Country Codes for Major Countries
Use the following country codes when you make
international calls or when you set Int’l Dial Assist.
(As of October 2007)
Press d/Oo when a call comes in.
(For videophone call, press d/Oo/m.)
Receive a Call
When you make a call to a person who is also
internationally roaming, make the call in the
same way as to make international calls to
Japan even if he/she is in the country you stay.
Make a Call to a Person who is
Staying Overseas and Using
WORLD WING
■Making a Call Using Phonebook
Bring up the detailed Phonebook display
→d/Oo→“Original phone No.”
Enter a destination phone number→d/Oo
Press l to make a videophone call.
Make a Call to a Phone in the
Country You Stay
Enter “81” as a country code when you make an
international call to Japan.
When the area code (city code) begins with “0”, enter
it except for the “0”. However, include “0” when
making a call to some countries or regions such as
Italy.
Press l to make an international
videophone call.
■Making an International Call Using “+”
0(for at least one second) → Enter
“Country code - Area code (City code) Destination phone number”→d/Oo
Press l to make an international videophone call.
→d/Oo→Dial
■Making an International Call to Japan Using Phonebook
Bring up the detailed Phonebook display
Make a Call to Outside the Country
You Stay (Including Japan)
Making/Receiving a Call
Inquiries
15
For lost, stolen, and cost settlement, or
malfunction of your FOMA phone overseas,
refer to “Loss or theft of FOMA terminal or
payment of cumulative cost overseas” on
cover page of Quick Manual “For Overseas
Use”, or “Failures encountered overseas” on
page 1.
pYou need to add the “international call access
code (Table 1)” that is assigned to the country
you stay or “international prefix number for the
universal number (Table 2)” to the head of each
phone number for inquiries.
pNote that, in many cases, the universal number
may not be used from a mobile phone, public
phone, or hotel phone, etc.
11
→Int’l roaming→Caller ID req. (Int.)
m→Settings→Network setting
■Caller ID Request
→Int’l roaming→Roaming guidance (Int.)
m→Settings→Network setting
■Roaming Guidance (International)
→Int’l roaming→Call forwarding (Int.)
m→Settings→Network setting
■Call Forwarding (International)
Don’t forget your FOMA phone ... or your manners!
In the following cases, be certain to turn the power off.
■Where use is prohibited
Be sure to turn off the power to your FOMA phone in airplanes and in hospitals.
※Persons with electronic medical equipment are in places other than the actual wards.
Make sure you have the power switched off even if you are in a lobby or waiting room.
■When in crowded places such as packed trains, where you could be near a person with an
implanted cardiac pacemaker or implanted defibrillator
The implanted cardiac pacemaker or implanted defibrillator operation can be affected by radio
emissions from the FOMA phone.
In the following cases, be certain to set Public Mode.
■While driving
Using the FOMA phone interferes with safe driving and could cause danger.
※Park the car in a safe place before using the FOMA phone, or switch to Public Mode.
■When in theaters, movie theaters, museums, and similar venues
If you use your FOMA phone where you are supposed to be quiet, you will disturb those around you.
Adjust the volume of your voice and ring tone according to where you are.
■If you use the FOMA phone in quiet places such as restaurants and hotel lobbies, keep the
volume of your voice and other sounds down.
■Do not block thoroughfares when using the FOMA phone.
Respect the privacy.
Please be considerate of the privacy of individuals around you when shooting and sending
photos using camera-equipped mobile phones.
These functions help you keep your manners in public.
Handy functions are available such as for setting the response to incoming calls and
setting the tones to silent.
●Public Mode (Drive Mode/Power Off) (Page 77 and page 79)
The guidance that you are currently driving or in a place where you should refrain from
using a mobile phone or the guidance that you are in a place where you should turn off
the power is played back to the caller. Then the call is disconnected.
●Record Message function (Page 80)
Callers can record a message when you cannot come to the phone.
●Vibrator (Page 130)
When the vibrator is set, it vibrates for incoming calls.
●Manner Mode/Super Silent/Original Manner (Page 134)
In Manner Mode or Super Silent, the keypad sound, ring tone and other sounds from
the FOMA phone are silenced.
In Original Manner, you can set whether or not to activate the Record Message
function, and can change the settings for the vibrator and ring tone.
※The shutter sound cannot be silenced.
Optional services are also available, such as Voice Mail Service (page 427) and Call
Forwarding Service (page 430).
This manual was produced in such a way as to allow easy recycling. Please recycle this manual when it is no longer
needed.
Access DoCoMo e-site for procedures to change your address or billing plan and for request of Information materials.
From i-mode
ｉMenu
料金&お申込・設定(Charges & Applications/Setting)
Packet communication charges free
[Application procedure (DoCoMo e-site)]
My DoCoMo (http://www.mydocomo.com/)
From PC
各種手続き (ドコモeサイト)
各種手続き (ドコモeサイト)
[Application procedure (DoCoMo e-site)]
●
●
●
●
●
●
You will need your “network ID” to access e-site from i-mode .
No packet communication charges are incurred when accessing e-site from i-mode. Accessing from overseas will incur chages.
You will need your “DoCoMo ID/password” to access e-site from PC.
If you do not have or you have forgotten your “network ID” or “DoCoMo ID/password”, contact the DoCoMo Information Center listed
below.
DoCoMo e-site may not be available depending upon the content of your subscription.
You may not be able to access some e-site services due to system maintenance, etc.
General inquiries

(In English)
(In Japanese only)
0120-005-250
★
113
(toll free)
Can be called from mobile phones and PHSs.
(No prefix)
★
(In Japanese only)
(toll free)
Can only be called from DoCoMo mobile phones and PHSs.
(In Japanese only)
151
(No prefix)
★
Repairs
0120-800-000 (toll free)
(toll free)
Can only be called from DoCoMo mobile phones and PHSs.
★
●
●
Can be called from mobile phones and PHSs.
Please confirm the phone number before you dial.
For further information, refer to the “Nationwide Service Station
List” included with your FOMA terminal and other devices.
Loss or theft of FOMA terminal or payment of cumulative cost overseas
Failures encounterd overseas
 (available 24 hours a day)
 (available 24 hours a day)
From a DoCoMo mobile phone
International call access code for
the country you stay (Table 1)
From a DoCoMo mobile phone
-８１-３-５３６６-3114* (toll free)
International call access code for
the country you stay (Table 1)
-８１-３-6718-1414* (toll free)
* You are charged a call fee to Japan when calling from a landline phone, etc.
* You are charged a call fee to Japan when calling from a landline phone, etc.
※If you use P905i, you should dial the number +81-3-5366-3114
(to dial “+”, press and hold the “0” key for at least one second).
※If you use P905i, you should dial the number +81-3-6718-1414
(to dial “+”, press and hold the “0” key for at least one second).
From a landline phone
From a landline phone
＜●Universal number＞
＜●Universal number＞
International prefix number for
the universal number (Table 2)
-８００-０１２０-０１５１*
International prefix number for
the universal number (Table 2)
--5931-8600*
* You might be charged a domestic call fee according to the call rate for the country you stay.
* You might be charged a domestic call fee according to the call rate for the country you stay.
※See page 450 for international call access codes for major countries (Tabel 1)
and international prefix numbers for the universal number (Table 2).
※See page 450 for international call access codes for major countries (Tabel 1)
and international prefix numbers for the universal number (Table 2).
●If you lose your FOMA phone or have it stolen, immediately take the steps necessary for suspending the use of the FOMA phone.
●If the FOMA phone you purchased malfunctions, bring your FOMA phone to a repair counter specified by DoCoMo after you return to Japan.
Do not forget your cellular phone ... or your manners!
When using your portable phone in a public place, do not forget to show common courtesy
and consideration for others around you.
October ’07 (Ver.1.0)
To prevent damage to the environment,
bring used battery packs to an NTT
DoCoMo service counter, an NTT
DoCoMo agent or a recycle center.
Made from 100% recycled paper.
This manual is printed using an
ink based on soy bean oil.
3TR005235AAA
F1007F0 - A

---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.5
Linearized                      : No
Page Count                      : 173
XMP Toolkit                     : XMP toolkit 2.9.1-13, framework 1.6
About                           : uuid:5a6481c8-5f89-4055-a439-e615da0410fe
Modify Date                     : 2007:10:11 15:22:59+01:00
Create Date                     : 2007:10:11 15:22:27+01:00
Metadata Date                   : 2007:10:11 15:22:59+01:00
Document ID                     : uuid:a80f5d0f-52be-4cd4-bfee-1457a4804680
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : 000.P905i英語.book
Creator                         : FrameMaker 7.2
Author                          : Administrator
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 6.0 (Windows)

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools